HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.
ask

GIFT OF

Noda UD Soran \. “ae

My

a
oa i] N

ai

iy

PayCHeE

A Journal of Entomology

Volume XVII

1910

Published by the Cambridge Entomological Society,
Bussey Institution, Harvard University, Forest Hills,
Boston, Mass., U.S. A.

~

qi oy ht

has See
v by
| a |

5
y cy a"
4 a ; ie Ae he '
j ¢) 4 3 y tl Lye
i 7 ql } AT
P| a iy
, ) + . ;
'
f a
if
h } j F i
hv? ; qi'y! i
\ j An , i
ay,

| ithe as
} (

seine Foy ue RS ch (veh re ‘/
Ai iar Nt Lh
a)

ould he
auth Teg ry) tind :
ata i a Tort f ve

iy 1
a" (in ie yj ae si} o Ney 2

< ,
¥ Ay

j
, ‘ F } : ow iu
i

iyi (Woah oie aie M4)

yay iil Nant ee 0 ud i
4) 7, ny ieyy, Vb le eit ; i
NR Se a i Ne om
fi

Oat a al i

'
4

PS Yoh
A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

ESTABLISHED IN 1874

VOL. XVII FEBRUARY, 1910 NUMBER 1

Prodryas persephone Scudder.

CONTENTS

Two new Myrmecophilous Mites of the Genus Antennophorus. W. VW.
Wheeler Ate Ppp oie laa nls Arne RIN ee i ao
A Revision of the Species of Agathomyia of the Eastern United States.
C. W. Johnson SET DE ieee NIsea Prete mitch Candee sy? i,
The Chaleidoid Parasites of the Common House or Typhoid Fly and its

Allies. A.A. Girault and G. E. Sanders

The Harris Memorial Tablet Pia Si he ve
Notes on Hemileuca lucina Hy. Edw. William Reiff

A Peculiar Type of Phoridae from Natal. C. 7. Brues
Recent Literature Ais ee ea ea ad Lees toe ee
Fifth Meeting of the Entomological Society of America

EDITOR - IN - CHIEF.

C. Tl. Brues, Harvard University.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS,

C. B. DAVENPORT, C. W. JOHNSON,

Carnegie Institution. Boston Society of Natural History.
J. H. EMERTON, A. P. Morse,

Boston, Mass. Wellesley College.
¥. L. Revioés, J. G. NEEDHAM,

Stanford University, Cornell University.

W. M. WHEELER, Harvard University.

PsycHeE is published bi-monthly, 7. e. in February, April, June, August, October and
December.

Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $1.00 to subscribers in the U.S.
and its Territories and Dependencies or in Mexico; $1.15 to those in other countries.

To Contributors:

Copy should be typewritten whenever possible.

Separates, if desired, must be ordered in advance of publication,

25 Separates of leading articles will be furnished gratis; additional copies will be
supplied at cost.

ADVERTISING RATES furnished upon application.

All material for publication in a given number must be in the hands of the

Editors on or before the first day of the month preceding the month of publication.

All correspondence should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,
Bussny Instrirurion, Harvarp UNIvprsiry, Forrsr HI zs,
BOSTON, MASS.

Entered as second-class matter Dec. 21, 1906, at the Post Office at Boston, Mass.,
under the Act of Congress of March 3, 1879.

Poe lac

VOL. XVII. FEBRUARY, 1910. No. 1.

TWO NEW MYRMECOPHILOUS MITES OF THE GENUS
ANTENNOPHORUS:' .

By Wiiu1am Morton WHEELER.

THE mites of the genus Antennophorus, owing to their extraordinary
parasitic relations with various ants of the genus Lasius, have been
assiduously studied in Europe by Janet, Wasmann, Karawaiew and
Berlese, but up to the present time our North American species have
remained unknown. <A few North and South American mites, to be
sure, have been described as species of Antennophorus, but they are
now known either to belong to different genera or to have a very
doubtful taxonomic status. Several years ago I found on some
workers of Lasius wmbratus Nyl. var. aphidicola Walsh, at Colebrook,
Connecticut, a large, active mite, which Wasmann described as
Antennophorus wheeleri.2 Berlese ? however has recently placed this
species in a distinct genus, Echinomegistus, which also includes,
though in a separate subgenus (Antennomegistus), a Brazilian mite
which he formerly described as Antennophorus caputcarali. In
another paper Wasmann described under the name A. barbatus * a
large mite which was found attached to a common legionary ant,
Eciton praedator, in the state of Santa Catharina, Brazil, but it is by
no means clear from his brief description, in which he dwells only on a
few superficial characters, that the specimen is a true Antennophorus.
Berlese has shown that still another species, A. raffrayt Wasmann,
found in nests of Plagiolepis custodiens at the Cape of Good Hope,
belongs to a peculiar genus which he calls Physalozercon. I am
inclined to believe from the taxonomic changes which have overtaken

1 Contributions from the Entomologica! Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Har-
vard University. No. 12.

2Zur Kenntnis der myrmecophilen Antennophorus und anderer auf Ameisen reiten-
der Acarinen. Zool. Anzeig., XXV, 1902, 72.

3 [llustrazione Iconografica degli Acari Mirmecofili. Redia, I, 1904, p. 398.

4 Neue Dorylinengiste aus dem neotropischen und dem aethiopischen Faunengebiet.
Zool. Jahrb, Abth. f. Syst. XIV, 1900, p. 41.

1

2 Psyche [February

all of these species except barbatus, and the insufficient evidence of
this really being an Antennophorus, that the genus will prove to be
peculiar to the north temperate zone and to comprise species which are
always parasitic on ants of the genus Lasius. As this group of ants is
abundantly represented in North America, we should expect the
parasitic genus to have a like representation. ‘This turns out to be
the case, since during the spring of 1909 I succeeded in finding near
the Arnold Arboretum at Forest Hills, Boston, Massachusetts, two
typical Antennophori allied to the four known European species
(uhimanni Haller, foreli Wasmann, pubescens Wasmann and grandis
Berlese). ‘The American forms occurred, as was to be expected, on
workers of the common yellow ants belonging both to the typical genus
Lasius and to the subgenus Acanthomyops, which is peculiar to the
nearctic fauna. Only one of the mites, the one I call A. donisthorpei,
was seen in a living condition. It was perched on the gula, or lower
surface of the ant’s head, actively waving its long, antenniform fore-
legs about in the manner so often described for the various European
species. There can be little doubt, therefore, that, like its trans-
atlantic cousins, it titillates its host or any ants within reach of its
appendages and induces them to feed it with droplets of regurgitated
food. Janet* has shown that when only a single A. pubescens is
present on the European L. miatus it clings to the ventral surface of
the ant’s head, with its forelegs directed towards the ant’s mouth-parts.
When two are present, there is one on each side of the head or one on
each side of the gaster; in the former case the antenniform appendages
are directed towards the anterior, in the latter towards the posterior
end of the ant’s body. When there are three mites, one attaches
itself to the gula and the two others to the sides of the gaster. Four
place themselves in pairs on the sides of the head and gaster. If six
are present, which rarely happens, four are arranged in pairs on the
sides of the head and gaster, while of the two remaining individuals,
one attaches itself to the gula, the other to the mid-dorsal surface of the
gaster. Janet believes that these symmetrical arrangements are for
the purpose of balancing the burden and thus making it easier for the
ants to carry.

As the species of Lasius on which both the European and North
American Antennophori occur, are specially devoted to attending root-

1 Sur le Lasius mixtus, L’Antennophorus uhlmanni, ete. Etudes sur les Fourmis, les
Guépes et les Abeilles Note 13. Limoges 1897, 62 pp., 16 figs.

1910] Wheeler — Mites of the Genus Antennophorus 3

aphids and root-coccids and may be said to live in permanent symbiosis
with these Homoptera, we can understand why the mites occur only
on these particular ants. ‘The plant-lice and mealy-bugs pump the
juices out of the plants and pass on to the soliciting ants the unas-
similated portions in the form of saccharine excrement, while the ants
regurgitate some of the liquid to the mites which ask for it by aping,
with their long, hairy, forelegs the antennal movements of hungry ants.
In other words the ants serve as cup-bearers, distributing to one
another and to the indolent, sedentary Antennophori the nectar which
the tapster aphids and coccids keep drawing from their vegetable
hosts.

Owing to this intimate serial ethological arrangement the worker
Lasvi, unlike most of our ants, do not have to come out on to the
surface of the ground to seek their food, but live a hypogaeic, or sub-
terranean life. The eyes of these workers have therefore become so
minute that their visual powers must have nearly or quite disappeared.
We can, perhaps, best appreciate the relations of these ants to their
parasites, if we fancy ourselves blind and condemned to live in dark
cellars and continually occupied in pasturing and milking fat, sluggish
cows that yielded quantities of strained honey instead of milk. Then
let us suppose that occasionally there alighted on our cheeks or backs
small creatures which took great care not to annoy us by placing
themselves in positions asymmetrical to the median longitudinal axis
of our bodies, and stretched forth to us from time to time small, soft
hands like those of our children, begging for a little of the honey.
Should we not, under the circumstances, treat these little Old Men
of the Sea with much lenity or even with something akin to affection ?

During the coming spring I shall endeavor to make a more detailed
study of the habits of A. donisthorpei and of the other species A.
wasmanni, which, to judge from its longer appendages, must be an
even more persevering and impudent beggar. For the present I shall
confine myself to giving a description and several figures of both sexes
of the two species, so that they may be easily recognized by other
students of our North American myrmecophiles.

Antennophorus donisthorpei sp. nov.

Male. (Figs. 1, 2, 4 and 8.) Body nearly as broad as long, broadly
oval or subtrapezoidal, broader behind than in front, with very obtuse anterior
and posterior borders, the latter in some specimens almost straight. In

4 Psyche [February

profile the dorsal scute is only moderately convex. Dorsal surface and legs
yellowish brown, the former smooth and shining, not polygonally areolated
under a high magnification, with a darker brown, O-shaped vitta enclosing a
large, elliptical, pale central area and separated by a pale border from the edge
of the dorsal scute. Ventral surface of body yellowish; sternal and ano-
ventral scutes brownish. Dorsal surface densely clothed with short, rather
stout hairs, which are distinctly longer and sparser in front and on the sides
than behind. Legs short and stout, anterior border of coxa and trochanter of
three posterior pairs not laciniate-denticulate, but entire. Hairs on the
three posterior pairs of legs short, stout and distinctly curved, especially
towards their tips. Sternum in some specimens connected with the lageni-
form anoventral scute by a pair of slender processes, which surround the genital
orifice. In other specimens (Fig. 2) the two processes are separated from the
anoventral scute, and in still others they may be continuous with this sclerite
but separated from the sternum. Hairs on the sternum and anoventral scute
very short and sparse. Chela rather small, its fixed digit flattened, spatulate
and curved, terminating in a round knob; movable digit dilated at the tip
where it is bilobed, with one of the lobes folded back.

Length: 750-790 »; breadth: 700-800 vp.

Female. (Figs. 3, 5, 6 and 7.) Resembling the male in form and colora-
tion, but somewhat larger. Sternum large, median and entire, with a very few
short hairs on its posterolateral portions. Anoventral scute subcordate, pro-
longed anteriorly as a slender tapering process which terminates between the
lips of the genital scutes; covered behind with short, sparse hairs. Genital
scutes resembling those of A. foreli Wasm. Chela with slender tapering
digits, pointed and hooked at their tips and armed on their inner edges with
very minute, blunt denticles.

Length: 760-825 »; breadth: 780-980 p.

Described from several males and females taken May Sth, 1909 on
the Faulkner Farm, near Forest Hills, Boston, Mass. They were
attached to the gular surface of workers of the following ants: Lasius
flavus L. subsp. nearcticus Wheeler; L. (Acanthomyops) latipes
Walsh; L. (A.) claviger Roger and L. (A.) interjectus Mayr.

The new species, which I dedicate to Mr. H. S. J. Donisthorpe,
the well-known student of British myrmecophiles, seems to be most
closely related to the European A. foreli Wasm., but the shape of
the body is more trapezoidal, the hairs on the dorsal surface are
shorter and more abundant, the pale dorsal area is larger, the chelar
digits of the female have much smaller and blunter teeth and a differ-
ent flagellum, and the male chela is of a very different shape, to judge
from the figures of Berlese and Karawaiew.' The sternum of the

1 Weitere Beobachtungen tiber Arten der Gattung Antennophorus. (Russian) Mem.
Soc. Natur. Kieff. XX, 1906, pp. 209-230, 1 fig.

1910] Wheeler — Mites of the Genus Antennophorus 5

female is much longer and very different in outline and the anoventral
scute is less tapering in front.

Several of the female specimens of A. donisthorper each contain a
single, large, mature egg, as shown in Fig. 3. This seems to indicate
that Antennophorus, unlike many other mites and the ticks, is in the
habit of producing only one egg at a time. This egg is perhaps at-
tached to the surface of the ant which is infested by the mite.

Antennophorus wasmanni sp. nov.

Male. (Figs. 10, 11, 12, 13 and 15.) Body very convex above, nearly
as broad as long, very broadly oval, distinctly wider behind than in front,
with its anterior and posterior ends very obtusely angular. Upper surface
smooth and shining, polygonally areolated under a high magnification, brown,
without a darker vitta or perceptibly paler central area, and covered with
longer, more slender and somewhat sparser hairs, than the preceding species.
Legs and scutes of the ventral surface brownish, remaining portions yellowish.
Legs decidedly longer than in A. donisthorpei, coxze and trochanters of three
posterior pairs not laciniate-denticulate. Hairs on these pairs of legs very
long and straight. Anoventral scute broad in front, connected with the ster-
num by two slender bands which enclose the genital orifice. Chela very long;
digits slender, subequal, the fixed one simple but not spatulate, its tip curved,
blunt and finger-like; the movable digit with a hooked, pointed tip and a
flattened, lobular process (adnate spur) on its outer side.

Length: 900 4; breadth: 830 p.

Female. (Figs. 14, 16,17 and18). Resembling the male in form and color-
ation but somewhat larger. Body broader than long. Sternum larger, sub-
elliptical, median, entire and apparently nude. Anoventral scute short, sub-
cordate, with a rapidly tapering anterior process that terminates between the
genital scutes. The latter resemble those of the preceding species and A.
foreli. Hairs on the anoventral scute very short and sparse. Chela with
subequal digits, each terminating in a hooked point, their inner borders armed
with larger denticles than in the preceding species and one large tooth on the

movable digit.
Length: 990 4; breadth 1040 pu.

Described from two males and two females taken May 22d, 1909,
on the Faulkner Farm at Forest Hills, Boston, Mass., with workers
of Lastus umbratus Nyl. var. aphidicola Walsh. ‘The mites were not
seen till after they had been killed in alcohol with their hosts.

This species is dedicated to the Rev. E. Wasmann, S. J., who has
contributed so much to our knowledge of the myrmecophilous insect
of all lands. It may be readily distinguished from the preceding
species by its much more convex dorsal surface, longer legs, the longer

6 Psyche [February

and straighter hairs on the three posterior pairs of these appendages
and the shape of the chele of the two sexes. Like the preceding
species, A. wasmanni seems to be most closely allied to the European
foreli in having an undivided sternum in the female. In the convexity
of its body it resembles A. pubescens Wasm., but the male chela is of
an entirely different shape, the female sternum is entire and there are
fewer hairs on this sclerite and on the anoventral scute of both sexes.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate I.

Fig. 1. Antennophorus donisthor pei sp. nov.; male; dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Same, ventral view.

Fig. 3. Female A. donisthor pei, ventral view.

Fig. 4. Chela of male, ventrolateral view.

Fig. 5. Genital scutes of female.

Fig. 6. Chela of female; dorsal view.

Fig. 7. Left hind leg of female, ventral view.

Fig. 8. Dorsal seute of A. donisthorpei, in profile; a, anterior; p, posterior
end.

Fig. 9. Portion of dorsal integument near posterior end of body.

Fig. 10. Dorsal scute of A. wasmanni sp. nov., in profile; a, anterior; p,
posterior end. :

Fig. 11. Portion of dorsal integument of A. wasmanni near posterior end of
body.

Plate II.

Fig. 12. Antennophorus wasmanni sp. nov.; male, dorsal view.
Fig. 13. Same, ventral view.

Fig. 14. Female, ventral view.

Fig. 15. Chela of male, ventral view.

Fig. 16. Chela of female, ventral view.

Fig. 17. Genital scutes of female.

Fig. 18. Left hind leg of female, ventral view.

Wanted, caterpillars, especially of exotic families, and named micros,
preferably in alcohol. Wm. ‘Tl. M. Forbes, Clark University, Wor-
cester, Mass.

1910] Johnson — Agathomyia 7

A REVISION OF THE SPECIES OF AGATHOMYIA OF THE

EASTERN UNITED STATES.

By CHARLES W. JOHNSON.

Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass.

Table of Species.

ieeetveads.thorax;andsaodomen blacker: su cesses aatler aecis sive aeberet reer
Head black, thorax and abdomen fulvous................fulva Johns.

2. Abdomen broadly banded with yellow, scutellum yellow. pulchella Johns.
Abdomen not banded. Asie BRE Rs ie fede Sas

3), Lhorax’ and cbdameh shosh meni mith arsine Sites halteres
black. . Las sh .notata Loew.

Thorax Gal, eeenineed cain mousey ie ‘Halfered selina
divergens Loew.
Thorax and abdomen without maculations, tip of abdomen in the female
cinereous, knobs of the halteres black.............. talpula Loew.

Agathomyia fulva Johnson.
Callimyia fulva Johns., Psyche XV, p. 59, June, 1908.

At the time I described this and the following species, I did not have
access to Verral’s work on the British Flies. A further study of these,
together with the types of divergens and talpula Loew, shows that the
four species are all true Agathomyia.

Agathomyia pulchella Johnson.
Callimyia pulchella Johns., Psyche XV, p. 58, June, 1908.

Since describing this species from specimens obtained at St. Johns-
bury, Vt., June 27, 1906, I have collected two specimens on Mt.
Ascutney, Vt., July 11, and one at Brattleboro, Vt., July 15, 1908.

Agathomyia talpula Loew.
Callomyia talpula Loew, Centur., IX, 81 (1869).
Callimyia talpula Johns., Psyche XV, p. 59 (1908),

8 Psyche [February

A female of this species was obtained at East Walpole, Mass.,
May 26, 1908.

Agathomyia divergens Loew.
Callomyia divergens Loew, Centur., V, 77 (1865).

Aside from the type there is a specimen in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, from the District of Columbia.

Agathomyia notata Loew.

This species has been obtained by the writer at Westville, N. J.,
July 2, 1893; Riverton, N. J., June 1; Auburndale, Mass., August 28;
and Hanover, N. H., July 5, 1908.

Callimyia venusta Snow.

I was very much surprised to capture at Shackford Head, near
Eastport, Maine, July 14, 1909, a specimen of this beautiful species,
agreeing in every respect with the description. It is a true Callimyia.

UnusuaL Parasitic Hasirs or AN ArricaAN Epuyprip. By
Dr. C. Wellman, translated from Zeitschr. wiss. Insektenbiol., N ov. 18,
1909, p. 356. .

While collecting insects some time ago in West Africa, a small fly
which was laying eggs on living ants (Cremastogaster sp.) attracted
my attention. The fly rested on her victim, inserted her ovipositor,
and then carried the seemingly perplexed and helpless ant into a
small deserted spider burrow, where the ant remained until the fly
larva had emerged. It was interesting to see how well the fly managed
so strong a fighter as the ant, for this ant can sting severely. At first
I mistook the fly for a Phorid as I knew Phora formicarum to be parasi-
tic on Lasius niger, but on closer examination by specialists, it proved
to be a member of the Ephydridae representing a new genus and
species. I take this occasion to present these observations as this
kind of parasitism is to my knowledge something entirely new among
Diptera.

B... Bi

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 9

THE CHALCIDOID PARASITES OF THE COMMON HOUSE
OR TYPHOID FLY (MUSCA DOMESTICA LINN.)
AND ITS ALLIES.!

By A. A. GrRAULT AND GEORGE ETHELBERT SANDERS.
The University of Illinois.
Habits in General and Biology.

A. Oviposition. ‘This appears to be the only function of the
female. When thus engaged she is not easily disturbed and the
function is normally performed even in small capsules or vials, and
in the insectary at various times, females were often observed attempt-
ing to gain entrance to breeding-cages containing their hosts; in the
case of large cages they were quite often successful and under certain
conditions it was impossible to keep them out. ‘The following detailed,
though fragmentary observations were made on ovipositing females.

(1) - Sept. 12, 1908.— The female often faces towards the caudal
end of the host puparium when engaged in ovipositing — on this date,
in the cases of 8 host puparia (Phormia regina), apparent oviposition
was observed once in four cases and twice in the other four — the
times of these ovipositions were between 9:55 A. M. and 1:20 P. M.
and the time required to deposit a single egg varied from 14 minutes
to 16, averaging 74 minutes; the particular spot on the host puparium
into which the ovipositor of the female was inserted was usually in the
region of the 4th and 5th segments, but varied to the 6th and 7th or 7th
and 8th. The hole made by the ovipositor was not distinct afterwards,
but in many cases it became covered with a white mycelium-like
growth the nature of which we have not determined. (2) On Sept.
29, 1908, at 11:30 A. M., in the case of three virgin females ovipositing
into the puparia of Phormia regina, the ovipositor was inserted for its
full length for 3, 7 and 8 minutes respectively. (8) On Sept. 13,
1908, a female was watched while ovipositing into a hard puparium
of the Phormia. ‘The puparium was pierced by rotating the ovipositor
and pressing it down, the force of the pressure often causing the organ
to bend, when the rotary motion was more easily seen; this continued

1Continued from Vol. XVI, p. 132,

10 Psyche [February

for 11 minutes; the abdomen, during this time, was inclined upward,
its tip applied to the surface and the ovipositor appearing as a per-
pendicular rod issuing from the venter slightly beyond the proximal
third. After drilling through the crust of the puparium, the rotary
motion was considerably lessened but not entirely discontinued and
10 more minutes were consumed in working the ovipositor back
and forth, apparently in order to enlarge the aperture, the edges of
which were frayed. ‘The ovipositor was then pushed farther into the
aperture, the abdomen moving up and down slightly arid gradually
being triangularly or conically produced at the base of the ovipositor,
and as the latter entered farther, approaching nearer and nearer to
the surface of the puparium, until after 30 seconds the ovipositor was
fully inserted. The female then remained motionless for 32 minutes,
when the ovipositor was partially redrawn and reinserted two or three
times, and finally wholly withdrawn from the host, assuming its usual
concealed position within the valves along the venter. Upon the
withdrawal of the ovipositor, the female immediately left the host.
The time that she was engaged in the whole operation was 254 minutes.
(4) Observations made on three females depositing eggs into puparia
of the Phormia, on Sept. 29, 1908, showed in three instances that the
ovipositor was fully inserted for 70, 90 and 95 seconds respectively.
(5) On Sept. 18, 1908, a female of this parasite was confined in a
small homeopathic vial with a quantity of muscid puparia of varying
ages — some three or four days old, some but several hours. ‘The
female chose an ‘“‘old” puparium, formed about two days, and ap-
parently deposited three eggs into it, one following the other. At
first, she chose a place for inserting the ovipositor by examining closely
the entire surface of the host; the ovipositor was then guided to the
spot by bending the abdomen, the whole body convexly bent, the
head turned as though the insect was watching the operation; as soon
as placed, the ovipositor was released from the valves along the venter
and the abdomen assumed its usual position. Piercing the shell of
the puparium required 14 minutes; the ovipositor was then inserted
for its entire length, without other delay, and as quickly withdrawn,
fifty seconds being occupied in enlarging the hole. After this short
period of time, the ovipositor was pushed in again for its entire length,
remaining so for forty-five seconds, during which time, apparently,
the egg was deposited. After the ovipositor was withdrawn, the
parent parasite carefully examined the puncture with the antennae

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 11

and mandibles and apparently also by means of sight. (6) The
deposition of an egg observed at 9:45 P. M., Sept. 14, required 16
minutes; the host was Phormia regina. Another observation made
at 10:15 A. M. the same day, showed that the act required 8 minutes;
the host puparium was that of Musca domestica; in the latter case, the
ovipositor was inserted into the 9th segment of the host. A female
was observed to deposit an egg in confinement at 7:30 A. M. to-day.
(7) A female confined at 9: 20 A. M., Sept. 10, deposited into puparia
of the Phormia at 9:32 A. M. and 1:20 P. M. the same day. One
confined at 10 A. M. the same date with 2 puparia of the same host
oviposited at once. (8.) In the cases of 4 females confined separately
in vials each with 4 (in one case 8) puparia of Cynomyia cadaverina
Desy., April 29, 1909, oviposition occurred with one female at 10:25
P. M., April 30, and again at 9 P. M., May 1; no other observations
were recorded. (9.) Nine males and twenty females confined at
11:20A. M., April 29, with 10 puparia of the same host commenced
oviposition about noon, or sooner, and oviposition was observed at
nearly every hour between 9 A. M. and 11 P. M., for several days.

B. Nature of the Parasitism. Examinations made of parasitized
hosts, showed that in all cases, the parasite is “social” or gregarious
and does not attack the host until after the formation of the puparium,
preferably after the latter has been formed for at least twenty-four
hours. Puparia of Phormia regina examined, were in some cases filled
entirely with the larvae of the parasite which had totally consumed the
host pupa; for example, from one puparium 47 larvae of the parasite
were removed; from another 8 larval parasites were removed, together
with a shriveled pupa of the host — none of the parasitic grubs had
entered the body of the latter, which indicates that the parasites are
external as far as the host pupa is concerned, obtaining their nourish-
ment by means of absorption; in the case just cited, one of the parasitic
larvae was attached to the head of the host pupa over the eye, one to
the thorax and six to the abdomen. In a third Phormia puparium,
there were found 21 larval parasites, the host pupa being totally con-
sumed; in four more single cases there were 8, 13, 13 and 16 larvae of
the parasite respectively. In another, 27 parasitic pupae were found,
from a single puparium of Sarcophaga sp. “e” 22 o\o and 4 2 2 of
the parasite were taken. As a rule, the remains of a parasitized host
— the fully formed pupa — is a flat, scale-like mass apparently con-
sisting of the ventral shell of the pupa and that of the head; for

12 Psyche [February

example, the thecae of the eyes, legs and wings are discernible, and
the remains are not much shrunken, so far as the original length
is concerned. In the case of Cynomyia cadaverina, in one pupa-
rium infested with 21 larvae of the first spring generation, the
parasites were all attached to the dorsal surface of the host from the
pronotum to the tip of the abdomen; these parasitic larvae were nearly
full-grown. But in another puparium of the same host, in which 13
larvae were found, their attachment to the host appeared to be hap-
hazard, and the host pupa was considerably shrunken, especially in
width. It is evident, from their appearance, and from the fact that
the larger larvae are found attached externally to the host — between
it and the inner walls of the puparium — that the larval parasites
obtain their nourishment through the body wall of the host pupa,
leaving the integument intact. In both of the latter cases, the host
pupae were nearing the final ecdysis when they were attacked by the
parasites.

Although gregarious, the host is not as completely destroyed as by
Spalangia, Muscidifurax or Pachycrepoideus, which though solitary
parasites, reduce the host to a mere flat unrecognizable shell.

In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Maurice C. Tanquary has kindly
collated the following records from our rearing notes:

TasLe I. NUMBER AND SEX OF PARASITES (Nasonia brevicornis)
ISSUING FROM PUPARIA OF Phormia regina.

Males Females Larvae. Total. Males. Females. Larvae. Total.
8 7 15 0 5 5
3 6 9 0 1 1

10 4 14 5 0 +)
5 3 8 9 6 15
1 13 14 it 6 7

i 14 6 16 22

10 17 Pf 0 5 5
# 6 13 16 5 21

13 iat 24 0 i 7
4 9 ils} 2 12 14
6 15 21 1 4 5
0 1y/ ly 3 9 12

15 5 20 3 8 ll
1 PHI 22 7 12 19

10 4 14 6 4 10
4 6 10 1 10 ll
6 i 13 3 9 12

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 13

Males. Females. Larvae. Total. Males. Females. Larvae. Total.
5 + 9 9 13 Dep
7 1 8 9 10 19
1 10 11 7 5 12

17 0 17 10 9 19
2 7 9 4 5 9
4 11 15 0 4 4
4 10 14 11 8 19
1 6 7 11 4 15
3 if 10 1a 18 29
2 113k 13 1 0 5 6
2 3 5 5 4 9
5 11 16 -2 0 2

11 0 11 2 6 8
1 9 10 0 4 4

ule 5 22 3 1 4

38 4 42 5 1 6
6 10 16 10 ial 21
1 2 3 3 4 7
1 2 3 13 4 17/
4 U 11 5 10 15

15 4 19 4 2 6
6 0 6 1 10 11
5 1 6 2 8 10
5 5 10 22, 6 28

il 0 11 3 2 5
5 14 19 3 8 11
0 4 4 9 6 15
9 11 20 9 3 12
6 5 11 8 5 13
2 fl 3 0 2 2

15 IZ 27 20 11 34
8 8 16 4 2 6
1 7 8 a 5 9
2 1 3 9 S 12
iq 9 16 6 9 15
8 i 18 9 3 12
9 3 12 Za 1 8
0 6 6 1 2 3
7 9 16 3 7 10

12 7 19 8
4 1 16 6
0 3 3 6
9 13 22 4
uf 11 18 6
1 9 10 23
3 8 3 14 3 3 6

Totals ls 789 61 1555

14 Psyche [February

The puparia from which the foregoing records were made were
selected at random from a large quantity formed by maggots obtained
August 28, 1908, in the decomposed cadaver of a large angora cat,
taken from the city dumping-grounds, Champaign, Illinois. Each
puparium was confined separately in a gelatine capsule, until the
parasites emerged; they were confined’ on Sept. 15, and on Sept. 29
the majority of the parasites had emerged; the count was not made,
however, until nearly a month later, or on Oct. 19, 1908.

In 119 puparia there were 1496 individuals of Nasonia brevicornis,
of which 710 were males and 786 females. The average number of
males in each puparium was 5.96, of females 6.60; the average number
of specimens from each puparium was 12.57. Of the whole number,
52.4% were females and 47.6% males. ‘The averages do not include
8 larvae found in two of the hosts.

On the date of counting — October 19th — 8 of the puparia were
found to contain larvae of the parasite, some in addition to the adults,
over half of the larvae being still alive; but 14 of the puparia contained
only dead pupae of the host, that is to say, were not parasitized. So
that of the 140 puparia examined, 14 were not parasitized, 126 were.
The total number of parasites in the 126 parasitized puparia, includ-
ing larvae, was 1555, and on this basis, the average for each host was
12.34, very near the former average. The maximum number of
parasites obtained from a single host (Phormia regina) was 47,
recorded in the first paragraph of this section; the minimum was 1,
recorded in the table.

The meconial discharges of this parasite, found scattered through
the host puparium, are brownish yellow or dark olive green in color
and consist of small conglomerations of round pellets, or are some-
times in irregular chains like some bacteria, but are never single, solid
pieces as with Pachycrepoideus, Spalangia and Muscidifurax.

C. Length of the Period of Oviposition. In the cases of two females
captured and confined together with eight puparia of Musca domestica
at 11:30 A. M., Sept. 10, the first oviposition was observed at 1 P. M.,
Sept. 10, the second at 7:30 A. M., the following day, the third at 10
A. M., Sept. 14, and the fourth and last, fifteen minutes later; here,
at least, oviposition was continued over a period of 34 days or more.

In the case of 9 males and 20 females, parents of the first spring
generation of 1909, which were confined at 11:20 A. M., April 29,
1909, with 10 healthy puparia of Cynomyia cadaverina which were

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites ' 15

freshly emerged (average, 9 A. M., April 29) and of the same age,
oviposition was begun at noon the same day and continued steadily
until at least 9 P. M., May 2, 1909, when further observations were
interrupted. These facts also hold for a single female of the same
lot confined separately with 8 of the hosts.

D. Time Elapsing between Emergence and Reproduction. Eleven
adults of mixed sexes emerging from a single puparium of Phormia
regina, from 11:45 A. M. to noon, Sept. 28, 1908, were at once confined
together with four healthy puparia of the same host. At noon the
following day oviposition was observed, or after a period of twenty-
four hours. One pair of adults emerging at 8 A. M., Sept. 30, was
confined immediately with seven healthy puparia of the same host;
at 8:13 A. M. mating was observed and at 6:50 P. M. the same day
the female was observed ovipositing; or after 10} hours. Mating
in this instance followed almost immediately after emergence, and
lasted for 14 seconds. In the case of the parents of the first spring
generation of 1909, mating followed almost immediately after emer-
gence and oviposition about 3 hours later.

E. Duration of the Pupal Stage. This was obtained in one case
only. A larva pupated during the night of Sept. 17-18, 1908, the
newly formed pupa being yellowish white; by the twenty-first of the
same month, the pupa had assumed nearly the colors of the adult,
dark greenish, the head and thorax coloring first, the abdomen a
few hours later. The resulting adult female emerged at 10 A. M.,
Sept. 23, 1908, making a pupal stage of approximately 53 days. The
average length of this stage for the first spring generation (17 cases)
was 9 days (May 14-23, 1909).

F. Length of the Life Cycle. The few incidental observations
obtained on this point are herewith given in tabular form. (Table IT,
Bel.)

Thus while the average daily effective temperature shows a gradual
decrease, there seems to be no corresponding increase in the duration
of the cycle.

The duration of the cycle appeared to be somewhat longer in the
case of the first spring generation, however, when the daily average
effective temperature was low. Thus, hosts exposed to recently
mated adults from noon, April 29, 1909, to late on May 2 —ovi-
position continuing throughout that time — were filled with the
nearly full-grown larvae of the parasite on May 13, pupation com-

16 Psyche [February

Taste Il. Duration or tHE Lite Cycie In Nasonia brevicornis,

1908.
te.
L Ovipositi E | ac
Koh cetoed. |) Orapoattion. | mengeneeyo® |i |e ahe eeeae
| Ets
| AS
A,
a
1 | Musca | Sept.9-10 Sept.26 Oss. i 169 )'35:9° 574.09
10 Q’s | (Sept. 10-25).
2 Sept.10, 11 a.m. Sept.28 res 18 35.5 | 634572
|2Q’ | (Sept. 10-27).
3 Sept.10, 1 p.m. | Sept.25, 10 a.m | 9 @’s, | 14% | 36.2° | 538.3°
12 Q’s | (Sept. 10-25).
4 Sept.10, 10 p.m. Sept.25, 10 a.m./ 10, 14% | 35.5° 514.9°
| 6 Q’s | (Sept. 11-25).
| Sept.11 | Sept.28 26's, |217 | 34:38° | 578262
17 Q’s | (Sept. 12-28).
6 | Phormia| Sept.14, 7 a.m. | Oct.1,7 a.m. | 20"s, | 17 31.4° | 533.9°
8 Q’s | (Sept. 14-30).
7 Sept.18, 6 p.m. | Oct.2,9 p.m. |7<"s, | 14% | 28.3°| 408.1°
12 Q’s | (Sept. 18—Oct.2).
8 Sept.29 Oct.15 170’s| 16 | 19.6° | 314.3°
\(Sept. 30-—Oct. 15).
AV: 14 15.9 | 32.6° | fA

mencing on May 14 at the average time of 4 P. M. Emergence of
the adults occurred at 4 P. M., May 22, becoming general at 3 P. M.,
May 24. Hence, taking average time, the life cycle in this case had an
average duration of 224 days, natural temperatures.

G. Progeny of a Single Female. The number of observations
which we were able to make concerning the fecundity of the species
was not large, but those which are tabulated in the attached table
(table III) appear to show that there is quite a wide range, within
certain limits, which is more or less dependent upon the number of
host puparia available for purposes of oviposition and also the host
species. For instance, it is at once noticed that the most productive
females had access to a comparatively large number of the host

1Inception of development taken as 43° Fahr, Sums of daily averages.
2 Daily averages.

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 17

puparia, of which they made use for purposes of oviposition, whereas
those having access to but one or two host puparia, especially those
of the smaller host, Musca domestica, produced the least progeny.
These experiments were performed at various times in the laboratory
and are by no means conclusive, that is, do not establish the range or
average of fecundity.

Tape III. ProGeny or SINGLE FemMALes or Nasonia brevicornis.

Progeny of single | ¢ g
Female} Date, Hae | eae: Hpaae AoE ENO eevee
No. | 1908: ost. ex- |, Hosts B| 8] &
posed. infested. ee HE eS
uss O’s. | Total. | = | = |e
|
1 Sept. 25 | Musca 1 1 1 6 7
2 1 1 4 6 10
3 Bane! 1 5 6 fas. |
4 Phormia | 1 1 a7)"
5 2 2 38 +1
6 4 4 39
a Sept. 28 | Musca 4 4 2 ily / 19
8 1 1 1 2 3 3
9 | Sept. 30 1 1 2 4 6 |
10 Oct. Phormia 5 4 9 18 PAE a
11 Oct. 1 if 1 2 8 10
12 Oct. 20 Many — ‘a 12 19
i183 | Many — 4 22 26
14 130 17 21 57 78
15 | 86 22 38 65 103 103)100
16 Chrysomyia| 1U7/ ie. 31 53 84

It is thus seen that in one instance, a female was able to parasitize
successfully 22 host puparia and another 17, when quite a number
were available. The observations do no more than indicate the
probabilities and possibilities of fecundity for the species. Apparently,
all of the females concerned were fertilized. From the fact that single
ovipositions take so much time, as well as for other reasons, we strongly
suspect polyembryony in this connection.

H. Proportion of the Sexes. he following results, recorded in
table IV, comprise actual counts of over seven thousand specimens,
including practically every individual of this parasite reared or ob-
served by us during the period of breeding, excepting one thousand
individuals of mixed sexes released for experimental purposes.

1 All from one of the puparia; the numerous larvae in the other died and were not
counted,

18

Psyche

' [February

The specimens are from various sources, but the great majority
were reared from puparia obtained under natural conditions, so that
the general result should show a nearly normal or actual ratio of the

sexes.

The table follows.

Taste IV. Proportion OF THE SEXES IN Nasonia brevicornis.

. Total. | Ratio.

ee Source. pate: Males. | Females
| | | | |
Tanti hal kar ae IF,
1 | Principal | Sept. 9—Oct. 20 142 438 580
| misc. rearings
during season
2 Nason Collec-| May 11—Sept.17| I 9 10
tion 1894-1895
3. | Phormia regi-| Sept. 29 710 786 | 1496
| na
4 | Phormia regi-| Oct. 1895 2808 | 4703
na
|
1
5 Phormia regi-| Oct. 228 116 344
na
6 Various Sept. 41 49 90
7 Various Sept.—Oct. 64 82 146
Sums: 3081 4288 | 7369
Per- on Pe
me ie 41.81 58.19%

1:3

1:9

Remarks.

Comprises all ac-
cessioned rear-
ings. See pp.
7-9.

From sweepings,
Algonquin, Illi-
nois.

1:1+ | From a single host

21+

131+

ea

lot from a de-
composed cad-
aver, city dump-
ing-grounds.

Same as lot No. 3,
later, excluding
1000 removed at
random for ex-
perimental pur-
poses.

Host puparia in
fecal matter,
miscellaneous.

Reared.

From isolated pu-
paria of Musca,
Sarcophaga,
Phormia and
Chrysomyia.

The general result shown in the table is about what one would
expect if consideration is taken of the fact previously pointed out,
namely, that the species is occasionally parthenogenetic, which,
however, follows no general law in the Hymenoptera.

It should be

explained, in regard to lot No. 4 in the table that, after it was separated
from lot No. 3, the first 1000 individuals of mixed sexes coming to

|

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 19

the light were removed and released to be used in an experiment to
test artificial propagation. Unfortunately, these were not counted in
regard to sex, so that it is unknown whether the females greatly
predominated, a result which we were led to suspect from the fact
that this sex appeared to be more attracted to light; for the first 932
individuals taken from the experiment, after all emergences, were
females, dead in the exit-tube, which alone was light. Lot No. 3 is
the most complete record made, none of the emerging parasites having
escaped, and we are inclined to think that it represents the actual
ratio of the sexes, the females slightly predominating.

The proportion of the sexes in a small number of the parasites which
hibernated as larvae, hence the parents of the first spring generation,
was as 37 males are to 61 females; these emerged during the last day
of April, 1909. ‘Their descendents or parents of the 2d generation
were also of mixed sexes, being the progeny of fertilized females, there
being 24 males to 45 females, which emerged on May 25, 1909.

I. Emergence of the Adult. In general, it may be stated that the
adult parasites emerge from the host puparium through from 1 to 3
circular holes, situated variously, usually in the dorsal or dorso-lateral
aspect; and when more than one exit-hole, the two or three are usually
scattered or widely separated. The manner of emergence does not
differ for sex. The exit-hole varies in diameter from about 0.75 to
1.50 mm.; it is usually larger and single when the host is Musca or
Chrysomya and smaller when Phormia, though this difference may
be more apparent than real. Individual exit-holes may of course
vary considerably in shape; for rarely it may involve the whole of one
end of the host puparium and is then relatively very large and irregular.
The margins of the exit-holes are always jagged or serrate, showing
that the adults gnaw their way out. Specific instances may better
illustrate.

From a single puparium of Musca domestica, 1 male and 6 females
issued from a single dorsal exit-hole just behind the head end; several
parasites of both sexes issued from another puparium from a hole in
the dorsal aspect of the 7th segment; several adults of both sexes
issued from a third puparium through two exit-holes in the cephalic
and caudal segments respectively. Again, 1 male and 2 females
emerged from a more irregular exit-hole in the dorso-lateral aspect of
the caudal or anal segment of the host. Ina last case recorded, 2 jo
and 4 2 @ issued from a single hole near the cephalic end of the host.

.

20 Psyche [February

In the case of Phormia regina. From one puparium, 7 females
issued from a single hole in the lateral aspect of the 3rd segment;
from a second, 37 males issued from 2 holes in the ventro-lateral
aspect of segments 2 and 5; from a third 15 males issued from a single
hole in the dorso-lateral aspect of segment 5; from four more puparia,
of the same lot, 9 males and 18 females issued, making but a single
exit-hole in each of the hosts. In each of the following instances
several parasites issued in the manner stated; both sexes were present:

(a.) 2 similar holes in a longitudinal line, dorsal aspect of 2d and
4th segments. (b.) 3 holes, lateral aspect, 2 on one side at segments
3 and 7, the other at segment 2 on the opposite side. (c.) 2 holes,
lateral aspect of segment 5 and tip of the anal segment. (d.) 2 holes,
dorsal aspect of segment 3 and dorso-lateral aspect of the anal segment.
(e.) 2 holes in an oblique line, dorsal aspect, 5th and 7th segments.
(f.) 1 hole, lateral aspect of segment 3. (g.) 1 hole lateral aspect
of segment 6. (h.) 2 holes, opposite sides, lateral aspect of penulti-
mate segment and dorso-lateral aspect of segment 7. (i.) 3 holes,
scattered. (j.) 2 holes. (k.) 2 holes caudal end, dorsal and ven-
tral aspects of the penultimate segment.

With Chrysomyia, several adults issued from a single puparium
through a single hole in the dorso-lateral aspect of the cephalic seg-
ment; from 12 puparia of this species, there emerged 32 males and
64 females, or an average of 8 to each; in the case of 8 of the puparia,
but a single exit-hole was present, nearly all in the dorsal aspect of the
3d, 4th, 5th and 8th segments; the remaining 4 hosts bore each 2
exit-holes, usually widely separated.

In Cynomyia cadaverina Desv., 8 oo’, 16 2 Y issued from a single
puparium from two equal round holes in the dorso-lateral aspect of
segments 3 and 5.

In regard to the time of emergence, the males usually emerge from
2 to 20 hours earlier than the females, a few emerging some hours
previous to the simultaneous emergence of the majority, but there
is considerable variation in individual cases. ‘Thus some males may
be the last to emerge, but the tendency is for them to emerge earlier
than females.

J. Local Abundance. In order to show the local abundance of
this parasite during 1908, we have merely to point out the fact that
as many as eight thousand or more specimens were reared by us
during the months of September and October. This large number

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites Pil

was reared quite incidentally, that is to say, without conscious effort
on our part to augment it. From one experiment alone, there were
obtained as many as seven thousand specimens, in round numbers,
though we have no knowledge concerning the number which may
have escaped. Further, the local abundance of this parasite is indi-
cated by the fact that in at least a portion of the experiment just men-
tioned, a portion selected at random, the percentage of parasitism was
as high as 90 per cent. We have evidence to show, on the other hand,
that this percentage of mortality of the host was by no means general
but was considerably lower on the average for this season of the year.

Thus, apparently this parasite had concentrated its attack at certain
spots and while common over this locality was not exceedingly abun-
dant over the whole, as the percentage of mortality given in the instance
just mentioned would seem to indicate.

It was the most abundant parasite present in our experiments and
also the one which attacked the greatest numbers of different muscid
hosts, the remaining chalcidoid parasites of importance mainly con-
fining themselves to the house fly.

K. Artificial Propagation. An unsuccessful attempt was made
during the last week of September, 1908, to test the effect of the
artificial propagation of this parasite on a badly infested garbage
heap at the city dumping-grounds, Champaign, Illinois. The attempt
was made too late in the season, however, and in addition, bad weather
immediately following their liberation undoubtedly prevented activity
on their part.

On the afternoon of September 23, 1000 specimens of mixed sexes
were scattered over the garbage heap, which at that time was a veritable
breeding experiment on a large scale. Soon after their liberation,
many of the parasites were noticed crawling over host puparia which
had been formed about a half-inch below the surface of the soil along
the edges of the garbage heap. Specimens other than those liberated
were not noticed at the time, special search being made for them
previous to liberation.

On the date the experiment was inaugurated the percentage of
parasitism by this species was very low as we know from the results
obtained from a collection at random of 186 puparia; for by November
6, 1908, 48 adult flies had emerged (of which 37 were Musca domestica),
6 Spalangia and 2 Muscidifurax raptor Girault and Sanders MS.
An examination made of the remaining 130 hosts, which were hibernat-

22 Psyche [February

ing in confinement as puparia, revealed the fact that the majority
had died and that no further parasitism had occurred. After inaugura-
tion of the experiment, weekly collections of the host puparia were
made from the heap of garbage and continued until the first week of
November. ‘The lot collected on September 30 had one puparium
infested with brevicornis but from these collected thereafter no results
were obtained, the collections unfortunately being placed in the warm
insectary and subsequently neglected. Nor were any adults of the
parasite seen during the visits to the heap in the late fall and early
winter. From a lot of hosts collected on November 14, however, the
garbage then being covered with snow, sometime during late Novem-
ber single females of brevicornis issued from a puparium of Chrysomyia
macellaria and from one of Phormia regina; these were evidently
greatly accelerated in development by the warmth of the insectary
and would otherwise have hibernated within the puparia of the hosts.
The remaining lots were examined early in the spring of 1909, but
everything was dead and no indications of parasitism were found.

L. Hibernation. This parasite hibernates as a full-grown larva
in the puparia of its various hosts, pupating early in the spring and
emerging shortly afterwards, the earliest record being April 28, 1909 —
in numbers the following day. The following data have been gathered
concerning this phase in its life-cycle.

Case I. On April 28, 1909, a single broken puparium of Chrysomyia
macellaria was found in a vial in the cold insectary which had evidently
been laid aside late in the previous October and subsequently over-
looked. ‘The vial had no data connected with it, so that the origin
of the single host could not be traced. With the broken puparium
were found a living male adult, partly excluded from the pupal in-
tegument and four healthy pupae of the parasite, two of which were
uniformly deep black, showing the nearness of the final ecdysis; the
other two were creamy white in color. The five meconia appeared to
be freshly deposited. On the following day, by 9: 30 A. M., a female
had emerged and shortly afterwards (9: 52) was observed mating with
the male; at 10: 30 A. M., another female emerged. ‘The two remain-
ing pupae died.

Case II. A puparium of Phormia regina (Meigen) taken from
refuse matter was inclosed in a vial on October 1, after having been
carefully broken open in order to ascertain the presence of parasites;
six apparently full-grown larvae of the parasite were found within.

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 23

On Oct. 28, 1908, it was noted that the larvae remained unchanged;
no further-‘note was made until April 28, 1909, when four fully colored
pupae and one white one, were found, as well as five meconia, the
shriveled remains of a larva of the parasite and the remains of the host
pupa. At 10 A. M., April 29, 1 male and 2 females were found re-
cently emerged; by the following day, at the same hour, another
female had emerged. ‘The remaining pupa died. All were in natural
temperatures.

Case III. Ina vial containing 20 puparia and 20 dead larvae of
Phormia regina — including a single puparium of Chrysomyia macel-
laria — which were obtained from refuse matter late in October,
1908, and thus confined, there were found on April 28, 1909, 11 of the
puparia infested with the parasite as follows. All were in natural
temperatures.

No. { Host. Larvae. White pupae. Black pupae. Adults. Total.
‘
ile Phormia |2 dead+1. 3. 3¢ 9.
ee (broken). ile ile
a7 | 2 4. 6.
cal 9. 19,19 aby.
De 8. 8.
6. 1 Dp 6.
vee 6. 6
8. (ee 7
9. The, 10.
10. 1 dead. (a). 8. alta
11. | Chrysom- Sy Mois 6.
yia.

In addition, lying loose in the vial were found 6 dark pupae and 1
recently formed, as well as one adult regina. Thus the parasite was
found in three stages — nearly all of the larvae had pupated and the
adults were just beginning to emerge. On the following day, emer-
gence became general throughout the whole lot and was completed
on May 3d, some of the younger white pupae dying. Of the total
number of parasites in this case there were more females than males.

The sixty-one larvae recorded in table I, of which 38 were alive and
healthy, were evidently hibernating, as the puparia had been in con-
finement for over a month, and those parasites which matured had
long since emerged. A few Phormia puparia, infested and isolated
on Sept. 15, 1908, contained living, full-grown larvae on Nov. 7, 1908.

24 Psyche [February

M. Courting and Mating. Courting in this insect is not a complex
habit. It follows almost immediately after emergence, at least in
confinement. Where a number of both sexes are gathered together,
all recently emerged, the males and females are constantly in motion,
the former active, seeking the females, the antennae of both sexes also
constantly in motion, held inclined upward in the natural position,
giving quick, jerky, wavy movements. When one individual meets
another, the antennae simply touch whichever portion of the body
presents itself first and the two turn aside and pass on; or if they happen
to be individuals of opposite sex and (apparently) the occasion is suita-
ble — which is most often the case immediately following emergence
— the male hastily climbs upon the back of the female, runs forward,
and grasps her head with the fore feet, usually at the lateral aspect of
the eyes or sometimes at the cheeks; the intermediate feet grasp some
portion of the thoracic pleura, usually at the mesothorax and the hind
feet take hold along the sides of the abdomen or the edges of the flat
wings. ‘The legs are not stretched out or used for embracing the
body of the female but the hold is taken by the feet alone, and the
position of the male is not strained but rather that of the natural
position of rest. His body is parallel with and above the body of the
female and projects beyond (cephalad) it, so that the head is between
the upturned antennae of the female and stretched over hers, his
abdomen reaching to a point above the third abdominal segment or to
a point opposite to the distal end of the marginal vein of the fore wings
upon which it actually rests. Having quickly attained this position,
the male senses the antennae of the female with his own and imme-
diately begins suit in earnest by rubbing his head up and down against
the inner (mesal) surfaces of the flagella of the female,— which are
held upward in a V-shaped position,— at the same time holding the
scapes erect and apart and the flagella back, pointing laterad at right-
angles to the scape and at every downward movement bringing the
scapes together; this movement of the head is accompanied by a
corresponding “‘petting” movement of the female flagella against
the cheeks of the male. The up- and downward movements of the
head are regular and continued for from 5 to 10 seconds, each com-
pleted movement occupying slightly less than a second of time; and
they are alternated with a period during which the head of the male is
motionless and his antennae sensing those of his mate, either by touch-
ing both of their tips to the tips of her antennae, or else by stroking

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 95

them up and down, the mandibles, maxillae and labium with both
pairs of palpi are themselves in almost constant motion, but so far as
observed, they play no part as organs of sensation, with the possible
exception of the maxillary palpi. Sometimes, the male rubs but one
of the flagella of the female, turning the head to one side. No other
movements than these are observable, but there is some variation in
the occurrence of either of the two movements described, and also in
the number of times they are repeated before sexual union is per-
mitted by the female. ‘The male may be received coldly; he may
make the movements without attempting union, or after alternating
them three or four times, he may attempt union without success and
then run forward to repeat the actions, and this may continue as long
as the female permits, either resulting successfully or unsuccessfully.
In the presence of other females, if received coldly, the male soon tires,
leaves and seeks another mate. In order to attempt union, the male
has to reverse his position, and run back to the tip of the abdomen
of ‘the female where he usually reaches over the tips of the wings and
senses with the antennae, quickly’ turning and reaching around again
with the tip of his abdomen, to gain entrance into the vaginal orifice.
Or, on the other hand, he may simply back quickly to the caudal end
of the female and attempt union. In one case, previously cited.
coition lasted for fourteen seconds; in another, for ten seconds.
Mating is promiscuous for both sexes.

The following example may be cited. From a puparium of a host
a male emerged during the afternoon of April 28, 1909; by 9:30 A. M.
the following day a female had emerged, and shortly afterwards the
pair were in ardent courtship; at 9:45 A. M., sexual union occurred,
lasting for ten seconds. The male then ran forward again over the
back of his mate and rubbed his head up and down her flagella, one
of the movements of courtship; he then left. After 30 seconds the
male again quickly mounted his mate and repeated the two alternate
movements, described in foregoing, continuously for 45 seconds and
left for the same length of time. After a minute of attentions he made
an unsuccessful attempt to unite with the female, and then left her
for some time (12 minutes). Courting was recommenced after this
interval of time, continuing for five minutes but with no attempt to
unite. Subsequent matings followed during the next 24 hours, though
13 minutes after the last visit of the male, the female had crawled to
some host puparia which engaged her attention, and both were less
taken with each other.

26 Psyche [February

N. Effective Parasitism.

What may be included under this term is an interesting phenomenon
in those relations which a parasite sustains to its host. Under natural
conditions it may never occur, and here it was observed accidentally.
Whether or not a parasite can overcome the effects of development in
a host at the time just preceding an ecdysis, when development is
liable to be very rapid, is not a very important question, excepting
when it is concerned with a host stage of very short duration such as is
not present here. Nasonia, so far as we know, confines its attacks
exclusively to the puparia of its various hosts; this stage is usually
of short duration, but not exceptionally short as is the egg stage,
so that the period of rapid development immediately preceding the
final ecdysis, being short, would not materially prolong the period
open to parasitism — that is, the pupal stage —if it in turn were
likewise open. ‘The following cases are, therefore, of interest mostly
from the scientific standpoint. The host was Cynomyia cadaverina
in the stage just preceding the final eclosion, though this fact was
unknown when the hosts were exposed to the parasites in confinement
in order to insure a second generation. ‘The parasites were those
from hibernated larvae, or parents of the first generation. ‘The host
puparia were formed on April 23, and were thus six or more days old.

Case I. 'Vhree virgin females of the parasite emerging at 1:30 P. M.,
April 29, 1909, were at once confined separately in vials, each with
four of the host puparia. Oviposition was not observed. The hosts
were then six days old; by 9 A. M., May 1, eight of the host puparia
had excluded adults which were at once released; another adult
excluded at 11:20 A. M., May Ist, and two more at 8:30 A. M., May
2d; the single remaining puparium was apparently successfully para-
sitized by one of the females but upon examination on May 15, 1909,
no traces of parasites could be found.

Case II. A pair of adults of the parasite which had mated for the
first time at 9:45 A. M., April 29, were confined in a vial with eight
of the host puparia; the female noticed the hosts at once but left them
and was engaged with the male for a short while. During the after-
noon, however, she commenced to deposit eggs; at 10:08 P. M.,
April 30, a host fly emerged and again at 10:25 P. M., the same day,
when the mother parasite was engaged in depositing into another host.
At 9 A. M., and 7 and 9 P. M., May 1, three host flies emerged, and
again on May 2, at 11 A. M., and 5 P. M. ‘The remaining host was

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites Dag

successfully parasitized, it having been partly opened at 3 P. M.,
May 13 and found to contain larval parasites. In this case the para-
site was successful up to within about 24 hours of the final ecdysis,
the host pupa being perfect and with all the colors of the mature adult.

Case III. At 11:20 A. M., April 29, nine males and twenty females
of the parasite, which had been freely mating, were confined together
under a bell-jar with ten of the host puparia; oviposition was observed
at noon and was continued with persistence until noon, May 3, when
the observations had to be discontinued. During this time none of
the hosts emerged, though in a control lot, emergence became general
early on May 1, beginning during the morning of April 30. Hence
in this case, the parasites being in greater numbers, not a single host
escaped.

Summarizing, parasitism by Nasonia is “ effective’

,

or successful
in many cases almost up to within the few hours immediately preced-
ing the final ecdysis, depending on circumstances; a single female
parasite, for example, would be able to kill a single host puparium up
to within about 15 hours of eclosion, but where a number were present,
many would escape before she would be able to deposit into them.
And the converse is true. ‘The host when thus attacked is a perfect
pupa and fully colored.

O. Length of Life in Confinement; Adults.

The adults of this parasite lived for about five days on the average
in confinement, the males dying somewhat earlier. They were unfed
in all cases.

P. Change in Coloration of the Pupa. When first formed the pupae
are yellowish white, the eyes garnet, with some duskiness at the caudal
edges of the abdominal segments soon afterwards; the mandibles,
legs, antennae and wing-pads gradually become dusky and about 48
hours previous to eclosion, the head, thorax and abdomen, in succes-
sion, begin to show dark color, the head and thorax together becoming
a deep black before the abdomen shows very much color, and then
after about 6 hours, the latter turns gradually but rapidly black.
About 20 hours before eclosion, the color is jet black, which just
preceding emergence changes nearly to the colors of the mature adult.
At eclosion, the adults are fully colored.

28 Psyche [February

LITERATURE REFERRED TO.

1878. Thomson, C.G. Hymenoptera Scandinaviae, Lundae, V, pl., fig. 18.

1896. Ashmead, William H., Descriptions of new Parasitic Hymenoptera.
Trans. American Ent. Soc., XXIII, p. 221.

1904. Ashmead, William H., Classification of the Chalcid flies or the Super-
family Chalcidoidea. Mem. Carnegie Mus., Pittsburgh, I. (Publi-
cations of the Carnegie Museum, Serial No. 21.) pp. xi, 317-318.

1906. Nason, William A., Parasitic Hymenoptera of Algonquin, Illinois.—
IV. Entomological News, Philadelphia, May, XVII, p. 221.

THe Harris MemoriaL TABLET.

On Friday, December 31, the final day of the recent entomological
meetings in Boston, delegates from the various Societies represented
in those meetings went out to Milton village, and with brief ceremony
unveiled a simple marble tablet placed on the old ‘Suffolk Resolves
mansion” to commemorate the residence there of Thaddeus Wil-
liam Harris.

The inscription, composed by Colonel Thomas Wentworth Higgin-
son, who in his student days was a pupil of Harris, reads as follows:

IN THIS HOUSE FROM 1824 TO 1831 DWELT
THADDEUS WILLIAM HARRIS M.D.
BOTANIST, ENTOMOLOGIST; AND FINALLY
LIBRARIAN OF HARVARD COLLEGE

IN EACH CAPACITY HE WON
FOR HIMSELF FAME AND GRATITUDE

HE HAD THE MODESTY AND UNSELFISHNESS
OF TRUE SCIENCE
WITH WHAT MAY RIGHTLY BE CALLED
ITS CHIVALRY OF SPIRIT

Besides the entomologists, there were present representatives of the
Milton Historical Society and the Science Club of Milton Academy.
W. L. W. Frexp.

1 See Psycue, Vol. xiv. p. 67, August, 1907.

1910] Reiff — Hemileuca lucina Hy. Edw. 29

NOTES ON HEMILEUCA LUCINA HY. EDW.!

By WrituiaM REIFF.

On the 19th of last June, while in the company of Dr. Arthur L.
Reagh on a collecting trip to the neighborhood of Raymond, N. H.,
we came upon a swampy meadow where there was an abundance of
Meadow-sweet (Spiraea salicifolia L.). Immediately my attention
was attracted to these plants which harbored a large number of un-
known caterpillars. Interested in the find, we looked further and
found the same species on nearly every bush of the Spiraea. The
caterpillars were partly in the second and partly in the third stage,
feeding close together in large numbers and dropping to the ground
upon being disturbed. They were so thickly distributed on the
plants, that often entire twigs were covered with the larvae, giving the
impression of strong swellings upon the twigs. According to our
estimates, we must have seen more than 20,000 caterpillars in the
locality, but owing to lack of proper receptacles, we could unfortunately
collect only a small part for breeding.

Although the caterpillars resembled those of Hemileuca mara
Drury very closely, we could not satisfy ourselves that they belonged
to this species, for it seemed strange that all the maia females should
have laid their eggs on meadow-sweet when there was close by an
abundance of oak which is the favorite food of mata. We also searched
the nearby oaks for Hemileuca caterpillars without result, but Dr.
Reagh found some maza on oaks several miles further on which proved
their presence in the locality. Our caterpillars could therefore hardly
be maza, for this species would have no necessity of laying its eggs on
plants other than oaks. As already mentioned, our caterpillars were
very similar to those of maza, and like them were black in the youngest
stage, but distinguishable by a strong brilliancy, best compared to
black stove-polish. The appearance of the older caterpillars was
exactly like that of maza, except that all had a sharply defined white
stripe above the feet, which is absent or faint in maia. In spite of
plentiful and regular feeding the size of the growing caterpillars re-
mained always less than that of maia. Pupation occurred on the

1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Harvard
University. No. 13.

30 Psyche [February

surface of the ground under dry leaves, without the preparation of any
sort of a cocoon. ‘The cremaster of the pupa is composed of about
twenty-five strong brown spines with curved apices (see figure). In
other respects, the form and color of the pupa are the same as those of
maia; the size of lucina, however, always remains less. The first
moths emerged from their pupae on the 2nd of September, and proved
to be two males of Hemileuca lucina Hy. Edw. The first females
emerged on the 4th of September, and the period of emergence extended
almost through the entire month, the last
adults appearing on September 28. In all
sixty-three moths were obtained, in the pro-
portion of 2:1.3 or about twice as many
males as females. No parasites were ob-
tained although six pupae died.

Henry Edwards states in his description
of the form /Jucina (Entomologica Ameri-
cana, Vol. II, No. 1, p. 14, April 1886) that
the white band which encloses the discal
spot is of equal width across the entire wing.

Fig. 1. Cremaster of This is not the case, however, as this char-
Hemileuca lucina Hy. 5 A
Edw. acter is the one which shows the greatest

: range of variation. I have before me a
large number of specimens in which the
discal spot is bordered with white only near the fore and hind
margins, the white being so much reduced in size that it is di-
vided into two parts by the spot. The most extreme form, of which
I have one male and one female specimen, has the white band wedge-
shaped and pointed toward the discal spot, above which it shows
only as a slight light shadow. Since such extremes of variation in
the direction of aberrations undoubtedly deserve names, I propose
the name ab. obsoleta for this form of H. lucina with the following
diagnosis:

Ab. obsoleta m.: alis ant. fascia candida plus minusve obsoleta. Types 1
6’, 1 9, in the collection of the Bussey Institution.

The white band varies in another direction also, and both on the
fore as well as on the hind wings. ‘The white band may become
cream yellow for its entire extent, the black ground color becoming
at the same time changed to a gray, perhaps through some albinistic

1910] Reiff — Hemileuca lucina Hy. Edw. 31

tendency. ‘The most typical specimens of this aberration are females,
as all the males of this form which I have seen show transitions to the
type. I propose the name ab. lutea for this yellow form with the
following diagnosis:

Ab. lutea m.: alis ant. et post. grisescentibus, fascia lutea nec candida.
Types, two 3’ (transitions), two 2 9, in the collection of the Bussey
Institution.

There is also a noteworthy male specimen, which has extraordi-
narily strongly developed veins, which are of a blackish green-brown
color. ‘The veins are irregularly marked with small greenish-brown
specks along their entire extent. I am inclined to believe that the pupa
from which this specimen developed was supplied with too great a
quantity of lymph which enlarged the veins abnormally at the time of
emergence, and later penetrated in the form of minute drops through
the vein to the surface of the wing.

I treated a small percentage of the fresh pupae (10 specimens) with
cold, exposing them to a temperature of —3° C. for seven consecutive
days. From these seven moths emerged, three of the pupae dying.
Of the emerging moths (6 oc", 1 Q ) the wings of two males did not
expand, but the others developed to the normal size. One male was
a typical ab. obsoleta, the female was the typical ab. lutea. The color
pattern of the other three males were normal, except that all had the
black ground color somewhat lighter than specimens coming from
unexposed pupae.

As to the systematic position of H. lucina, I cannot but believe that
it is a distinct species, and not a subspecies of H. maia. ‘The points
which would support this position are as follows:

1. There are differences in the caterpillars and pupae of H. maia

and HH. lucina.

2. No transitions between H. maia and H. lucina have been made

known.

3. The food plant of H. mata (Oak) and of H. lucina (Meadow-

sweet) are fundamentally different.

4. The habits of the young caterpillars are different. Those of
lucina are gregarious, forming large clumps on the twigs of
the food plant, while those of maza sit next to one another, in
rows across the leaves.

Maia pupates under normal conditions in the ground, while
lucina pupates between dried leaves.

OU

aD Psyche [February

6. I am unable to account for the occurrence at the same place of
H. maia as typical form with a strongly marked local form.
If mara and lucina are really so closely related, we should
expect crosses to take place in nature, especially as when
maia males first emerge, only females of /uwcina are present,
since the flying period of the two species overlaps only in the
latter part of September. So far, however, no specimen has
been found, which could be a cross between the two, that is to
say, one which shows characters of both, for the individuals
of both forms are always easily separated from one another.
Henry Edwards has already mentioned in his description of
fF. lucina (1. ¢.) as a very noteworthy fact that all the specimens
of mata which had come under his observation were readily
known as such in spite of their considerable variability, while
he was always able quickly to distinguish them from /ucina.

The species and aberrations of Hemileuca occurring in the New
England States would therefore be the following:
Hemileuca maia, Drury.
Hemileuca lucina Hy. Edwards.
ab. obsoleta Reiff.
ab. lutea Reiff.

1910} Brues Se Phoridae from Natal 33

A PECULIAR TYPE OF-PHORIDAE FROM NATAL!
By CuHarues T. BRuEs.

Untit within the last decade, the Phoridae ofthe Ethiopian region
were practically unknown, but during this short period considerable
interest in the group has developed among a number of entomologists,
and many African forms have been described. Most of these belong
to extraordinary apterous types, although several of the less spe-
cialized genera have been found in widely scattered parts of the conti-
nent. ‘These few discoveries have shown the extreme interest attaching
to the Phorid fauna of this region, and I have endeavored to include
them in the present short summary, together with the description of
an interesting new genus from Natal recently sent to me by Mr. Ernest
E. Austen of the British Museum.

Twelve genera are now known to be represented in the Ethiopian
region, several of them very closely allied, and probably not actually
generically distinct, but all are included in the following table.

Key to the Ethiopian Genera of Phoridae.

fer Wings cally developed? . ee 0 Ne, 2.5 sac oe ws wetness eine eens eee 2
Wings much reduced in size and venation, or entirely absent......... 5

2. Third vein in‘wing fureate near the tip ....).05.5. 5250.63. Aphiochaeta.
Third vein simple, not furcate. . Reval drama nurs Sc Sen mcr useL as:

3. Head of normal form, with algae mone Res warren PR nee bran Mark hc 4
Head produced and squarely truncate above the antennae, forming a
frowtal sehield 7. 4./.\2 ocd dees Salles sa emuate datas a wn Coryptilomyia.

4. Anterior frontal setae proclinate, hind tibiae with distinct spurs
Puliciphora, male.
Anterior frontal setae absent, hind tibial spurs minute; wings more

ary Ghani Usual: 20. 2A e sees eas ss eos Se Chonocephalus, male.

5. Abdomen of normal form, species often cockroach-like, apical segments
SeenierIMinal in Position. <.i5. Ss NA. BW yee ee eae ee a er eee ae 7
Abdomen greatly swollen, the last segments very small and directed
fonvandsaunderune. basallonesascr aamricic ici arene eta ten stare ae 6

bw nitennal arista; pubescent... cs s..5fh eae cee en oeeee Termitoxenia.
Antennal ‘aristas loosely plumoses. 2-250 sie sels sere Termitomyia.

7. Wings of considerable size, though much atrophied; no ocelli; proboscis
lamer eemiculate ja eek tin oes omelet nese tere aoe tess Psyllomyia.
Wings very small or entirely absent; proboscis short or wanting.. ..... 8

1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Har-
vard University. No. 15.

34 Psyche [February

8. Abdomen with distinct segments, indicated by 4-6 dorsal plates or —

evident constrictions...... Ri .10
Abdomen with all the eae Fiséd ie, a panel Se or ring ney 9

9. Abdomen with two segments, the first short, the second long.
Thau matoxena.
Abdomen im unsepmentbed ser sat devotee oes ae
10. Ocelli absent. . bd? ayes chastened oe ae ie Teron ae ee el
Ocelli present.......... er er ee -Puliciphora.
11. Abdomen entir oy Ga ee be aes A eRe gS, See “Wandolleckia.
Abdomen with chitinous plates. ....................-% Bae ly
12. Body flattened, oval, cockroach-like................. _Aenigmatistes.
Body more convex, with the usual tripartite form..................18
13. Dorsal abdominal plates wide, crossing the entire width of the abdomen.
Chonocephalus.
Dorsal plates much reduced in width...............€ryptopteromyia.

Coryptilomyia gen. nov.

Female. Wings fully developed; costa long, weakly ciliate; third vein
simple, bare, neither furcate nor swollen at the apex; first vein long; fourth
vein curved parallel to the costa, ending at the wing-tip after a course much
nearer the costa than usual; 5th to 7th veins distinct, complete. Head with
the vertex prolonged in front, then sharply declivous on the front which bears
a raised margin above, giving the front of the head a truncate, shield-shaped
appearance. Front without bristles except for an occipital row of four and a
similar series of much more delicate ones just anterior to these. Antennae
subovate, with dorsal arista. Palpi short, scarcely bristly; proboscis very
short, almost rudimentary. Body very robust, the mesonotum broad; scutel-
lum strongly transverse, nearly four times as broad as long. One pair of
dorsocentral macrochaetae and six scutellar bristles in addition to one close
to each lateral angle on the mesonotum. Legs rather slender, tibiae without
macrochaetae, hind ones delicately setulose. ~

Coryptilomyia armigera sp. nov.

Female. Length 3 mm. Yellowish brown or tinged with castaneous;
pleurae and legs fuscous or piceous; abdomen almost entirely piceous, some-
times yellowish medially at the base, the segments with narrow whitish mar-
gins. Antennae and palpi bright orange yellow. Head seen from the side
less than twice as high as thick, sharp above then concave and sloping down to
the upper edge of the frontal shield from which it falls off perpendicularly to
the antennal cavities. Eyes large, bare, narrowly oval. Antennae rather
large, ovate, with a nearly bare arista as long as the head height. Palpi short
and stout, with very delicate bristles below. Ocelli large, ranged in a curved
row and well separated. Viewed from the front, the head is about twice as
broad as high, the margin of the frontal shield above almost semi-circular in
outline, the margin below truneate medially and scalloped out on each side to

1910] Brues — Phoridae from Natal 35

conform with the large antennal cavities. Post-ocular cilia very minute.
Mesonotum large and broad, considerably wider than the head; at its humeral
- angles the propleurae extend far inward, so as to be visible from above as large
triangular sclerites, each with the prothoracic spiracle near its center. Lateral
margins of mesonotum with a fringe of stiff hairs. Mesopleura below the root
of the wing with three macrochaetae. Abdomen of the usual form, with none
of the segments elongated except the sixth. Legs long and quite. slender,
the anterior tibize entirely bare, each with a microscopic apical spur; middle
ones with a fringe of very fine setulae; hind ones with a row of rather strong

Coryptilomyia armigera sp. nov. Female.

A. Wing; B. Side view of head; C. Front view of head.

setulae along the dorsal edge, and a second one along the outer side; all four
posterior tibiae with distinct spurs. Wings of ample size, hyaline with fus-
cous veins; the costal vein reaching to the middle, its cilia very short; tip of
first vein twice as far from the humeral cross-vein as from the tip of the third;
fourth vein running nearly parallel to the wing margin, forming a very narrow
cell and ending barely before the wing tip; fifth sinuous, curving forward on
its apical half; sixth nearly straight; seventh curved, close to the wing margin.
Halteres dark brown.

Two specimens from Durban, Natal, South Africa, 1909. (B.
Marley.) ‘Type in the British Museum of Natural History.

Phora cochlearipalpus Speiser.
Berliner entom. Zeitschr., 52, p. 146. (1908.) Amani, German
East Africa.

36 Psyche [February

Aphiochaeta braunsi Brues.

Entomological News, 1907, p. 391. Cape Colony.
Aphiochaeta xanthina Speiser.

Berliner entom. Zeitschr., 52, p. 148. (1908.) Kamerun.
Psyllomyia testacea Loew.

Wiener entom. Monatsschr., 1, p. 54. (1857.) Cape Colony.
Puliciphora africana Brues.

Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, 5, p. 410. (1907.) German East Africa.
Chonocephalus kiboshoensis Brues.

Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, 5, p. 410. (1907.) German East Africa.

Wandolleckia cooki Brues.
Trans. American Entom. Soc., 29, p. 392. (1904.) Liberia.
Wandolleckia indomita Brues.
Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, 5, p. 412. (1907.) German East Africa.
Cryptopteromyia jeanssoni Trigardh.
Zool. Jahrb. Atbh. f. Syst., 28, p. 229. (1909.) Natal.
Aenigmatistes africanus Shelford.
Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., 30, p. 151. (1908.) Victoria
Nyanza.
Thaumatoxena wasmanni Breddin & Borner.
SB. Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1904, p. 87. Natal.
Termitodeipnus andreinii Silvestri.
Redia, 3, p. 356. (1906.) Eritrea.
Termitoxenia havilandi Wasmann.
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., 67, p. 601. (1901.) Natal.
Termitoxenia jaegerskioeldi Wasmann.
Results Swedish Exped. Egypt & White Nile, 13, p. 16. (1904.)
Uganda.
Termitomyia braunsi Wasmann.
Zeitschr, wiss. Zool., 67, p. 611. (1901.) Orange Free State.
Termitomyia mirabilis Wasmann.
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., 67, p. 610. (1901.) Natal.
Phora camariana Coquerel.
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 6, p. 189. (1848.) Madagascar. This is
not recognizable from the description and may quite probably not
belong to this genus.

1910] Recent Literature 37

RECENT LITERATURE.

InprAN Insect Lire. By H. Maxwell-Lefroy, Entomologist, Im-
perial Department of Agriculture for India, Assisted by F. M. Howlett.
Thacker, Spink & Co., Calcutta & Simla. 1909.

Although this book was primarily intended for the struggling
student of entomology in India, it contains much of interest and value
to workers throughout the World and American entomologists will
find it worthy of a careful reading. Nearly 800 pages, 84 plates
principally in color, and 536 figures compose the volume of goodly
royal octavo size which is very well printed.

The subject matter treats specifically of the insects of the “ Plains”
or tropical India, an area embracing all the southern part of India
except on mountains rising above 2000 feet, which contour line also
limits it on the north in the foot-hills of the Himalayas from subtropical
India which is not dealt with in the present work. It appears that
insects are much less numerous in tropical than in subtropical India,
due to the absence of the moist forested slopes and varied types of
vegetation which occur on the hills of the latter.

Throughout the volume special stress is laid upon economically
important insects many of which are close counterparts of related
species known to western entomologists and numerous species are
discussed which will quite probably enter our own country in the
future. Among these are particularly various forms destructive to
rice, cotton, corn, cane, tea, ete. A very commendable feature is the
illustration of the complete life history of many species.

Interspersed among the systematic enumeration of families with
their more prominent Indian representatives, are short discussions
of topics of more general biological interest, making on the whole a
very readable book in spite of its large size and necessarily taxonomic
character. The author is certainly to be admired by his more fortu-
nate American co-workers for having presented in very well arranged
form a summary of the entomology of a country like India where the
entomologist must still be a pioneer in his chosen field.

OF hel oF

38 Psyche [February

FIFTH MEETING OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF AMERICA.

Tue Fifth Meeting of the Entomological Society of America was
held at the Harvard Medical School, Boston, Dec. 30th and 31st, 1909.
The President, Dr. Henry Skinner, presided throughout the sessions.
The President announced the deaths of William H. Edwards, an
Honorary Fellow, Prof. Mark Vernon Slingerland, a Fellow, B. H.
Guilbeau, W. Brodie and H. M.S.Seib, Members. Suitable resolutions
on the deaths of Mr. Edwards and Professor Slingerland were adopted.
The Report of the Executive Committee showed among other things
that 16 new members had been received during the year and 22 mem-
berships had terminated, not including those who had died. Also
that a memorial drawn up by Mr. N. C. Wood regarding the tariff
on insects and signed by the President and Secretary had been pro-
ductive of no action by Congress.

The question of appointing delegates to the approaching Interna-
tional Congress of Entomology was referred to the Executive Com-
mittee.

The following officers were elected:

President, Dr. JoHN B. Situ.

First Vice-Pres., Dr. S. A. ForBES.
Second Vice-Pres., Pror. V. L. KELLoGG.
Secretary- Treasurer, Mr. C. R. Crossy.

ADDITIONAL MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.

Prof. J. H. Comstock Prof. J. M. AtpricH
Prof. W. M. WHEELER Rev. Prof. C. J.S. BETHUNE
Mr. E. A. ScHwarz Prof. LAWRENCE BRUNER.

MEMBER OF THE COMMITTEE ON NOMENCLATURE.

Prof. T. D. A. CocKERELL (to succeed himself).

The Report of the Committee on Nomenclature concerning the
nomenclature of Gall Insects read at the Baltimore meeting, and
printed in the Annals for 1909, was adopted as printed, with the
provision that the Society express itself as standing with the majority
of the Committee in Section V.

1910] Fifth Meeting of Entomological Society of America 39

Mr. Brues suggested that Professor Felt submit a list of names of
Gall Insects that he thought could be accepted as standard.

Moved and carried that the request of Dr. Stiles published in Science,
for the preparation of a list of one hundred important names to be
adopted by the Congress of Zoology as standard, be referred to the
Executive Committee.

The following amendment to the Constitution was adopted:

Article V., Sec. 3. Election of officers. All officers shall be elected
by ballot at the annual meeting for the term of one year and shall be
eligible for re-election. Their term of office shall commence with the
first of June following their election.

The Secretary was instructed to take a mail vote of all members
and fellows of the Society as to whether the present arrangement of
paying separate dues and subscriptions to the Annals should be
continued, or a single membership fee of two dollars be charged, and
members receive without further expense the publications of the
Society.

Professor Sanderson suggested the adoption of a uniform style of
button for both the entomological societies meeting in affiliation with
the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Referred
to the officers.

The following papers were read during the sessions:

R. MatrHeson. Remarks on the External Anatomy of the Haliplidae.

W. M. WuHeeter. On the Effects of Parasitic and Other Kinds of
Castration in Insects.

A. H. Morean. Some Correlations of May-fly Structure and Habits.

C. R. Crospy. Some Observations by the Late Professor Slingerland
and the Speaker on the Life History of Heterocordylus malinus
(Read by title.)

C. J. Triccerson. The Life-cycle of the Oak Hedge-hog Gall-fly
(Acraspis ermnacea).

F. L. Wasupurn. <A Jumping Seed-gall on the Burr Oak.

A. D. MacGmuivray. The Female Reproductive Organs of Cory-
dalis cornuta.

W.L.W. Fietp. The Offspring of a Captured Female of Basilarchia
proser pina.

H. H. Lyman. An Improved Drawer for Insect Cabinets and a New
Substance for Lining them.

C. T. BruEs. Some Notes on the Geological History of the Parasitic
Hymenoptera.

s

Psyche [February

J.C. Brapiey. The Plaiting of the Wings of Hymenoptera.

T. J. HEApLEE. An Apparatus for the Determination of Optimums
of ‘Temperature and Moisture for Insects.

A.D. MacGituivray. ‘The Radial Sector in Phlebatrophia mathesoni.

W. T. M. Forses. A Structural Study of some Caterpillars.

M. J. ELrop. The Blackfoot Glacier as an Entomological Burying
Place. (Read by title only.)

J. J. Davis. Chaitophorus populifoliae Fitch versus Chaitophorus
populifoliae Oestland. (Read by title only.)

L. Haseman. ‘The Life History of a Species of Psychodidae. (Read
by title only.)

A. G.- Hammar. Notes on the Life history of Fidiobia flavipes
Ashmead, an Egg Parasite of the Grape Root Worm (Fidia
viticida Walsh).

A very interesting and extensive exhibition was held in conjunction
with and under the auspices of the Cambridge Entomological Club
in rooms adjoining the meeting hall.

The Annual Public Address was given by Dr. John B. Smith on the
evening of December 30 in the hall of the Boston Society of Natural
History, title: ‘Insects and Entomologists: Their relations to the
Community at Large.”

On Tuesday evening the visiting entomologists were the guests of
the Cambridge Entomological Club at a most enjoyable smoker held
in Copley Hall.

J. CHESTER BRADLEY,
Secretary- Treasurer.

Locality Pin Labels 20c. per 1000. Any Number of Lines

Printed from smallest type made, on Best Heavy White Paper.
Something new. 30 or more labels on a strip; no trimming; 1 cut of
scissors makes a label. Orders must be in multiples of 1000. Not
less than 1000 printed. Please send money orders—not postage
stamps.

C. V. BLACKBURN, (Member Cambridge Entomological Club)

STONEH ATV NicAGS Si

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY

Price List of Lepidoptera No. 6, ready for distribution Dec. 1, 1904
Classification of Lep. of Boreal Am. according to Smith List, 1903
Coleoptera List of Boreal Am. No. 2

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added.

List of School Supplies, Collections, Mimicry, Color protection, Dimorphism,
Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The only genuine Schmitt Insect Boxes. Insect Cabinets and Exhibition
Cases. The new improved Metal Cabinet for Schmitt Boxes. The A. E. Co.
Insect Pins, which in very short time have gained the favor of almost every
Entomologist of prominence.

ELBOW PINS IN VARIOUS STYLES.

Price of List 10 cents. Request for list without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons lists will be mailed free of charge after
issue. All previous lists cancelled.

EXPLANATION OF TERIS USED IN ENTOMOLOGY

A substantially bound book of 155 pages, with definitions of over 4500
terms used in Entomological work, three plates illustrating body structure
and venation, and one plate illustrating color terms.

PREPARED BY
PROF. JOHN B. SMITH, Sc. D., of Rutgers College, and State Ento-=
mologist of New Jersey, and published by
THE BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
An indispensable book for collectors as well as working entomologists and
students. Will be sent, postpaid. on receipt of price, $2.00,
by the selling agents,

THE AMERICAN ENTO/SMOLOGICAL. COMPANY
55 STUYVESANT AVENUE, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

THE ORIO NATURALIST.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of
Ohio. The official organ of THe BroLogicaL CLuB OF THE OHIO
State UNIversity, and of THE OnIo STATE ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June
(8 numbers). Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign
countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Managing

Editor, J. S. HIN.

Address, THE OHIO NATURALIST
Ohio State University, COLUMBUS, OHIO.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

A regular meeting of the Club is held on the third
Tuesday of each month (July, August and September
excepted) at 7.45 p. M. in the rooms of the Appalachian
Mountain Club, tenth floor of the Tremont Building,
Boston. The Tremont Building is one block from the
Park Street subway station. Entomologists visiting
Boston are cordially invited to attend.

SOCIETAS ENTOMOLOGICA

JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published semi-monthly. Original articles in German, English,
and French on all classes of Insects, Reviews, literature, bibliogr.
notices. Subscribers wishing to buy, sell or exchange Insects are
granted 125 lines gratis per annum for advertising. Lines in excess
5 Pf. (14 cents). To nonsubscribers 20 Pf. or 5 cents. Yearly
subscription 8 Mark or $2. Sample copies sent on request. Back
volumes at reduced prices.

Manuscripts and scientific correspondence to be directed to the
Editor: Miss M. Riihl, Ziirich, V, Switzerland. Applications for
subscriptions, specimen-numbers, advertisements, and all business
correspondence address:

FELIX L. DAMES, STEGLITZ-BERLIN, GERMANY.

Second-hand Catalogues sent on application

QAYSL

PS Y Cait

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

ESTABLISHED IN 1874

Vol. XVII APRIL, 1910 NUMBER 2

Prodryas persephone Scudder.

CONTENTS

ne Genus tachvdromia. A: 0. Melandert). Mii iii 0) Ser Ah 41
The Introduction of a European Scolytid (the smaller Elm Bark-
beetle, Scolytus multistriatus Marsh) into Massachusetts. J. W.
(Choa: \ aaa ence ir Hh Wer oe ss 478 ee era ote ok ance
On the Resistance of Gypsy Moth Eggs (Liparis dispar L.) to Cold and
Other Conditions. Wiailliam Reiff ele oh ors PERE ied a
Small artificial Ant-nests of novel Patterns. W.M.Wheeler 2 . . os}

A Note on the species of Fucellia of eastern North America. C. W.

PQETISOTIR 5) ess. uh Asa A CA en ame eee ee 76
A Hopperdozer for Rough Ground. A.P.Morse ....... 79
Recent Literature ie Sn

EDITOR - IN - CHIEF.

C. IT. Brurs, Harvard University.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS,

C. B. DAVENPORT, C. W. JOHNSON,

Carnegie Institution. Boston Society of Natural History.
J. H. EMERTON, A. P. Mors,

Boston, Mass. Wellesley College.
VY. L. KELLoGe, J. G. NEEDHAM,

Stanford University, Cornell University.

W. M. WHEELER, Harvard University.

Psycue is published bi-monthly, 7. e. in February, April, June, August, October and
December.

Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $1.00 to subscribers in the U. 8.
and its Territories and Dependencies or in Mexico; $1.15 to those in other countries.

To Contributors:

Copy should be typewritten whenever possible.

Separates, if desired, must be ordered in advance of publication.

25 Separates of leading articles will be furnished gratis; additional copies will be
supplied at cost.

ADVERTISING RATES furnished upon application.

All material for publication in a given number must be in the hands of the

Editors on or before the first day of the month preceding the month of publication.

All correspondence should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,
Bussey Insrirur1ion, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Forrest HIL1s,

BOSTON, MASS.

Entered as second-class matter Dec. 21, 1906, at the Post Office at Boston, Mass.,
under the Act of Congress of March 8, 1879.

a PSYCHE _

VOL. XVII. APRIL, 1910. No. 2.

‘a THE GENUS TACHYDROMIA.!
By A. L. MELANDER, PULLMAN, WASH.

Concerning the application of the generic names Coryneta, Tachy-
dromia, Platypalpus, Tachypeza and Tachista of the family Empididae
there is much confusion. In his early paper, the Nouvelle classifica-
tion des mouches 4 deux ailes, bearing the date 1800, Meigen gives his
forty-fourth genus the name Coryneta, describing it as follows. “‘An-
tennes 4 deux articulations: la premiére petite, hérissée de poils; la
seconde conique, terminée par un poil barbu. 'Trompe perpendicu-
laire. Cuisses des jambes du milieu enflées. Le tibia armé a l’ex-
trémité d’un piquant. Les ailes croisées.”

No species of the genus are mentioned by name, but Meigen states
that he has recognized three species. In 1803 in his revision of this
paper in Illiger’s Magazine, Meigen gave the name Tachydromia to
the fifty-second genus, mentioning however this time two species,
cursitans Fabricius and cimicoides Fabricius. His diagnosis of
Tachydromia is as follows. ‘Die Fihlerhérner vorgestrekkt, zwei-
gliederig: das erste Glied becherformig; das zweite kegel-formig in
eine Borste auslaufend. Der Riissel senk-recht. Schenkel der
Mittelfiisse dikk, stachlig. Die Fliigel flach parallel.”

It will be noted that the two descriptions read much alike, which is
why Bezzi (in lit.) and Hendel ? have concluded that both refer to the
same genus, and that therefore the older name Coryneta should be
given preference. ‘The Nouvelle Classification has been an extremely
rare paper. But three copies are known to exist, one at the Academy
of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, a second owned by Professor Hey-
den, and another belonging to the late Osten Sacken, and now in the
possession of Dr. Hendel. Because of the obscureness of this early
paper of Meigen it has been neglected by all writers. Its names are
not given in the nomenclators, and even Meigen himself ignored its

1 Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of the State College of Washington.
? Verhandl. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch., Wien. 1908. pp. 43-69.

41

49 Psyche {April

existence in his later works, as if ashamed of the curious meaningless
names of his first publication. ‘The diagnoses are brief, general and
ambiguous, and, since no species are mentioned the identity of the
genera would have remained mostly unknown, were it not that some of
the early descriptions bear a similarity to the corresponding ones of the
later paper. In nearly all cases however the generic names of 1800
are entirely different from those Meigen later used. ‘The genera of
Meigen’s second contribution are well known, as for most of them
typical species were cited at the beginning, and their names have been
in constant usage for our commonest flies for more than a century.
Even by this method of comparison and elimination many of the 1800
genera will never be understood.

This early publication of Meigen remained entirely ignored until
Dr. F. Hendel republished it entirely in the Verhandlungen of the
Wiener Gesellschaft. If we were to accept his guesses as to the identity
of these early genera we would overthrow such well-known names as
Ceratopogon, Odontomyia, Eristalis, etc., as well as the long established
type-genera of over a dozen families of diptera. But much of his
evidence is insecure. ‘The paper is worthless if not interpreted by
Meigen’s later works, the date of publication cannot be verified, there
is even doubt if the paper was distributed on the date it bears, and
nowhere are any species cited, so the genera are uot true binomial
conceptions. This last condition alone should not be followed too
closely, for many of Meigen’s genera of 1803 and 1804 were likewise
published without mention of species.

Naturally to exhume these forgotten names has stirred up much
discussion, and in the short interim since Hendel’s republishing, there
have been a score of opinions given out by various biologists. “These
opinions are sometimes conflicting but in the main zoologists strongly
decry using the law of priority to bolster up such speciesless genera as
Meigen’s earliest. I shall give a list of the articles that have come to
my notice bearing directly or indirectly on the principle of whether or
not to adopt the newly disinterred genera. In this long parley the
concrete example of Meigen’s paper has been lost sight of by many
of the contributors, and merely the principle has been under discussion,
but nevertheless the entire argument outlined below was caused by
the appearance of Hendel’s reprint. A short digest of the articles
will help to correlate the ideas advanced.

Professor Aldrich wrote in hopes of squelching Hendel’s paper, to

1910] Melander — The Genus Tachydromia 43

deter others from using the ancient names. Yet Kertész’ last volume
of the Catalogus Dipterorum hujusque descriptorum, volume v., 1909,
adopts the family name Omphralidae for the Scenopinidae; his
Catalogue of palaearctic diptera uses five of the early names in volume
il; while Czerny in a paper on Spanish Diptera! has discarded the
family names Scatophagidae and ‘Trypetidae, as he uses for them
Meigen’s earlier type genera Scopeuma and Euribia, forming thereby
the family names Scopeumatidae and Euribiidae. However, Czerny
does not use Meigen’s early Cypsela to replace Borborus, as was ad-
vocated in Hendel’s reprint.

Volume i of the palaearctic catalogue has dispensed with the
following well known genera on the plea of priority: Hphippiuwm,
Oxycera, Odontomyia, Xylophaqus, Ilaematopota, Subula and Leptis.
Surely the dipterist has a bewildering memory-lesson before him.

It is strongly to be urged in this period of nomenclatural unrest
that writers be not too hasty in adopting the suggestions of Dr. Hendel.
The trend of public opinion is that genera without species shall have
no place in our system of classification. In view of the projected action
of the Committee of the International Congress of Zoologists (see
number 23 below), it would be decidedly rash to rush into publications
the once-discarded names of 1800. It would be better to hold in
abeyance any personal desires fer Meigen’s first names until the
Committee can rectify the Code on this question. Such conservatism
may prevent a premature overthrow of the names of our commonest
genera, and might spare our overburdened literature from most con-
fusing rearrangements of synonyms.

1. Nature, August 27, 1908, pp. 394-395.
A composite letter by British zoologists deploring the fact that a
strict adherence to rules sometimes brings unfortunate consequences.

Li)

N. Banks, Science, xxviii.
Advises others who have rare papers to republish them.

3. 8S. W. Williston, Manual, 3rd. edit. p. 390, 1908.
“Hendel would have deserved the thanks of a long suffering public
had he withheld these copies instead of republishing.”

+. M. Bezzi, Wiener entom. Zeit. xxvii. 252, Sept. 1908.

Comments on the adoption of the names of 1800 that come in vol. iil.

of Kertesz’ Catalogue of palearctic diptera, a course in which, naturally,

he approves.

1 Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch., Wien, vol. 59, 1909.

44

on

“I

10.

Me

13.

14.

Psyche {April

J. M. Aldrich, Canad. Ent. xl. 370-373. Oct. 1908.

Compares resurrecting the 1800 paper to finding some old grant to
Indian lands. Every possible objection should be made before accep-
ing them; a flawless case must be made out and the identification of
the older genera is full of flaws. ‘‘Let justice be done” exclaims
Hendel. To whom? Certainly not to Meigen by accepting this
paper.

J. M. Aldrich, Canad. Ent. xl. 432, Nov. 1908.

Quotes from Bezzi’s paper (number 4, above) in the Wiener entomo-
logische Zeitung. Hendel (number 9, below) says that the quotatien
is mis-applied.

D. W. Coquillett, Canad. Ent. xl. 457, Dec. 1908.

Pleads for the adoption of the early names, citing rules from the code
to cover his argument. Does not believe in obstructing the progress
of nomenclature by discrediting Hendel’s find.

P. H. Verrall, British Flies, v. 772, 1909.

Meigen’s 1800 genera are not legally established. Does not coneur
with Coquillett’s ‘‘aggravated” pleading (no. 7).

F. Hendel, Wiener entom. Zeit. xxviii. 33-36; Feb. 1909.

Discusses the comments in numbers 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8. Stability of
nomenclature can be had only by a strict adherence to the law of
priority. Since Meigen described only genera, but gave the number
of species that he knew, and in the preface designated his work as a
prodromus of a later work designed to contain only the genera, he can
not be said to have carelessly neglected the principles of binary nomen-
clature. Hendel states that 39 of the Brachycera genera can be imme-
diately recognized from the descriptions alone. The future alone can
tell whether the majority of dipterists will decide for continuity or
for priority.

T. D. A. Cockerell, Science, xxix. 339, Feb. 26, 1909.

Calls for a postal vote of opinions about genera without species. ‘A
genus without species has no type, no content, and apparently has no
place in our systems of classification.”’

J. M. Aldrich, Canad. Ent. xli. 103, March, 1909.
In a review of Verrall’s British Flies, Aldrich quotes the discovery
of certain Chicago historians that the annulment of one of the marriages
of King Henry VIII. was invalid, and that, consequently, King Edward
VII. is not King of England. This discovery is on a par with the
reasoning that Meigen’s earliest genera should claim priority.

T. D. A. Cockerell, Science, xxix. 813, May 21, 1909.
The result of the postal vote (number 10) shows the majority of voters
not in favor of resurrecting the names of speciesless genera.

A. A. Giraulc, Science, xxix. 814, May 21, 1909.
A genus described without a species is non-existent. Its name has no
status until some definite type species has been designated.

J. A. Allen, Science, xxix. 935, June 11, 1909.
“Prior to 1810 hundreds of genera now in current use were proposed
solely on the basis of a diagnosis; although they were accepted and

1910] Melander — The Genus Tachydromia 45

have been in use from the date of their proposal, many of them were
without designated types for half a century.’”’ “Apparently each case
should be dealt with solely on its own merits.”

15. F.N. Balch, Science, xxix. 998, June 25, 1909.
In a paper, “A Lawyer on the Nomenclature Question’? Mr. Balch
advocates an International Court with absolute power to settle every-
thing nomenclatorial. The priority rule was not intended to be the
superstition and incubus it has become. ‘‘ Questions of nomenclature
are of utterly insignificant importance so only that they be settled one
way or the other, quickly, definitely, and permanently.”

16. F. A. Bather, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iv. 37-42, July, 1909.
In an article ‘Some Common Crinoid Names and the Fixation of
Nomenclature,” Dr. Bather advocates the establishment of a court of
nomenclature.

17. Wm. H. Dall, Science, xxx. 149, July 30, 1909.
Most questions of nomenclature can be answered by a serious study of
the Code. For the few other cases he advocates giving the Committee
power of decision.

18. A. N. Caudell, Science, xxx. 210, August 13, 1909.
“How can we get a type for a genus where there were no species origi-
nally included?”

19. F. A. Bather, Science, xxx. 341, Sept. 10, 1909.
Advocates a Court for the two eases, first, where the application of the
Code is obscure, and second, where its application is clear, but the
consequences at the same time would be exceedingly unfortunate.

20. J. A. Allen, Science, xxx. 365, Sept. 17, 1909.
“The only point is whether they are good genera or bad genera — in
other words whether they are identifiable or unidentifiable from the
basis furnished by the original founder.”’

21. J. Dwight, Jr. Science, xxx. 526, Oct. 15, 1909.
“Zoological nomenclature to-day seems to be little more than an
intricate game of names, fascinating sport for its faithful devotees,
but an intolerable nuisance for the uninitiated many.” “Priority is
rather a bog from which the nomenclatorial muck-rakers exhume the
fossil remains of a past age.”” ‘“‘It is not justice for the dead zoologist
that we need so much as justice for the living, and even now the dead
get no recognition if they violate the rules of a game unknown in their
day.”

22. A.S. Hitchcock, Science, xxx. 597, Oct. 29, 1909.
Believes it impractical for a committee to prepare a list of names that
will be stable, because of the changing state of biological knowledge.

23. J. A. Allen, Science, xxx. 596, October 29, 1909.
Proposes the following recommendation for the International Com-
mittee. ‘‘A generic name proposed without mention of any described
species is invalid unless it is accompanied by a diagnosis of such a
character as to indicate that it is based on a previously known species,
or group of species, that can be unequivocally identified as the basis
of the diagnosis.”

46 Psyche {April

Therefore, instead of worrying over just which of the genera can be
identified, it will be vastly better for the present to ignore entirely the
Nouvelle Classification. It is absurd rigidly to apply modern rules
of nomenclature to the works of the early writers, when as in this
‘instance no good can be subserved, and a most confusing and “com-
plete revolution in dipterological nomenclature’ would result, a
condition that Dr. Hendel seems eagerly to have hoped for. It is
commendable to make use of the law of priority when stability and
permanence will be guaranteed, but in the present case it 1s too risky
to accept Dr. Hendel’s views and make the wholesale changes he has
suggested. Dr. Stiles has remarked that “neither the commission nor
the congress has any power to force zoologists and others to accept
the International Rules.” I believe that my dipterist fellow workers
should feel that one such occasion confronts them, if rules are to be
construed, or misconstrued, to bolster up the once-discarded names.

With this digression we may disregard the name Coryneta, and take
up the name Tachydromia. As just mentioned, Meigen assigned
Musca cursitans Fabricius and cimicoides Fabricius to his genus.
The first of these was an erroneous determination which was afterwards
named major by Zetterstedt. Cimicoides Fabricius is a synonym of
arrogans Linneus, but Meigen was confused in his identification here
too, as a part of the specimens he thought were czmicoides he afterward
described as connexa. Meigen had therefore three species before him,
of which two were undescribed, and the third had previously been
named arrogans by Linneus. Obviously, according to modern rulings,
the type of Tachydromia must be selected from these three, and as
arrogans was the only described species among Meigen’s material,
that species would probably be construed as the type. But neither
arrogans nor connexa has the middle femora enlarged, nor are their
middle tibiae spurred. Therefore they disagree with the only salient
point of the diagnosis. For that reason, according to our present
ideas, neither would have been selected as the type, and the honor of
serving as type of Tachydromia should have been bestowed on Meigen’s
cursittans (major Zett.). The old genus has been dismembered, the
separated genera have received their types, and our present ideals
have not been fulfilled, because of the everlasting blundering between
personal whims and priority laws.

Article 30 of the Code states: “If the original type of a genus was
not indicated, the author who first subdivides the genus may apply the

1910} Melander — The Genus Tachydromia AT

name of the original genus to such restricted genus or subgenus as may
be judged advisable, and such assignment is not subject to subsequent
change.” Dr. Stiles! has given a personal ruling further that “If an
author, in publishing a genus with more than one valid species, fails
to designate or to indicate its type, any subsequent author may select
the type, and such designation is not subject to change.” Although
this is a personal opinion its soundness is apparent. With these cita-
tions, we may take up the subsequent history of Meigen’s Tachy-
dromia.

Meigen’s early conception of the genus was the same as our present
idea of the subfamily Tachydromiinae, or even the combined sub-
families 'Tachydromiinae and Hemerodromiinae, and in this he was
followed by the earlier writers, such as Fallén. In 1822 in the third
volume of the Systematische Beschreibungen Meigen separated from
Tachydromia the genera Hemerodromia and Drapetis. The remaining
Tachydromias he grouped into two divisions, A and B, with his.
crmicoides in A. and his cursitans in B, but still retaining all in the
genus Tachydromia. Macquart in 1827 bestowed the name Platy-
palpus on division B which was the larger group, keeping the name
Tachydromia for the first group, but Meigen not knowing this renamed
the first division Tachypeza, to retain the original name for the larger
division. ‘This change was published in 1830, and later he refused to
adopt Macquart’s name because he thought his own ideas were better.

In a paper in the Zeitschrift fuer Entomologie, published in Breslau
in 1863 Loew discussed the question at length and following Meigen
discarded the name Platypalpus because it is a poorly formed com-
pound of Greek and Latin. For the larger group, or those species
related to cursitans, he retained the name Tachydromia. The re-
mainder of the genus he subdivided into Tachypeza, Tachista, Dysa-
letria, and Phoneutisca, bestowing the name Tachista on those species
grouped about cimicoides. ‘The majority of the prominent European
dipterists have adopted this view principally out of deference to Meigen
and Loew.

The date of publication of the name Platypalpus is certain, and its
designation is unquestionable. We have therefore no recourse but to
accept it as a valid name. ‘To this genus belongs the cursitans of
Meigen’s original Tachydromia. Eliminating this species, the cimi-

1 Bull. 24, Hygienic Laboratory, p. 27 (1905) Rule 10.

48 Psyche {April

coides of Meigen should be the type of the restricted Tachydromia.
Coquillett however has designated conneaxa as the type, forgetting that
part of Meigen’s cimicoides belonged to Linnaeus’ early species arro-
gans. 'Vhis however will not invalidate the limitations of the restricted
Tachydromia, as arrogans and connexa are very closely related spe-
cies, certainly congeneric.

The status of the old genus Tachydromia is therefore as follows.

Front and middle femora thickened: Division B. Meigen.
Platypalpus Macquart, Westwood, Blanchard, Walker, Schiner, Philippi,
Coquillett, Melander.
Tachydromia Meigen, Burmeister, Zetterstedt, Berendt, Scholtz, Bonsdorff,
Loew, Bigot, Mik, Strobl, Becker, Kertész, Bezzi, Frey.
Phoroxypha Rondani, Coquillett.

Front femora thickened: Division A. Meigen.

Amalcell) iMmperfectite remiss sip ieait eisai a's auetoe = Tachypeza Meigen, Loew.
Anal cell completely wanting............ Tachydromia Meigen, Coquillett.

Tachista Loew, Becker.
The type species of these genera are as follows:

Platypalpus. Type species cursitans Fabricius, indicated by Westwood in
1840. It is quite likely that Westwood had Meigen’s original cursitans
in view, in which case the type should be major Zetterstedt.

Tachypeza. Type species nubila Meigen. Rondani in 1856 designated

tt nervosa Meigen as the type, and this is a synonym of nubila.

Tachydromia. Type species connera Meigen. As explained before Meigen
indicated two species, cursitans and cimicoides. As the type species should
be one of those originally listed by the describer elimination leaves cimi-
coides as the type, since Meigen’s cursitans belongs to the subsequently
erected genus Platypalpus. Meigen’s cimicoides included two species,
arrogans Linnaeus and the later described connexa Meigen, the second of
which Mr. Coquillett has designated as the type.

During the last half century a number of other genera have been pro-
posed for new material rather than as constrictions of the older genus.
The relationships of these genera can be seen from the following
synopsis of the present subfamily Tachydromiinae. All the known
genera and sub-genera are included.

1910] Melander — The Genus Tachydromia 49

Genera and Subgenera of the Tachydromive.

Thorax slender, humeri large, strongly constricted: palpi narrow: legs not
bristly: front femora thickest.
First basal cell much shorter than the second: black species.
Analcell present: arista terminal......-.:.....-.. Tachypeza Meigen.
Anal cell completely wanting.
Arista terminal or sub-terminal: marginal cell long.
Tachydromia Meigen.
Arista sub-dorsal: second vein abruptly recurved.
Phoneutisca Loew.
First basal cell longer than second; outer angle only of anal cell present:
AVG OWES DECILES areverepaens, ¢ahc} «laus ayeexene see ahelgeren cgay Pate erotoe oe Dysaletria Loew.
Thorax broad: humeri rarely large: legs hairy and usually with bristles:
palpi usually broad.
First basal cell shorter than second: eyes close together, especially below
the antennae.
Arista terminal.
Anal cell complete or incompletely formed.
Front and middle femora thickened: middle femora with a double
row of spines beneath: middle tibiae ending in a spur: eyes

Separacvedre palpi Orodds sca cmmme ae Platypalpus Macquart.
Mast jomtrot tarsi moral... 0-5-6 ee oe Platypalpus s. str.

Last joint of anterior tarsi greatly lengthened.

Cleptodromia Corti.
Femora not thickened: middle legs without spurs and with minute
or no spines: eyes contiguous: palpi small: basal cells subequal.
Sy mballophthalmus Becker.

Anal cell wholly wanting: posterior femora more or less thickened.
Drapetis Meigen.
Body robust, abdomen shorter than thorax: Wings broad, not

ciliate.
Third antennal joint short-oval................ Drapetis s. str.
Third antennal joint lanceolate.......... Elaphropeza Macquart.
Body more slender: abdomen longer than thorax: wings cuneiform:
costanlonovelliates ashe vs alae «1 oer Ctenodrapetis Bezzi.
Arista dorsal: front femora thickened.................. Stilpon Loew.

First basal cell equal to or longer than second: more or less opaque pollinose
species: eyes usually widely separated on the face.
Arista dorsal.
Wings less than one-third the abdomen....... Thinodromia Melander.
Wings surpassing the abdomen, anal cell faint. . .Halsanalotes Becker.
Arista terminal.
Antennae three-jointed: legs thick and bristly: eyes very small.
Coloboneura Melander.
Antennae two-jointed: legs but little thickened and with few bristles,
PACEs Marrow seats ee Sissi) so aid ager sia tote Chersodromia Walker.

50 | Psyche [April
Tachydromia sens. str.

Minute, slender flies of shining jet-black color and almost devoid
of hairs and bristles. Head globular, eyes large, with large facets,
in both sexes broadly contiguous on the face; front narrow, its sides
nearly parallel, and but slightly diverging toward the vertex; three
ocelli present; occiput broad, produced sub-conically at the neck and
provided with sparse short bristles. Antennae short, two-jointed, the
outer joint short rounded oval, with the long slender nearly bare
arista terminal or nearly so. Proboscis shorter than the head, rigid,
vertical: palpi applied against the proboscis and tipped with several
short bristles.

Thorax longer than broad, not greatly convex, not truncate in front
but considerably narrowed from the wings forward; humeri remarka-
bly enlarged and separated from the narrow central part of the meso-
notum by more or less deep furrows; a prealar lateral bristle on meso-
notum; scutellum normally with two pairs of short marginal bristles,
the basal pair microscopic, usually no other thoracic bristles or hairs
present. Hypopygium small, more or less globular, or triangular in
outline, terminal. Legs slender, the front femora somewhat thickened,
devoid of bristles, but with microscopic hairs, those of the under side
of the front tibiae serrately arranged, no spurs or conspicuous spines
present. Sometimes the male legs have small spines on the middle
femora or tibiae beneath. Wings narrow, costa ending at the fourth
vein and sometimes thickened beyond the insertion of the first vein,
hind margin of the wing short ciliate; no trace of an anal cell present.

Our known American species of Tachydromia divide nicely into two
groups. ‘The first of these includes slender species with elongate
wings and legs. This group is typical of Tachydromia and is largely
represented in the palaearctic fauna. The second group is more
aberrant. Our species will probably be separated ultimately from
Tachydromia as several genera, but for the present it would be quite
unwise to do so. It is unfortunate that the small size and difficulty
of capture of these species are responsible for their scarcity in collections.
Undoubtedly we know but a fraction of the forms the world over, and
until our collections are more complete we cannot hope to understand
the relationships of these interesting little flies.

The typical Tachydromias are shining black, nearly bristleless flies
and have a dark band, or two dark bands, across the wings. ‘The

1910] Melander — The Genus Tachydromia ol

arista is terminal and the palpi are long and narrow. ‘The front of the
head is very narrow, its sides almost parallel. ‘The emargination of
the eyes at the level of the antennae is less deep, and all the facets
are of nearly uniform size. ‘The pectus is pruinose, the coating extend-
ing backwards to form a conspicuous glistening white spot over the
front coxae and under the humeri. ‘The hypopygium is also somewhat
smaller than with the other members of the genus. The first basal cell
is generally very long. It is to this group that arrogans and connexa
belong.

The species of the second group differ in having a shorter and broader
thorax, with the humeri not so pronounced. ‘They lack the pruinosity
above the front coxae. ‘The arista is subterminal and the palpi are
usually broader. "The front of the head is broader, with its sides
diverging above. ‘The eyes are more deeply emarginate, and the
lower facets are conspicuously larger than the upper. "The wings are
shorter in proportion to the body, and are not fasciate; the two basal
cells are more nearly equal in size, and the marginal cell is usually
shorter.

Although the genus separates into two definite groups whose char-
acters may seem to be of generic value, I hesitate about placing together
the species of group two as a restricted genus, for they appear to repre-
sent several phyletic lines. The basic points of difference between
these species are the following:

1. simplicior. Wings as in Drapetis: palpi narrow: thorax glistening,
devoid of bristles: humeri prominent.

2. maculipennis, calva. Palpi narrow: thorax narrow, glistening black,
devoid of bristles, humeri prominent.

3. insularis. Thorax shorter, somewhat glaucous, humeri smaller: palpi
long and narrow.

4. agens, universalis. Thorax somewhat glaucous, shorter, with bristles;
humeri smaller: palpi broader.

The table following is given for the determination of the American
species. Several other species have been referred to this genus by one
writer or another. The accompanying notes will explain their status.

Tachydromia lata Coquillett * is omitted from the tables as it probably
is a Drapetis. Since the description states that the mesonotum is
broader than long, the legs are provided with bristles and the first

1 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. V. p. 266 (1903).

52 Psyche [April

basal cell is much shorter than the second it is evident that the species
is not a Tachydromia. Mr. Coquillett separates Tachista (or Tachy-
dromia as here given) from Drapetis in his analytic key only by the
comparative thickness of the front femora, an elusive characteristic.

Tachydromia nubifera Coquillett ' has been referred by its author?
to the genus Coloboneura, a genus which has very bristly legs. I am
unable to corroborate this from his description alone. ‘The shortened
second basal cell of nubifera excludes the species from Tachydromia,
but the subopaque pruinosity and colored wings are at variance with
the typical species of Coloboneura.

Mr. Coquillett has assigned Drapetis flavida Williston to Tachista *
While the male is unusually slender for a typical Drapetis this species
lacks the constricted swollen humeri of the Tachydromia group and
moreover the legs are pubescent and provided with bristles and both
the marginal and the first basal cells are short as in Drapetis. The
species can with all propriety be located in Bezzi’s recent subgenus
Ctenodropetis. It may be here noted that the description of Tachy-
dromia bacis Walker described from Jamaica tallies with this species.
As Mr. Walker’s description is unusually complete, mentioning even
the bristles of the legs, it is reasonably certain that both species are the
same. I have specimens from Yucatan, Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Cuba
and Hayti. Mr. Coquillett reports it from Porto Rico, and Dr.
Williston’s specimens came from St. Vincent. It is evidently a com-
mon species within its geographic range. ‘There is an ancient and
brief description of Tachydromia abdominalis Wiedemann* from
China that also applies to our specimens. Ctenodrapetis ciliatocosta
Bezzi® from Australia is also quite similar, but is somewhat smaller.
Possibly there is but one widely distributed form. I take it that
abdominalis is a Ctenodrapetis rather than a Platypalpus as the abdomen
is described as lusterless. In almost all the species of Platypalpus
the abdomen is shining.

Mr. Coquillett ® thinks that Phoneutisca bimaculata Loew is a
synonym of maculipennis Walker which was described from Hudson

1 Dipt. Commander Isl. p. 343 (1898).

2 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash V. p. 265 (1903).

3 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. XXII. p. 251 (1900).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. V. p. 265, note. (1903.)

4 Auss. zweifl. Ins. II. 12 (1829).

5 Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. II. p. 355 (1904).

6 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. V. p. 266 (1903).

1910] Melander — The Genus Tachydromia 53

Bay Territory. I do not think this is so. Bimaculata is a much
smaller species with white palpi, and is rare. The only specimen I
have seen is the type from Alaska. I take it however that maculz-
pennis is the same as our common pusilla Loew. I have examined
over fifty specimens of this species from Massachusetts, Wisconsin,
Illinois, Missouri, and South Dakota. Since it is so widely distrib-
uted in the States it probably occurs in Canada also. The rest of Mr.
Walker’s Tachydromias I can not decipher. They may belong to
Tachypeza or to the present genus. Osten Sacken listed vicarius as a
Platypalpus. ‘The two-line description reads that the legs are slender
which raises more doubt as to what the species really is.

Table of the North American Species of Tachydromia.

1. A white glistening pruinose spot between the front coxae and the humeri,
rarely absent: wings with two dark bands: the distance between the
two cross veins more than twice the length of the hind cross vein:
ALIS HNL OMIMMUN A oe. Teka veis) ophhcte te, cits tide, ota ce laps aon cede a tareerie canes o Reems tolialls oes

No glistening spot on the pleurae: wings with a single brownish subapical
cloud or hyaline; cross veins separated scarcely more than the length
Ol the shine) icross veim': anistay subterminal... .0 400 eee ee): © 6.

2. Palpi and halteres black: marginal cell obliquely truncate
enecator Melander.
Palpi and halteres paler: marginal cell rounded at theend.......... 3.
3. Dark cross bands united along the costa........ varipennis Coquillett.
DankAcross) bandsvseparatedey .. editor wlccietale.s ocreclale avatevcretenete tans 4,
4. Wings blunt, fringed with comparatively long hairs: propleurae not
POEUMM OSC Hate-c Hie B0/4 AEF Seats aes hve MAS ciliata sp. nov.
Wings slender, the marginal hairs short: propleurae pruinose........ 5.
oa) duegs nearly uniformly dusky). a... e-sateis cole schwarzii Coquillett.

Base of legs pale yellow, outer portions in part black.
schwarzii var. diversipes. var. nov.
6. Palpi black: wings with a broad subapical cloud.
maculipennis Walker.

alpimyellowisheswangsumcloudederts. 1:1. :crst-tele steieiecetloleye etets were liote Ue
7. Thorax shining, humeri prominent: palpi narrow.................. 8.
Thorax and abdomen sub-glaucous, humeri smaller...............- 9.
8. Third and fourth veins divergent...... simplicior Wheeler & Melander.
fhicd and fourth vemssubparallel:. 0.0.1. eiteait ie. calva sp. nov.

9. Palpi long and narrow: scutellum with four bristles: antennae reddish
insularis sp. nov.

Palpi broader: seutellum with two bristles... 00.6066. sea eee 10.
10. Acrostichal and dorsocentral bristles present: legs slender piceous,
antennaen bb lackesrrs mae atet ar econ erste ate elenafeslereaatae agens sp. nov.

Middle of dorsum without bristles: base of legs and of antennae yellow,
fogt rarssilgolme WR Char ie cade < 2 66's os eclee 6s ohsie's universalis sp. nov.

54 Psyche [April

Tachydromia enecator Melander.

Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., xxviii, 226, 2 (1902).

Length 3} mm. Totally jet black, shining, except that the knees narrowly
and the metatarsi are piceous, the palpi, antennae and halteres are dull black,
and the hinder occiput, pectus, metanotum, a narrow vertical stripe on the
metapleurae, front coxae, and underside of the front femora are provided with
a light pruinose coating. Outer antennal joint elliptical, arista terminal.
Humeral swellings of mesonotum large and well marked: no bristles on dise
of mesonotum, scutellum with four minute bristles. The <@ abdomen
depressed, less shining apically, the hypopygium small, terminal, somewhat
triangular in outline, it and the last ventral segment provided with short
blackish hairs. Wings with two dark cross bands, the second vein appendic-
ulate in the known specimens.

But five specimens are known of this species. ‘The two cotypes,
both females, are from Quebec and Wyoming. ‘They are now located
in the Wheeler collection at the American Museum of Natural History,
New York City. I have a male and two females, collected by my
former student, E. L. Jenne, at Douglas, Alaska, August 2, 1901.
This is our largest species.

Tachydromia schwarzii Coquillett.

Coquillett, Proc. U. S. N. Mus. xviii. 440 (1895).
Melander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxviii. 225, fig. 52 (1902).

Length 2.5 mm. Shining black, the legs yellowish. Occiput and pro-
pleurae pruinose. Antennae fuscous to black, the outer joint rounded, the
terminal arista about four times the length of the antenna. Facets of the eyes
nearly uniform, front narrow. Palpi glistening white to dirty white, elongate
and slender. Mesonotal dise shining, bristleless, scutellum with four short
bristles. Hypopygium moderate, rounded, its curved slender appendages
sometimes exserted. Legs including the coxae dusky yellow, the hind legs
darkest, the tibiae and tarsi more or less infuseated. Halteres pale yellow.
Wings slender, rather pointed, crossed by two broad brownish fasciae, leaving
the base, middle and tip hyaline; the marginal cilia normally short.

This is a common insect in the West. During the entire summer it
hurries about in quick little zig-zag runs in search of its small victims,
curiously probing among grass, stones, sidewalks, houses, in fact it
can be found almost everywhere in this region. I have seen hundreds
of living specimens, and have examined nearly a hundred mounted
individuals from Moscow, Idaho, and Pullman and Wenatchee, Wash-
ington. The types came from California and Utah. They are
numbered 3246 and 3247 in the National Museum collection.

1910] Melander — The Genus Tachydromia 55

In structure, venation, and general appearance this species resem-
bles annulimana Meigen, of the European fauna; which however has
striped femora, incrassate front tibiae, an erect hypopygium, some
dorsocentral bristles in front of the scutellum, and moreover lacks the
white pruinose spots beneath the humeri.

Tachydromia schwarzii var. diversipes var. nov.

Melander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxviii. 225 (1902). TJ. schwarzii, var.

Male. Similar to schwarzii in all structural characters, but differing in
coloration. The base of the legs is lighter, the outer portions blacker than in
typical form, thus making a greater contrast in color. The coxae, trochanters,
base of all the femora, the basal two-thirds of the front tibiae, and the tarsi
except the tip almost white in color. The outer third of the front tibiae is
abruptly black; the four posterior tibiae, except the knees, and the hind
femora except the base, black. The palpi are blackish. The cross-bands of
the wings are lead-gray, and are darker than is usually the case with schwarzit,
where they generally have a brownish tinge.

Two males which I captured at Dry Creek, near Austin, Texas,
April 20, 1901. ‘The specimens were running over rather large stones
in this moist ravine at the base of Mount Barker.

Tachydromia ciliata sp. nov.

Wheeler and Melander, Biologia Cent. Am., Dipt. Suppl. 375 (1901)
schwarzit.

Female. Length about 2mm. Quite similar to schwarzi in general appear-
ance, but differing in the structure of the wings. Shining black, legs clear
yellow except the infuscated outer two-thirds of the hind femora and tibiae.
Antennae yellow; as they are defective nothing can be stated about the
arista. Front narrow, facets of the eyes uniform. Palpi whitish. Occiput
and thorax shining black, the propleurae not pruinose: humeri large and
deeply constricted: the inner pair of scutellar bristles moderately long. First
ventral segment white or whitish. Halteres yellow. Wings comparatively
short and broad, blunt at the end, and margined with a conspicuous fringe
of hairs which are prominent even on the costa; two brown cross-bands are
present as in schwarzii, but because of the shortened wings the outer fascia
appears less extensive; the third and fourth veins more distant from each
other and continuing to the wing-tip without converging (in schwarzii they
lie closer together and converge towards the tip).

I have two specimens before me from Guerrero, Mexico, one taken at
Chilpancingo, at 4600 feet altitude, the other labeled Sierra de las

Aguas Escondidas, 9500 feet. There are some minor differences
between the two specimens. ‘The former measures 1.75 mm. and has

56 Psyche [April

the outer cross-band nearly as in typical schwarzii. The latter
individual measures fully two mm. ‘The base of its wings is less
hyaline, but otherwise the wings are as described. The first ventral
segment of the abdomen is only dusky, not white. The third specimen
mentioned in the Biologia is in the Wheeler collection at the American
Museum. ‘This species corresponds to eacisa Loew of the European
fauna,

Tachydromia varipennis Coquillett.

Coquillett, Proce. Ent. Soe. Wash., v. 266 (1903).
Slosson, Ent. News, xiv. 266 (1903) habits.

Length 2mm. Shining black, pro- and metapleurae pruinose, coxae, base
of femora and proximal part of tarsifuscous. Outer antennal joint short ovate,
the terminal arista three times the length of the antenna. Palpi whitish.
Humeri constricted from the central part of the thorax by an evident groove;
no bristles on dise of notum, scutellar bristles minute. Hypopygium minute,
terminal, without conspicuous hairs. Halteres white. Wings infumated,
the base, tip and a transverse streak in the middle, but not including the mar-
ginal and submarginal cells hyaline.

I have four specimens from the type lot, received from Mrs. Annie
Trumbull Slosson. ‘They were taken in the White Mountains at
Franconia, New Hampshire. The type is in the National Museum,
number 6774. It is this species that is mentioned in Aldrich’s Cata-
logue, page 314 under schwarzii, as occurring in New Hampshire.

In her article, Hunting Empids, in the October issue of the Ento-
mological News for 1903, Mrs. Slosson gives the following notes on the
habits of this fly. ‘‘About the first of July I always find here a pretty
little creature running rapidly over wet stones at the margin of streams.
It is a tiny fly with gray wings variegated with black, and its habits
are odd and interesting. ‘Though its wings are fully formed and quite
‘apable of flight, it very rarely uses them. When pursued by the
collector it runs swiftly like an ant on and around the stone, and will
continue this elusive performance for many minutes, though by spread-
ing its pretty wings it could at once escape capture. Only in desperate
extremity, as a very last resort, will it sometimes take flight and rest
upon another near-by stone. For a long time I found them very
difficult to catch. But at last I discovered that by seizing the stone
on which one was running and dropping it quickly into my net I had
the little fellow safe and sound.”

1910] Melander — The Genus Tachydromia 57

Tachydromia maculipennis Walker.

Walker, List Dipt. Ins. in Coll. Brit. Mus., il. 507 (1849).

Loew, Cent. v., 74 (1863) Tachypeza pusilla Q.

Melander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxviii. 228; and 229, f. 51 (pusilla); and 204,
f.1. (Phoneutisca bimaculata, Dakota specimens) (1902).

Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. v. 266 (1903) Phon. bimaculata.

Aldrich, Catalog N. Am. Dipt., 310 (1905), Phon. bimaculata.

Length 2mm. Shining black, antennae, palpi, proboscis and halteres also
black, no pruinose spots on thorax. Outer joint of antennae short-conical,
the arista two times the length of the antenna, almost terminal. Humeral
swellings prominent, well constricted from the central portion of the thorax;
no notal bristles; scutellum with four marginal bristles, the outer pair short.
Hypopygium swollen, black hairy, the last ventral segment with a conspicuous
fringe of black bristles. Legs largely blackish, the coxae, trochanters, and
base of the femora paler; front tibiae and tarsi more or less yellowish; the
last two tarsal joints black. Halteres whitish. Wings with a brownish cloud
filling the submarginal and first posterior cells; the two cross veins approxi-
mate.

The type of this species, now in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, was collected by LeBaron in
Illinois. Ihave specimens before me from Chicago, Illinois, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin, Atherton, Missouri (C. F. Adams) and Brookings, South
Dakota (J. M. Aldrich). Dr. Hough has taken the species at New
Bedford, Massachusetts. Mr. C. W. Johnson records pusilla from
New Jersey in Smith’s Catalog. The synonymy of this species is
discussed in the introduction anted, page 52.

Tachydromia simplicior Wheeler and Melander.

Wh. and Mel., Biologia Cent. Am., Dipt. Suppl. 375 (1901) Phoneutisca.
Melander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxviii. 205, f. 6. (1902) Phoneutisca.

Length 1.5mm. _ Body shining black, legs entirely yellow. Antennae short,
the outer joint minute, smaller than the basal joint, the arista sub-dorsal.
Palpi pure white, moderately broad. No bristles on mesonotal disc; scutel-
lum with a pair of well separated marginal bristles; humeri well constricted
and prominent; the sides of the thorax are very lightly pruinose, but there
is no pruinose spot above the front coxae. Abdomen depressed, brownish
hairy, the hypopygium small, terminal. Legs including the coxae yellow.
the hind femora a little infuscated apically. Halteres yellow. Wings nearly
hyaline, a very faint darker streak passes longitudinally through the middle
of the wing; marginal cell short, submarginal cell full, third and fourth veins
divergent.

58 Psyche {April

A single male collected by Mr. H. H. Smith at Vera Cruz, January,
1888, from the Wheeler collection of the American Museum of Natural
History. This specimen very likely belongs with the type female,
which was collected in Chilpancingo in Guerrero. ‘The two locations
are on opposite sides of Mexico. ‘The specimen is glued on a card
and is not in the best of condition for description. ‘The type has the
third vein nearly straight. Here it is rounded in an even curve diverg-
ing from the fourth. This specimen has less of the purplish and
bronze tinge to the body.

The definition characters of Phoneutisca led us to place this species
in that genus. An examination of the true Phoneutisca bimaculata
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology showed it to be quite a differ-
ent insect than was supposed. The abruptness of the marginal cell
in Phoneutisca is very striking.

Tachydromia calva sp. nov.

Shining black above, paler beneath, outer half of femora blackish. An-
tennae black, palpi slender, whitish, dorsum without evident bristles; wings
lightly infumated, third and fourth veins sub-parallel.

Female. Front jet black, triangular; ocelli prominent, occiput with sparse
short black hairs; eyes deeply and broadly emarginate at antennae, face
obliterated by the contiguity of the eyes, facets nearly uniform. Antennae
short black, last joint not as long as broad and smaller than basal joint, the
arista subterminal, finely and closely pubescent, nearly five times the length
of the antenna. Palpi narrowly elongate, whitish yellow: proboscis very
small, black.

Thorax shining black, the humeri large, so that the thorax is nearly quadrate,
a few microscopic dorsal bristles only, a single bristle in front of the wings,
scutellum with a pair of short bristles, the scutellum very lightly dusted.
Abdomen pitchy black, sub-shining. Coxae, trochanters, basal half of femora
and the tibiae yellow, outer half of femora blackened, tarsi a little dusky;
front femora somewhat thickened. Halteres yellow. Wings narrow, nearly
hyaline, lightly infumated especially noticeable at tip of first vein, marginal
cell long, third and fourth veins parallel.

Described from a single female, presumably collected by Mr. G. R.
Pilate as it bears the label, Tifton, Georgia, Sept. 25, 1896. The
specimen was presented to me by Dr. G. deN. Hough. It measures
one millimeter in length.

Tachydromia insularis sp. nov.

Male. Length 1.1 mm. Head and thorax pruinose; legs testaceous;
wings clear hyaline; antennae reddish at base; palpi elongate, reddish;

1910] Melander — The Genus Tachydromia 59

scutellum with four black bristles; acrostichal and dorsocentral bristles
microscopic; hypopygium large, flexed to the right.

Front narrowly V-shaped, cinereous; ocelli large, ocellar bristles present,
black; first antennal joint testaceous, the outer joint fuscous, pubescent,
arista subterminal, pubescent, four times the length of the antenna. Eyes
completely contiguous on the face, facets uniform. Palpi twice as long as
broad, sericeous, testaceous. Proboscis slender, vertical, piceous, one-half
the height of the head. Occiput and entire thorax rather lightly covered with
cinereous pollen; humeri comparatively small and not so deeply constricted
as in the other species; the usual black bristles present along the sides of the
notum; scutellum with two long decussating and two short bristles; acro-
stichal and dorsocentral rows of minute whitish bristles present, with about
six bristles to each row, the last dorsocentral large; no pleural hairs. Ab-
domen brown-black, sub-shining, last segments black hairy; hypopygium
large, globular, flexed to the right. Coxae shining yellowish, legs yellowish,
femora dusky on the outer half, legs provided with short white bristly hairs,
middle tibiae with series of minute black setulae beneath, front femora much
thicker than the others. Halteres dusky. Wings clear hyaline, veins strong,
hind margin ciliate; first posterior cell ending at wing tip, and there somewhat
contracted, marginal cell a little longer than the submarginal along the costa.

Described from a single specimen labeled, Grenada, W. I., received

from Prof. J. M. Aldrich.

Tachydromia agens sp. nov.

Male and female. Length 1.3 mm. Head and thorax pruinose, legs dark
fuscous, wings clear hyaline; antennae blackish; palpi sub-quadrate, pale;
acrostichal and dorsocentral bristles conspicuous, scutellum with four white
bristles; hypopygium terminal.

Front broad above, narrow and sub-parallel below, cinereous; ocelli small,
ocellar bristles small; occiput lightly pollinose, its cilia white and conspicuous;
antennae small, black, the basal joint blackish, arista almost terminal, short,
although four times the length of the antenna, microscopically pubescent.
Eyes completely contiguous on the face, deeply but narrowly excised at the
antennae, facets nearly uniform, those below larger. Palpi of male yellowish,
one-half longer than broad, with three long terminal white hairs, in the female
the palpi are dusky but with a white sheen. Proboscis black, no longer than
the palpi, projecting somewhat forward.

Thorax cinereous pollinose, humeri round, not quite as broad as the inter-
humeral space, the furrow not deep except behind; all the thoracic bristles
white, the acrostichal and dorsocentral rows well developed, the lateral bristles
comparatively short, about a dozen in front of the wings: scutellum with two
long and two short white bristles; no pleural bristles. Abdomen sub-shining
olivaceous black, with sparse stubby whitish hairs, the lateral margins of the
intermediate segments with the round black pits characteristic of Coloboneura,
Parathalassius, ete. Hypopygium closed, terminal, elongate. Coxae shining,

60 Psyche [April

posterior ones piceous, front coxae fuscous and with white hairs; legs dark
fuscous, with whitish pubescence, middle tibiae setulose beneath, front
femora somewhat the thickest, reddish beneath. Halteres yellowish; tegulae
with a few white cilia. Wings clear hyaline, veins strong, hind margin short
ciliate, marginal cell long, third and fourth veins parallel.

Type male collected on a windowpane July 3, 1906, in my house at
Pullman, Washington. ‘Type female taken in a wheat field nine miles
west of Baird, Washington, June 23, 1908. This species was noticed
actively running about the ground and stalks in wheat fields in several
places in Central Washington. I have also five mounted paratypes
which I collected at Lynden, Baird, and Pullman, all in Washington
State.

Tachydromia universalis sp. nov.

Black, sparsely and lightly dusted; wings nearly uniformly hyaline; arista
subterminal, the basal antennal joint red; palpi broad, white; legs reddish,
variegated with brown; halteres yellow. .

Male and female. Length 1.75 mm. Black, shining, lightly dusted with
a gray pruinosity, which is more conspicuous on the pleurae, propleurae not
glistening white. Antennae short, the two joints about equal in length, the
basal joint red, the outer joint blackened, rounded oval, with a subterminal
arista which is two and one-half times the length of the antenna. Front
broad, its sides diverging above, the ocelli widely spaced. Upper facets
minute, the lower ones larger. Palpi conspicuous, pendant, broad, white,
with white hairs: proboscis black in the male, blackish in the females. Thorax
comparatively broad, the humeri rather large but not long, the grooves rather
distinet; acrostichals wanting, only a couple of weak dorsocentrals present
near the scutellum; scutellum pruinose, and with two short bristles. Abdo-
men depressed, shining jet black, but overlaid with a light coating of gray
dust: hypopygium large, shining, provided with a stout curved end-process
which projects to the right; sides of the abdominal segments with minute
muscle-attachment pits, as in agens. Legs reddish yellow, the upper side of
the hind femora, the ends of the tibiae and the last tarsal joint darker; front
femora thickened, hind femora scarcely reaching the last third of the abdomen.
Halteres yellow. Wings rather broad, hyaline, but with a faint smokiness
following the veins; veins strong, dark, but becoming yellowish at the base
of the wing; marginal cilia minute; hind cross vein making an acute angle at
the lower corner of the second basal cell.

Described from five specimens collected in the following widely
separated localities: Chester County, Pennsylvania, June, 1902 (J. C.
Bradley), Algonquin, Illinois, July 17, 1896 (Dr. Wm. Nason), and

Austin, Texas.

1910} Melander — The Genus Tachydromia 61

This species is related to agens as is evident from the shortened
broad thorax with the humeri less pronounced than in typical Tachy-
dromias, the broad palpi, the widened front, subterminal arista, and
pruinosity of the body. However it is readily distinguishable by the
paler color of the legs, antennae, halteres and root of wing.

Catalogue of the Described Species of Tachydromia.'

1. aemula Loew, Zeitschr. Entom. Bresl. XVII. 22 (1863)........ Eur. C.

PA! MAGENS SDs TOW Jha ck oo << OMEN TR Ue eas ahs al alt iene PEN, A ios orc Wash.

3. aliterpicta Becker, Act. Soc. Fenn. XX VI. 32 (1900)......... Kur. S. C.
alteropicta Becker, Berl. Ent. Ztschr. XX XIII. 348. (1899).

*4. annulimana Meigen, Syst. Bes. III. 69 (1822)................... Eur.

albitarsis Zetterstedt, Dipt. Se. 1. 313 (1842).
arrogans Linnaeus, Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp. 546. var. d. (1838).
cimicoides Fabricius, Walker, Ins. Brit. I. 140 (1851).
umbrarum Haliday, Ent. Mag. I. 161 (1833).

J. anrogans Linnaeus, Kauna Suec: 1857 (176l)e-2255-a..-254.-.-- Kur.
bifasciata Rossi, Fauna Etr. Mant. II. 77 (1794).
cimicoides Fabricius, Spee. Ins. II. 447 (1781).

6. brevipennis v. Roser, Wuerttemb. Corresp. 1. 53 (1840)....... Eur. C.
? microptera Loew, Ztschr. Ent. Bresl. X VIT. 26 (1863).
nim) Calcancas Meigen Syst- Besa Wille O5n(US38)i.. -eieele soe eae oe Eur. C.
longipennis Loew, Ztschr. Ent. Bresl. X VIT. 29 (1863).
85 icaloa sp) DOVE AUR eee REA Sr a ee eee ee 2 AA Georgia.
9. catalonica Strobl, Mem. R. Soc. Esp. III. 319 (1906).......... Eur. S.
var. striatipennis, Strobl. |. e. 320.
Pe emGILiELO TSP) TOVis 2301 to. ear edatt is aele acetone toteecie cover Meee e Rharcie. «ool eee Mex.
Hl eonnera ,Meicen (Syst: Bes. TILy 70° S38). 20 2b iin ode ce aeeee Eur.

cimicoides Fabricius, Meigen, p. p. Klass. I. 239 (1804). —
morio Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp. 546 (1838).
12. dichroa Bezzi, Jenaische Denkschr. XIII. 183 (1908).......... Afr. S.
*13. enecator Melander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. XXVIII. 226 (1902)
Alask., Wyom., Quebec.

14. excisa Loew, Zeitschr. Ent. Bresl. XVII. 27 (1863)............ Kur. C.
15. «incompleta Becker, Act. Soc. Fenn. X XVI. 33 (1901).......... Siberia.
Pun ID SOLI CHT DS SINS, UTC Noe cat sist ste AG. ep NATE SR eel ts. 2 he's ey el brats Grenada.
*17. interrupta Loew, Zeits. Ent. Bresl. XVII. 19 (1863)........... Eur. S.

*18. maculipennis Walker, List. Dipt. Ins. III. 507 (1849) N. Am.
pusilla Loew, Cent. V. 74 (1864).
bimaculata Loew, Melander, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. XXVIII. 204.

19. minima Becker, Act. Soc. Fenn. XXVI. 32 (1901)............ Siberia.
20. monserratensis Strobl, Mem. Soc. Esp. III. 318 (1906)......... Eur. S.
21. ?morio (Zetterstedt) Walker, Ins. Brit. I. 141 (1851)......... England.

1 Those species figured on the plate are marked with an asterisk.

Psyche [April

ornatipes Becker, Wien. Ent. Ztg. IV. 69 (1890).............. Tyrol.
punctifera Becker, Act. Soc. Fenn. X XVI. 32 (1901).......... Siberia.
sabulosa Meigen, Syst. Bes. VI. 342 (1830)............... Kur. N. C.

fenestrata Zetterstedt, Dipt. Se. I. 318 (1842).

schwarzii Coquillett, Proc. U. S. N. M. XVIII. 440 (1895). N. Am. W.

VAridiversipes; WalMO Var + ok hsbiems oes seks Be aren Tex.
simplicior Wheeler and Melander, Biologia C. Am. Dipt. I. 375 (1901).
Mexico
styriaca Strobl, Mitth. Ver. Steierm. X XIX. 124 (1893)..........4 Alps.
var. semifasciata Strobl, 1. ¢. 125.
terricola Zetterstedt, Kon. Vet. Ak. Handl. 81 (1819)........ Eur. N. C.
tuberculata Loew, Zeitscbr. Ent. Bresl. X VII. 19 (1863)........ Eur. C.
undulata Strobl, Mem. Soc. Esp. III. 317. (1906).......... Eur. 8S. E.
UNVUETSAILS SP oNOVi.nd eae be Rueda. cee ae eee Gre eae U.S.
varipennis Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. V. 266 (1903)...... N. EE
vitripennis Bezzi, Jenaische Denkschr. XIII. 182 (1908)........ Afr. S

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3.

The figures are drawn to practically the same scale of magnification, the
eamera lucida being used. The enlargement is about twenty diameters.
As but four of the exotic species (connexa Meig., incompleta Beck., ornatipes
Beck., and punctifera Beck.) have been figured, I have included drawings of

1. -Tachydromia enecator Mel. Dorsal aspect of head and thorax.
2 ce agens, n. sp. ce “ec cc ce “ec “cc
3 zs maculipennis Walker. Lateral aspect of hypopygium.
4 enecator Mel. Wing.
5. A maculipennis Walk. Wing.
6. re calcanea Meig. Determination by Strobl. Europe.
adh ne connera Meig. Determination by Strobl. Europe.
8 = styriaca Strobl. Determination by Strobl. Europe.
9 2 interrupta Loew. Determination by Strobl. Europe.
10. es arrogans Linn. Determination by Kertesz. Europe.
ib ig varipennis Coq.
i: <s annulimana Meig. Determination by Bezzi. Europe
13. o ciliata n. sp.
14. 38 schwarzii Coq.
ils Z simplicior Wh. and Mel.
16. ee universalis n. sp.
Tis id insularis n. sp.
18. < calva n. sp.

19. x agens n. sp.

1910] Chapman — Scolytus multistriatus Marsh 63

THE INTRODUCTION OF A EUROPEAN SCOLYTID (THE
SMALLER ELM BARK-BEETLE, SCOLYTUS MULTI-
STRIATUS MARSH) INTO MASSACHUSETTS:!

By J. W. CHAPMAN.

The Scolytidae are most generally known as bark-borers and
consequently many entomologists have given the name of bark-beetles
to the entire group. ‘They area very important group of insects in as
much as they are very nearly all tree-feeders. For convenience they
might be put into two classes, those that attack our conifers and those
that work almost exclusively on our deciduous trees of the forest and
shade varieties.

We have found from experience in past years Just how important
economically are the beetles of the class that infest our conifers, since
they have caused a loss of several millions of dollars yearly to different
parts of our country.’ It looks now, from the bark-borer which has
recently attacked our elms, as though we were going to have an oppor-
tunity to learn of the second class of beetles in the same manner.
Europeans have had this problem confronting them for years and it
has proved to be one of the most serious with which they have had to
deal, because many of these beetles have become such exclusive feeders
that they will attack only one kind of tree.

In Germany the most destructive species to elms is the large Elm
bark-borer, Scolytus geoffroyi Goetze or the “Grosser Ulmen-Splint-
kafer” of which Eichhoff gives a good account.’ He reports that
closely associated with it and occurring on the same trees in a peculiarly
neighborly or almost symbiotic fashion is the “ Kleiner dichtgestreifter
Uimen-Splintkafer” (Scolytus multistriatus). Just what this rela-
tionship signifies other than a social tendency of these insects one can
hardly say. These two species confine their attacks chiefly to elm
trees and considered together they are among the most dreaded pests
in elm growing districts. In France the parks and boulevards of

1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Harvard
University. No. 18.

2 Hopkins, A. D., Bark beetles of the Genus Dendroctonus, Bull. U. 8. Bur. Entom.,
No. 83, pt. 1; The Genus Dendroctonus, Bull. U. 8. Entom. Tech. Ser., No.17, pt. 1,
(1909).

3 Die Europiische Borkenkifer Julius Springer, Berlin, 1881.

64 Psyche {April

Paris have been severely damaged and whole tracts of the elms have
been killed.? In England the elms of London Park and southern
England have been severely injured.? We see from this that Scolytus
multistréatus is very widely distributed in Europe, since, as Eichhoff
states, it covers the entire central portion of that continent.

This beetle was first found in the United States and recognized as
Scolytus multistriatus Marsh in October, 1909, while extensive col-
lections of Leopard Moth larvae were being made from limbs of elms
and ash in the College yard, at Harvard. These limbs had to be barked
and split for the purpose of securing the larvae of the Leopard Moth,
and it was during this process that the multistriatus larvae were
found. At that time the grubs were about full grown. No live adult
beetles were found, but the mother of each brood was found dead in
her chamber. A number of these females were extracted in a suffi-
ciently perfect condition to make the identification of the species
possible. This identification was kindly made for me by Dr. A. D.
Hopkins of the Federal Bureau of Entomology.

After the species was identified I was desirous of knowing to what
extent the trees in the surrounding country were infested, and to
ascertain if possible about how long the beetles have been in this
country. Under ordinary conditions this would have been a difficult
matter. But the city of Cambridge was at that time removing from
the streets in different parts of the city a hundred or more elm trees
which were either dead or in a dying condition. ‘These were all
examined. he trunks and larger limbs of the majority of those that
were taken out were yet alive. Different parts of the trees were care-
fully inspected in order to ascertain where the beetles first made their
attack. Observations clearly showed that it was invariably above
the middle upper part of the trunk, and usually on the larger limbs.
The beetles are quite aggressive and as many as two hundred mother
beetles were found in a space less than two feet square on a living trunk.
Larvae were also taken from the smaller green limbs of standing trees.
Without exception every felled tree examined showed hundreds of
beetle markings and larvae. A representative number of those
standing were carefully examined and nearly every one showed “‘shot-
holes” of the beetles. It is difficult to ascertain the extent of the in-

1 Barbey, A. Les Scolytides de l’Europe Centrale H. Kiindig, Geneva, 1901.
2 Gillanders, Forest Entomology, 1908.

1910] Chapman — Scolytus multistriatus Marsh 65

festation of a standing tree until the bark is removed and this was not
feasible. One could only make an estimate from the ‘‘shot-holes”’
that appeared on the external surface.

While making these observations a native American Scolytid,
Hylesinus opaculus Leconte, which lives only in dead wood, was also
found in abundance. Apparently this species has come to assume
somewhat the same relation to S. multistriatus in this country as S.
multistriatus does to S. geoffroyi in Europe, the only difference proba-
bly being that the American species hibernates in the adult beetle
stage, while S. mudtistriatus hibernates in the larval stage.

About the middle of November a representative number of trees
were examined in the College yard for bark-beetles. It was an
exceedingly difficult task as the trees were large, and the “‘shot-holes”’
which the beetles make were difficult to locate. The trunks, large
lunbs and upper branches of each tree selected were carefully gone
over. “Shot-holes” of the beetles were found on all of the trees and
many of the adult beetles of our American species were busy, making
temporary hibernating burrows. ‘These could easily be located by the
reddish boring dust which was freshly thrown out. Since these trees
were selected in different parts of the yard with a view to making an
estimate, I can say that it is quite likely that every tree in the yard
harbors some beetles, but just how numerous they are cannot be stated.

I have not been able to follow the complete normal development of
these beetles through and therefore do not know positively whether
there is one or two broods annually. However, from the observations
I have been able to make I feel quite secure in saying that there is only
one brood. A number of small limbs which contained adult grubs
were collected in October. These have been examined from time to
time and up to date there has been no perceptible change in the larvae.
The generations of these beetles vary considerably as is seen from the
European reports. Eichhoff says that the sume species may or may
not have two broods annually, depending entirely on its geographical
location. Gillanders reports that some of these bark-beetles have two
broods in southern and one in northern England. Each of these
writers mentions the fact that S. multistriatus may have two broods
annually though this really seems to be an unsettled question.

Scolytus multistriatus confines itself almost entirely to elm trees,
and to such a degree that it is known generally as the “smaller elm
bark-beetle.” Its habit of attacking injured or weakened trees gives

66 Psyche [April

it practically an unlimited field in which to work as most of our park
and shade trees are in a more or less unhealthy state, due to the lack
of a proper amount of water and to crowding as well as to many other
unfavorable conditions.

The first of December, 1909, some limbs which were about three
inches in diameter and showed evidence of containing larvae, were
sawed into short pieces and placed in the hot house in large glass jars.
To get advantage of a high temperature the jars were placed directly
over the steam pipes and kept well covered. Several times a week
the pieces of limbs were submerged in water for an instant in order to
keep them sufficiently moist so that development might continue.
On January 13, 1910, the first adult beetles made their appearance.
Some of the limbs were barked and pupae were found in various
stages of development. The adult beetles were put into small dishes
containing small pieces of fresh elm limbs. ‘The females began almost
immediately to make their burrows. When the galleries were about
10 mm. in length I noticed that the males were beginning to loiter
about the mouths of the burrows, one male to each opening. Occa-
sionally they would take a hand in removing the boring-dust from the
entrance. Very often they would sally forth on a sort of exploration
trip which would last only for a few minutes, then they would return
to the same opening they had previously left. From two to five days
after this relationship had begun copulation took place, and, as was
supposed by Eichhoff and others, this occurred at the entrance to the
burrow. The time required was from five to ten minutes in the cases
observed. Activity was then resumed. The male seldom left the
entrance afterwards but kept busying himself removing boring dust.
The pairs that mated in this way were isolated with as little disturbance
as possible and placed in other dishes in order that daily observations
might be made on them. The females continued to excavate their
chambers, which in this species are quite straight and always with the
grain of the wood. ‘Ten days after copulation I opened the chamber
of one of the pairs that had been isolated. On each side of the mother
gallery and connecting with it were miniature chambers. In each was
a small, shining white egg, securely packed into its place by bits of
boring dust. ‘The two parent beetles were placed in another dish with
some new elm. Ina day or two both were found dead. I then opened
the chamber of a second pair of beetles. ‘This one contained eighteen
eggs and it was somewhat longer than the first. I removed the parents

1910] Chapman — Scolytus multistriatus Marsh 67

to another dish as had been done with the previous pairs. They
immediately began work again as if they had never been disturbed.

The manner of excavating the egg galleries and the direction in
which they are always made leave a characteristic marking by which
the species can always be recognized. ‘This peculiarity is more strik-
ingly brought out when compared with the egg galleries of the other
species ({Tylesinus opaculus) Leconte shown on plate IV, figure 11.
In this American species the mother gallery is two-armed and is always
made across the grain of the wood. The adult multistriatus beetles
are small, 2 to 3 mm. long. ‘Thorax black, shining, somewhat longer
than broad; elytra pitchy red; antennae and legs light-brown; elytra
with close finely punctured striae; abdomen thickly covered with
hairs, and viewed sidewise there is a strong horizontal projection on
the second segment of the abdomen, which is peculiar to this species.
(See plate IV, figs. 7 and 8.) The male is somewhat smaller than the
female, with the front flat and thickly covered with hairs. The female
has a convex front covered with few hairs, and on the third and fourth
segments of the abdomen are prominent toothed projections. ‘The
larvae are scolytoid in character (see plate IV, fig. 6). As soon as they
hatch the larvae eat their way into the surrounding wood at approxi-
mately right angles to the mother gallery (see plate V, fig. 10). When
they become full-grown they pupate at the end of their burrow. ‘This
takes place according to the European accounts about the first week in
May, or a little later. ‘The adult beetles make their appearance in
June and July. ‘They come forth at this time in such numbers, says
Eichhoff, that large, apparently healthy elms are attacked and com-
pletely destroyed in one season.

Since this species is so destructive and our experience with it is so
limited, the following remarks, taken from European literature, ought
to interest all those who desire to aid in the preservation of our shade
elms.

In order to prevent an attack of the bark-beetle it is necessary to
remove all centers of infestation from which they might spread to
sound trees. Just how feasible this may prove to be depends, of
course, on the local circumstances, but whatever care is exercised in
other ways, it is very unlikely that much good will be done in lessening
attack, so long as the mexcusable practice prevails of leaving trunks
of infested elms standing, with the bark still on them, when this con-
tains thousands of grubs which will shortly change to perfect beetles

68 Psyche [April

ready to fly to the nearest growing elms. Scores of just such trunks
us these may be seen on the streets and vacant lots of Cambridge and
one can without difficulty strip off yards of the bark from them with
the hands alone. If this bark is allowed to remain swarming with
larvae it is an abiding and serious source of infestation and injury
to growing trees. If property owners would acquaint themselves with
this fact, and of the mischief thus caused both to their own trees and to
those of the neighborhood, they would undoubtedly take immediate steps
to have the bark removed. All dead trees and old trunks with loose
bark should have it removed and burned by the first of May, 1910, at
the very latest. This will prevent thousands of these beetles from flying
to other healthy trees, and thus be the means of protecting them from the
attacks of the beetle.

Observations are to be continued throughout the spring and sum-
mer, und a number of experiments will be conducted at the same
time. These with further interesting data on the species will be re-
served for a later paper.

I wish to express my gratitude to Dr. W. M. Wheeler for the many
helpful suggestions which he has given, and to Mr. C. T. Brues for
his kind assistance in preparing the plates.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate IV.
Fig. 1. Pupa—S. multistriatus Marsh.— Ventral view.
Fig. 2. Same — Dorsal view.
Fig. 3. Same — Lateral view.
Fig. 4. Larva — S. multistriatus.— Ventral view.
Fig. 5. Same — Dorsal view.
Fig. 6. Same — Lateral view.
Fig. 7. 8S. multistriatus — Male.
Fig. 8. S. multistriatus — Female.
Fig. 9. Egg outline, S. multistriatus.
Fig. 10. Mother and larval galleries of S. multistriatus.
Fig. 11. Mother and larval galleries of Hylesinus opaculus Lec.
Fig. 12. Hylesinus opaculus Lee. Dorsal view.
Fig. 13. Same — Lateral view.

Plate V.

Fig. 1. Markings of S. multistriatus in bark of elm.
Fig. 2. Showing “shot-holes” or exit holes of same.

1910) Reiff — Liparis dispar L. 69

ON THE RESISTANCE OF GYPSY MOTH EGGS (LIPARIS
DISPAR L.) TO COLD AND OTHER CONDITIONS.

By Wiuuram Reirr, Harvarp UNIvVERsItyY.!

In the “‘Illustrierte Wochenschrift fiir Entomologie,’” Neudamm
1897, N. Kulagin has published a paper entitled ‘‘Zur Biologie von
Ocneria dispar in Russland,” in which the author says that a lowering
of the temperature to —40° R. does not have any injurious effect on
normally laid eggs of this moth. Eggs which are deprived of their
protecting wool, however, will be killed by —15° R. (=-182 C.) Con-
cerning the method of procedure in these experiments, Prof. P. Bach-
metjew obtained more exact information from N. Kulagin by letters,
which he includes in the first volume of his well-known “ Experi-
mentelle Entomologische Studien,” Leipzig, 1901, p. 70. He says in
this place that Kulagin depilated the eggs and left them for one month
in a glass dish upon an open balcony. During this time the thermome-
ter not infrequently reached -15° R. In the spring these eggs did not
develop, although there were caterpillars hatching from other eggs
kept upon the same balcony, but which were attached to a piece of
wood with their hair. The question was left open as to the result of
leaving eggs covered with hair during the winter in a dish of glass.

I was induced by these investigations to undertake in October, 1908,
the following experiment: From dispar egg clusters obtained at
Forest Hills, Mass., there were selected five clusters so divided that
each egg cluster was separated into three nearly equal parts. One
part of each five clusters was attached with good glue to a barky piece
of wood and the second thirds of each were lightly pasted to the
bottom of five open glass dishes, while the eggs of the last five thirds
were entirely depilated and put into five other glass dishes. All three
series remained constantly at the outside temperature, but protected
from snow and direct contact with water. Two other egg clusters
were divided in two nearly equal parts and one part of each cluster was
put into a rather small wooden box, from which the cover had been
removed. The eggs of the two remaining parts were depilated entirely
and then placed separately in two other wooden boxes without covers.

1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Harvard
University. No. 17.

70 Psyche [April

All four boxes were sunk into the ground about three centimeters
deep in an entirely open and unprotected place where they were al-
lowed to remain. Snow and water were allowed free admittance to
the eggs, but care was taken to allow the water to run off to a slight
extent by means of a few very small holes which were cut in the bottom
of the boxes.

A self-registering thermometer used recorded —21.5° C. as the
lowest temperature of the winter 1908-09.

During the latter part of May, 1909, the caterpillars from the eggs of
all the series began to hatch simultaneously. An examination made of
all eggs which failed to hatch showed that all parts of the individual
egg clusters presented about the same very small proportion of empty,
dead or dried eggs, in each case a percentage of 5-S%.

The first result obtained which deserves notice, is the fact that the
series of eggs which were deprived of their protecting hairs and passed
the whole winter in glass dishes, withstood the cold just as successfully
as those which had overwintered on a piece of wood covered with
hairs in the normal way. If in Kulagin’s experiment, the depilated
eggs died which were exposed to the winter temperature for only one
month in a glass dish probably the stated maximum temperature of
-15° R. was more frequently reached, as Kulagin says himself, and
perhaps also the temperature remained more constant. A continuous
low temperature, however, did not occur in this locality during the
winter of 1908-09, during which the temperature often fell very low
but always rose again. It appears from this that the dispar eggs,
from which the woolly covering has been removed, can withstand quite
severe cold without injury, provided that this temperature does not
endure too long. Or perhaps may it be that the woolly covering of the
eggs laid by the female dispar, which withstand the very cold winter
of Russia is stronger and thicker than we find here? If this be the
case, the depilated eggs of Russian masses should exhibit a slighter
resistance, for the eggs on account of the thick covering should be less
accustomed to cold.

How very resistant the dispar eggs may be to the various influencing
factors of the winter, is shown by the last two series of experiments,
in which even depilated eggs withstood snow and water as well as low
temperature without damage. ‘lo consider the practical application
of these experiments, it appears that dispar eggs which have been
removed from their normal location through some accident and have

1910] Reiff — Liparis dispar L. 7a

fallen singly to the ground, can easily withstand the winter even without
their protective covering. Simply tearing off the eggs from their
attachment, which is occasionally done in private yards and similar
places, has absolutely no effect in killing the eggs.

In connection with these experiments something may be said con-
cerning the sporadic diffusion of the Gypsy moth in the New England
States. As is well known, Liparis dis par frequently makes its appear-
ance in places far removed from any sort of traffic, for example in the
middle of a wooded area, in which any introduction by railroads,
vehicles or other means of transportation is entirely excluded. There
has hitherto been no explanation of the way in which the gypsy moth
reached these isolated places. I will pass over the supposition, which
one hears here and there, but which cannot be taken seriously, that
birds drop caterpillars, which they have previously picked up, and
thus aid in the spread and dissemination of the gypsy moth. In the
first place, a caterpillar which had been dropped from the bill of a
bird, would be in so very few cases so slightly injured that it could
develop into a moth, and in the second place, at least one male and
one female caterpillar would have to be dropped in precisely the same
place to provide for the possible establishment of a dispar colony.
Also the explanation of dissemination by the dropping of a fertilized
gravid dispar female in the same manner is not at all plausible. The
dispar females almost always deposit their eggs immediately after
fertilization has taken place, so that the chance of birds capturing a
fertilized female with eggs is very improbable. Furthermore a dropped
dispar female, injured by a bird’s bill would hardly be able still to lay
its eggs.

Lately there has appeared in the fifth edition of the “‘ Naturgeschichte
der deutschen Végel” by C. G. Friderich, Stuttgart, Verlag fiir Natur-
kunde Sproesser & Nigele, 1905, a highly interesting paper by
Alexander Bau ‘“‘Ueber Nutzen und Schaden der Vogel und iiber
Vogelschutz.” A short report of this article is given in No. 35, Vol.
XVIII of the ‘ Entomologische Zeitschrift,” Guben (Germany) 1905.
As a result of very exact investigations, which the author undertook
and for which he was particularly well fitted through his extensive
experience as entomologist as well as ornithologist and forester, Alex-
ander Bau reached the conclusion that the assumed economic benefit of
insectivorous birds should be constantly questioned. The part of his
paper of perhaps the greatest interest deals with examinations of the

2 Psyche [April

stomachs of the birds and experiments made as a direct result of these.
Thus Bau has found in the stomachs of jays (Eichelhiher) egg-masses
of Malacosoma neustria (German ‘Vent caterpillar), eggs of Orgyia
antiqua (German 'Tussock moth), eggs of Psilura monacha (the
‘‘Nun”’ of the Germans), together with eggs of other Bombycid moths.
He has proved by various experiments that all these eggs pass out
undigested, protected by means of their extremely hard chitinous
shells and remain in a living state. Therefore the author naturally
concludes that birds even help to propagate injurious insects. In this
way Bau’s experiments furnish an explanation for the sporadic dis-
tribution of the gypsy moth, which is, as is known, a close relative
of the European Psilura monacha. Dispar eggs have exceedingly
strong chitinous shells also, which are undoubtedly resistant in the
same manner against the decomposing action of the digestive juices
of the birds’ stomachs.

THE GREEN Bua anp its NaTurAL Enemies, A Stupy IN INSECT
Parasitism. By S. J. Hunter. Bull. Univ. Kansas, Vol. 9, No. 2,
pp. 163, figs. 48, Pls. 9, October, 1909.

This extensive paper deals with the relations existing between
Toxoptera graminum, the Green Bug and its parasite, Lysiphlebus
tritici, and deals in great part with the successful artificial dissemina-
tion of the parasite in Kansas. It contains however, much good
biological matter concerning both species, particularly the parasite
which was extensively studied experimentally with regard to its
variation, reproduction, habits at different temperatures, etc. Much
is added to our knowledge of the bionomics of Lysiphlebus, and one
remarkable conclusion reached is worthy of special mention. It was
found that parthenogenetic Lysiphlebus produce almost entirely males,
but that a very small proportion of females regularly appear among
such offspring. Unfortunately the report contains a considerable
amount of controversial matter and numbers of detailed tables are
printed at great length where it would seem that short summaries

might have served the purpose much better.
Cw, B.

1910] Wheeler — Artificial Ant-Nests 73

SMALL ARTIFICIAL ANT-NESTS OF NOVEL PATTERNS.

By WittraM Morton WHEELER,

Harvard University.

The study of the behavior of ants, which is attracting an ever in-
creasing number of investigators, has led to the invention of several
different patterns of artificial nests. ‘Those used by the older writers,
such as Swammerdam ', Pierre Huber? and Lubbock? contained earth,
and some of the more modern nests recommended by Wasmann?# and
others also contain this substance. A new departure was initiated by
Janet® in his plaster of Paris nests and by Miss Adele M. Fielde in
the glass nests which she has devised®, since both of these investiga-
tors dispense with earth as an untidy, and superfluous accessory.
Veihmeyer’ has suggested some improvements in the construction of
the Janet nest, and Miss Buckingham ® and I*® have endeavored to
introduce certain modifications in the structure of the Fielde nest; Miss
Buckingham substituting aluminum for the glass base, thus greatly
diminishing its weight, while I have substituted plaster of Paris, thus
combining the principles of the Janet and Fielde nests and facilitating
construction. Emery” has very recently published an account of a mod-
ification of the Janet nest, which, owing to its cheapness and durability,
and the ease of its construction, merits the attention of all those who
are studying living ants in the laboratory. I subjoin a translation of
his directions for making this piece of apparatus.

1 Biblia Nature, Leyden 1737.

2 Recherches sur les mceurs des Fourmis indigénes. Paris et Genéve, 1810.

3 Ants, Bees and Wasps. Rev. Ed. Internat. Sci. Ser. N.Y. Appleton & Co., 1894.

4 Die psychischen Fahigkeiten der Ameisen. Zoologica XI, 26, 1899, 132 pp. 3 pls.
Rev. Ed. 1909, 188 pp. 5 pls.

5 Appareil pour l’Elevage et l’Observation des Fourmis. Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
XVIII, 1893, pp. 168-171; Appareils pour l’Observation des Fourmis et des Animaux
myrmécophiles. Mém. Soc. Zool. France X, 1897, 22 pp., 3 figs., 1 pl.

6 Portable Ant-Nests. Biol. Bull. II, 1894, pp. 81-85, 3 figs; Portable Ant Nests,
ibid., VII, 1904, pp. 215-220, 1 pl. 2 figs.

7 Beobachtungsnester fiir Ameisen, ‘‘ Aus der Heimat,’’ 1905, Heft 1, 11 pp., 6 figs.

8 A Light-weight, Portable Outfit for the Study and Transportation of Ants. Amer.
Natur., Oct. 1909, pp. 611-614.

9 On the Founding of Colonies by Queen Ants, with Special Reference to the Parasitic
and Slave-making Species. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXII, 1906, pp. 33-105, 7 pls.,
1 fig.

10 Kleine Kiinstliche Ameisennester, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Insektenbiol. V, 1909, p. 403.

74 Psyche [April

“This summer I have used a style of artificial nest which is excel-
lently adapted for experiments on a small or very small scale, e. g.
for making observations on single fertilized queens while they are
founding their colonies. ‘These nests have, moreover, the advantage
of being extremely cheap and easy of construction.

“T make these nests from hollow tiles, such as are used in building
light walls. These tiles, which are perforated with holes, are sawed,
at right angles to the holes, into plates of the required thickness.
Since the saw is soon blunted by this operation, I use an old one that
is more or less worn.

“Then I have each plate ground down till it is smooth on both sides.
On one of these sides, which is to become the floor of the nest, I fill
in the openings with plaster of Paris, and the other side is covered
with a glass plate of suitable dimensions. ‘The cavities can then
either be left as so many separate chambers or connected with one
another by means of grooves, or even have one of their walls per-
forated with a glass tube to serve as a communication with some other
piece of apparatus. One of the chambers can be used as a water
reservoir (as in the Janet nests) and remain isolated while the others
are made to communicate with one another by means of grooves.

‘““A convenient method of supplying these nests with the requisite
amount of moisture is to place them on a layer of damp moss.

“Plates of hollow tiling may also be conveniently employed as por-
ous and quickly drying bases for ordinary Janet nests, as their lower
surfaces are thereby prevented from becoming mouldy.”

A small artificial nest of still a different pattern is employed by
Dr. F. Santschi of Kairouan, Tunis, in his studies on colonies of
diminutive ants which have to be kept in very tight receptacles. He
described its construction to me in the course of a conversation, which
I had with him in Lausanne during the past summer, as follows:

The base of the nest consists of a rectangular glass plate, such as
is most conveniently obtained by cleaning an unsuccessfully exposed
photographic plate of ordinary dimensions, say 3 X 4 or 4 5 inches.
Wet plaster of Paris is poured onto this plate in the form of the heavy
lines in the accompanying diagrams, which represent nests with two
and three chambers respectively, connected by galleries. Of course,
any other design which suggests itself as suitable, may be used instead,
if desired. Before the plaster has set, a second glass plate of the
same size and shape as the base and previously covered with a film

1910} Wheeler — Artificial Ant-Nests 15

of sweet oil is pressed down onto the plaster till it forms walls only a
few millimeters in height. After the plaster has set, the roof-pane is
removed, cleaned and cut into two or more pieces with a diamond
along lines (dotted in the figures) which bisect the short galleries, and
then replaced as covers of the chambers. ‘The ants can be introduced
into the nest by sliding the covers apart a short distance over one of the
galleries. The plaster is sufficiently porous to provide for ventilation
and a thin slice of wet sponge or a tuft of wet moss or cotton, placed
in one of the chambers, will furnish the requisite amount of moisture.
Nests of this description are very useful as they can be placed on the

Fig. 1. Diagrams of nests devised by Santschi.

stage of the compound microscope, or preferably of the Zeiss binocular
and their inhabitants studied under a low objective. Santschi recom-
mends his nests for the study of such small ants as the various species
of Leptothorax, Myrmica, Tapinoma, Bothriomyrmex, Myrmecina,
Stenamma, Goniomma, Oxyopomyrmex, etc., and their parasites and
myrmecophiles, but they would be equally useful for very small col-
onies of larger ants and for studies on the foundation of colonies by
single queens, not to mention all observations in which a few workers
are to be kept in isolation for some purpose. ‘These nests can be so
easily and rapidly made that they will prove to be very useful for
travelers.

76 Psyche [April

~ A NOTE ON THE SPECIES OF FUCELLIA OF EASTERN
NORTH AMERICA.

By CuHarures W. JOHNSON.

I have been greatly interested in the paper by Prof. P. Stein, “Zur
Kenntnis der Gattung Fucellia Rob. Desv.,” (Wiener Entom. Zeit.,
XXIX, p. 11, 1910). A study of all the material at hand (over 60
specimens), shows that all are referable to Pucellia marina Macq.
and not to F. fucorum Fall. In referring to the distribution of the
latter in Europe, Prof. Stein says:— “The true F. fucoruwm, as Lund-
beck comprehends in his “ Diptera groenlandica,” is found very rarely
on our German coasts and belongs more to the far North. I did not
find it in any collection of my dipterological friends, for all that were
sent to me under the name fucorum belonged to maritima Hal. I my-
self caught only a single male in Thiessow on the Island of Ruegen,
together with maritima Hal. But as I took with it comparatively few
specimens, that I at that time held for the same species, it is possible
that after all fucorum is also more abundant on Ruegen. On our
Baltic coasts I have never yet observed it. When Landbeck declares
that the species is spread over the greater part of Europe as far as
Trieste, this rests on the assumption that the fucorwm quoted by the
author is Fallen’s species, which is, in fact, not the case. Aside from a
type of Lundbeck’s, specimens are before me that were caught in
Alaska (St. Paul Isl.), Friday Harbor (Washington, U. S.), and in
Behring Str. (Miednaja).”

Among some diptera obtained by several collectors in Labrador and
Newfoundland I find only F. marina. Still there is little doubt but
that F. fucorum is to be found on those shores, but very doubtful if it
will be found as far South as New England. The following table
comprises the four species from Eastern North America :—

MALES.

1. Posterior femora on the underside at the base with a thick tuft of short
bristles, apex of the wing not clouded... ............5.+..04 ose eee 2
Posterior femora without the thickened tuft of bristles at the base, but
on the underside along the whole length with rather strong bristles of
nearly equal length, apex of the wing clouded.........pictipennis Beck.

1910} Johnson — F’ucellia FOE
2. Middle tibiae without bristles on the inside, tibiae and palpi for the
greater part reddish yellow, rarely darkened........... marina Macq.
Middle tibiae on the inside with one or two distinct bristles, palpi and
legs entirely black. et ae ich
3. Posterior femora wales on the anide ide eeu a ene eei briatle tuft,
halteres blood red. Renee oe .ariciiformis Holmer.

Posterior femora in eidaition to ‘the brictle ‘fant: on the underside with a
knob-like swelling turned toward the body and set with short bristles,
halteres-vellomiera: oo. 5.8: - abe so ake aan ete org tucoram Mall.

FEMALES.

1. Tibia for the most part yellow, tarsi and femora for the most part black,
middle femora on the underside only with very fine, short hairs.
marina Macq.
Tibiae for the most part black. beet aso
Posterior lower sternopleural matics moles wanting or eulea taceonted
by a quite fine short hair, apex of the wing distinctly clouded.
pictipennis Beck.
Posterior lower sternopleural bristles distinct even if short, apex of wing

bo

not clouded. eee: ie ere tate
3. Middle ford iahly on aM npareweie: Behind: wiih a fen Noagee bristle-
likeshairs halteres yellows ¢i\. 2. sect weet aeueiercas oie fucorum Fall.
Middle femora not merely on the underside behind, but also on the under-
side in front with several comparatively strong bristle-like hairs, halteres
BNO OCA oc sco cde eer ate Fae Go aie etal ss ox ARON OTRMIS A olmpr,

A study of all the original descriptions of the species suggested as
synonyms by Prof. Stein, seems to point conclusively to the fact that
the synonymy will have to stand as follows:—

Fucellia marina Macquart.

Scatophaga marina Macq., Ann. Soe. Ent., France, VIIT, 242, pl. 11, fig. 3
Oct., 1838.

Scatophaga (Halithea) maritima Haliday, Ann. Nat. Hist., I, 186, Nov.,
1838.

Fucellia arenaria Desv., Ann. Soc. Ent., France, X, 272, 1841.

Fucellia intermedia Lundbeck, Dipt. Groenl.,— Videns. Meddel. Nat.
Foren., Kjoebenhaven, 1901, p. 291, fig. 1 b.

Fucellia maritima Stein, Wiener Ent. Zeit., X XIX, 18, 1910.

In referring to the synonymy in his introduction, Stein shows that
the type of Fucellia is F’. arenaria, the only species mentioned by
Desvoidy under his generic diagnosis, and suggests that Desvoidy’s
statement that the female has the tuft of bristles on the posterior
femora was undoubtedly a slip of the pen. Prof. Stein further states

Flys Psyche {April
(as Mik has also done), that there are a number of species of Fucellia
in which the posterior femora are simple in both sexes, and which yet
belong to Fucellia beyond a doubt.

The specimens before me show the following distribution:—Great
Caribou Isl., Labrador, July 14th (G. M. Allen); Caribou Isl.,
Lab., (Packard); Funk Isl., Newfoundland, July (Owen Bryant);
Eastport, Me., July 15 (Johnson); Dover, N. H., April 11 (Brid-
well); Hampton, H. N. (Shaw); Beverly, Mass., April 24 (A. P.
Morse); Framingham, Mass., June 6 (Frost); Cohasset, Sept. 8
(Bryant); Fall River, Mass., April 20 (N. S. Easton); Kingston,
R. I., March 27 (Barlow); New Haven, Conn., Nov. 9 (Viereck);
Clemonton, N. J., April 15, and Philadelphia, Pa., March 12 (John-
son); Bermuda, March 6 (F. M. Jones); St. Augustine and De
Funiak Springs, Fla., March Ist (Johnson); Charlotte Harbor, Fla.
(Mrs. Slosson).

From the Pacific Coast Prof. Stein has described five new species:

~Fucelha bicruciata, Behring Strait; IF. costalis, Monterey, Cal.; F.
~ antennata, Alaska; F. separata, Monterey, Cal. and Seattle, Wash.,
and I. rufitibia, Pacific Grove, Cal.

THe Martine Hasirs or Empipipar. Hamm, A. H. Observa-
tions on Empis livida L. Ent. Month. Mag., XIX, pp. 181-184;
Observations on Empis opaca F., Ibid.,, XX, pp. 132-134; Further
Observations on the Empinae, Ibid.,.XX, pp. 157-162.

It appears to be the regular occurrence among many species of
Empis, and also in at least some species belonging to Pachymeria
and Rhamphomyia, for the males to capture small Diptera and other
insects which they paralyze with their beaks, and then offer to the
females to feed upon during copulation. ‘The male does not appear
to partake of this food itself and simply offers it to the female which
devours it while pairing. Several other species of Empis were found
to copulate without prey, and females of these were found feeding at

other times, although those which copulate with prey were not found
,

CO. aa

to feed at other times.

1910] Morse — Hopperdozer for Rough Grownd 79

A HOPPERDOZER FOR ROUGH GROUND.
By ALBERT P. Morsrt, WELLESLEY, Mass.

During the last few years a large part of New England has been
subjected to a series of extremely dry summer seasons. This climatic
condition is favorable to the development of locusts or “ grasshoppers”
in itself, and at the same time diminishes the ravages of fungous
diseases which tend to hold them in check, and stunts the vegetation
on which they feed. As a natural consequence several species have
multiphed to such an injurious extent, at least locally in parts of Ver-
mont, New Hampshire, and Maine, that it is wise to consider means
of artificial control.

Of the various methods of fighting grasshoppers which become
locally injurious, two are of especial importance:

viz., Ist, plowing
of the breeding-grounds before they hatch (or immediately there-
after), thereby burying and destroying them; and 2nd, destruction of
the young before they have done much injury or are able to travel far.

Where the breeding-grounds are not now known, or an extended
watch cannot be kept at hatching-time and immediate action taken,
the first method cannot be considered available for the coming season.
Or again, the breeding-grounds may be of such a character that plow-
ing of them is impracticable, either by reason of their stoniness, steepness,
location, or the injury which would result from washing by rains.

The second method of control — destruction of the young — may
be effected under some circumstances by poisoning the vegetation in
and near the hatching grounds, with arsenicals, or by the use of
poisoned baits such as bran-mash or dried horse-droppings, both of
which are attractive to the young “hoppers. The use of arsenicals in
pastures, however, is impracticable, and it is probable that by far
the larger part of the New England breeding-grounds are used for that
purpose. Another very effective method of destroying the young is
by the use of “hopperdozers,” long, flat, shallow pans containing
kerosene or kerosene and water, which are drawn by horses over the
infested fields and into which the young locusts leap and are destroyed.
These, however, can be used effectively only on relatively level ground
and have the disadvantage of imparting to the forage a flavor decidedly
repugnant to stock. A hopperdozer to be of use in New England

SO Psyche [Apri

should be free from this defect and should be of such construction as
to allow it to be used on very uneven ground.

Freedom from repugnant odor can be secured by substituting for
the coal-oil pan a piece of sheet-iron or other flat surface smeared with
a suitable adhesive substance of which we have at hand an excellent
one in what is known as “Tree Tanglefoot,” largely used to prevent
caterpillars of the gypsy-moth and canker-worms from ascending
trees. A young grasshopper falling upon a surface coated with this
preparation is there to stay.

The second need — adaptability to an uneven surface — may be
secured by constructing the machine in sections, say two-and-a-half

“Keom above

wwe
i
4
a=
ry

Perspective

2

Side elevation Rear elevation

Fig. 1. For destroying grass-insects on rough ground where the use of kerosene is
objectionable and the ordinary form of machine cannot be used. Designed by A. P.
Morse.

or three feet long, hinged so as to be freely movable on each other,
thus allowing a much closer approximation to the surface of uneven
ground than is possible with a rigid pan or plate ten or twelve feet
in length. ‘The following sketches illustrate such a device, made of
No. 24 galvanized sheet iron in four sections, with iron or steel runners,

1910] Book Remew

10.6)
—

so constructed as to allow considerable movement in a vertical plane,
and even a folding-over of the end-sections on the middle ones for
convenience in transportation. Such a machine can be readily made
by a handy blacksmith, or a substitute therefor may be built of boards
by any farmer, the principle remaining the same. ‘The front and
rear edges of the iron plates should be stiffened with iron rods, and the
front edge should be about two inches from the ground. ‘The runners
should be of such form as to pass over minor obstructions on the ground
and to permit movement backwards, for convenience.

Such a machine, properly coated with “Tree ‘Tanglefoot’ and
drawn by a horse over pasture and mowing-lands during the early
stages of development of the “hoppers would capture them in large
quantities, and in addition destroy myriads of leaf-hoppers (Jassidae),
spittle-insects (Cercopidae), plant-bugs (Capsidae), and other grass-
and grain-inhabiting insects.

A MownoerarHic REVISION OF THE TwistED WINGED INSECTS
CoMPRISING THE ORDER STREPSIPTERA Kirgy. By W. Dwight
Pierce, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 66, pp. 232, pls. 15; figs. 4.
(Dec. 1909.)

This extensive contribution represents the first attempt made to
gather together and correlate the considerable amount of scattered
information at present available concerning this most aberrant and
interesting group of insects, and in addition it contains a large amount
of new matter, relating principally to the North American members
of the order.

The Strepsiptera are regarded as an order, a view which will prob-
ably receive the endorsement of other workers, although there are
some such striking similarities between them and Rhipiphorid Coleop-
tera that it is difficult to regard them with Pierce as more closely related
to the Hymenoptera and Diptera. One point upon which much stress
is laid, the presence of the group in Baltic amber of Tertiary age,
‘annot carry conviction, for we know that in other specialized orders
many amber species are almost indistinguishable from living ones.

Following his preliminary classification of the Strepsiptera pub-
lished in 1908! the author divides the order into four superfamilies

1A Preliminary Review of the Classification of the Order Strepsiptera, Proc. Ent.
Soc. Washington, Vol. IX, pp. 75-85.

82 Psyche [April

to make its classification accord with that which has been proposed
for some of the other orders of insects, but owing to the cormpact nature
of the group he has been compelled to select slight, single characters,
and each superfamily differs from the one preceding it by the loss of
one tarsal joint in the male. Similarly the eight families are segre-
gated by the number of joints and forin of the flabella of the antennae.
Due to the extremely degenerate form of the females, still less evident
characters are available for their classification. It seems unfortunate
that such a very ambitious and cumbrous grouping should have been
adopted for it can hardly fail to confuse the student who is not a
specialist in the order, and to make it appear out of its proper pro-
portion in the taxonomy of insects in general.

103 species are listed and described, belonging to 37 genera, 24 of
which are monotypical, while 45 or nearly half the species belong to
two genera. 69 of the species, all but 7 of which are from North
America, are described as new. Many of the species known from only
females or single specimens appear to be very closely related, and
Pierce assumes that each parasite species can be defined by its host
species. ‘Time only can tell whether such a supposition is correct,
but the more definite knowledge which we have concerning other
parasitic insects shows that such generalizations should not be made too
hastily, especially when they relate to the genera of hosts and parasites.
A case of such association is the genus Homilops where species known
only by females are segregated with one kn»wn only by the male on
account of their hosts being congeneric.

In addition to many figures, there are full descriptions of all new
species, and collected literature relating to all exotic ones, as well as a
very complete compendium of the known facts regarding the develop-
ment, anatomy, and ethology of the group. This will form a splendid
basis for future work, which it is to be hoped will be undertaken by
many entomologists.

A very extensive bibliography of fifteen pages completes the paper.
Some of the references will appear superfluous to working naturalists,
however, such as yearly citations of the Zoological Record, and the
Zoologischer Anzeiger, and the inclusion of the Century Dictionary.

C. Ty Brows

Locality Pin Labels 20c. per 1000. Any Number of Lines

Printed from smallest type made, on Best Heavy White Paper.
Something new. 30 or more labels on a strip; no trimming; 1 cut of
scissors makes a label. Orders must be in multiples of 1000. Not
less than 1000 printed. Please send money orders —not postage
stamps.

C. V. BLACKBURN, (Member Cambridge Entomological Club)
STONEHAN,. MASS:

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY
Price List of Lepidoptera No. 6, ready for distribution Dec. 1, 1904
Classification of Lep. of Boreal Am. according to Smith List, 1903

Coleoptera List of Boreal Am. No. 2

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added.

List of School Supplies, Collections. Mimicry, Color protection, Dimorphism,
Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The only genuine Schmitt Insect Boxes. Insect Cabinets and Exhibition
Cases. The new improved Metal Cabinet for Schmitt Boxes. The A. E. Co.
Insect Pins, which in very short time have gained the favor of almost every
Entomologist of prominence. :

ELBOW PINS IN VARIOUS STYLES.

Price of List 10 cents. Request for list without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons lists will be mailed free of charge after
issue. All previous lists cancelled.

EXPLANATION OF TERIIS USED IN ENTOMOLOGY

A substantially bound book of 155 pages, with definitions of over 4500
terms used in Entomological work, three plates illustrating body structure
and venation, and one plate illustrating color terms.

PREPARED BY
PROF. JOHN B. SMITH, Sc. D., of Rutgers College, and State Ento=-
mologist of New Jersey, and published by
THE BROCGKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
An indispensable book for collectors as well as working entomologists and
students. Will be sent, postpaid. on receipt of price, $2.00,
by the selling agents,

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY
55 STUYVESANT AVENUE, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

THE OHIO NATURALIST.

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of
Ohio. The official organ of THE BioLogicaL CLUB OF THE OHIO
SraTe UNIVERSITY, and of THE Onto STATE ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
Published monthly during the academic year, from November to June
(S numbers). Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To foreign
countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Managing

Editor, J. S. Hine.

Address, THE OHIO NATURALIST
Ohio State University, COLUFMBUS, OHIO.

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

A regular meeting of the Club is held on the third
Tuesday of each month (July, August and September
excepted) at 7.45 p. mM. in the rooms of the Appalachian
Mountain Club, tenth floor of the Tremont Building,
Boston. The Tremont Building is one block from the
Park Street subway station. Entomologists visiting
Boston are cordially invited to attend.

SOCIETAS ENTOMOLOGICA

JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published semi-monthly. Original articles in German, English,
and French on all classes of Insects, Reviews, literature, bibliogr.
notices. Subscribers wishing to buy, sell or exchange Insects are
granted 125 lines gratis per annum for advertising. Lines in excess
5 Pf. (14 cents). To nonsubscribers 20 Pf. or 5 cents. Yearly
subscription 8 Mark or $2. Sample copies sent on request. Back
volumes at reduced prices.

Manuscripts and scientific correspondence to be directed to the
Editor: Miss M. Riihl, Ziirich, V, Switzerland. Applications for
subscriptions, specimen-numbers, advertisements, and all business
correspondence address:

FELIX L. DAMES, STEGLITZ-BERLIN, GERMANY.

Second-hand Catalogues sent on application

2ihsb

PS YG ELE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

ESTABLISHED IN 1874

VOL. XVII

JUNE, 1910 NUMBER 38

Prodryas persephone Scudder.

CONTENTS

Colonies of Ants (Lasius neoniger Emery) Infested with Laboulbenia

formicarum Thaxter. W. M. Wheeler : : : : Abed tsp)
On the Repugnatorial Secretions of Carabus vinetus. C. A. Frost ES
The Offspring of a Suntnm Female of Basilarchia aaa W. L.

Werkheldt : 5) fell!
Argynnis cybele Fabr. var. baal ‘Streck., Melanic. H. H. Newcomb 90
Some Bees of the Genus Nomada from Washington State. 7. D. A.

Cockerell . ; : : SoH At
Some Neuroptera from Australia. Nathan Banks ‘ é : a 99
Wet Weather Collecting. C. A. on ; 105
A New Species of Telenomus Parasitic on the Eggs of Tussock Moths.

C. T. Brues : 106
The Chalcidoid Parasites of the Common House or Typhoid Fly and

Its Allies. A. A. Girault and G. FE. Sanders. : 108

Proceedings of the Caeuniee aa a Club. 3 z ys
Reviews : : :

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF.

C. T. Brurs, Harvard University.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS.

C. W. JoHNSON, V. L. KEextoee,

Boston Society of Natural History. Stanford University.
A. L. MELANDER, A. P. Morse,

Washington State College. Wellesley College.
J. H. Emerton, J. G. NEEDHAM,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. WHEELER,
Harvard University.

PsycHE is published bi-monthly, 7. e. in February, April, June, August, October and
December.

Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $1.00 to subscribers in the U. S.
and its Territories and Dependences or in Mexico; $1.15 to those in other countries.
To Contributors:

Copy should be typewritten whenever possible.

Separates, if desired, must be ordered in advance of publication.

25 separates of leading articles will be furnished gratis; additional copies will be
supplied ‘at cost.

ADVERTISING RATES furnished upon application.

All material for publication in a given number must be in the hands ofthe Editors on
or before the first day of the month preceding the month of publication.

All correspondence should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,
BussEyY INSTITUTION, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, FOREST HILLS,
BOSTON, MASS.

Entered as second-class matter, Dec. 21, 1906, at the Post Office at Boston, Mass., under
the Act of Congress of March 3, 1879.

go Binks

VOL. XVII. JUNE, 1910. Now Sis

COLONIES OF ANTS (LASIUS NEONIGER EMERY) IN-
FESTED WITH LABOULBENIA FORMI-
CARUM THAXTER.

By WiLtit1Am Morton WHEELER.
Harvard University.

It appears, from the exhaustive researches of Prof. Roland
Thaxter, the leading authority on the Laboulbeniacee, that only
two species of these extraordinary ectoparasitic fungi are known
to occur on ants. One of these species is Rickia wasmanni Cavara,
found by Wasmann on Myrmica levinodis Nyl. at Linz on the
Rhine; the other is Laboulbenia formicarum which Thaxter has
taken at Cambridge, Mass. on Lasius niger L. var. americanus
Emery and Formica subpolita Mayr var. neogagates Emery. Both
species are described and beautifully figured in the second part of
Thaxter’s “Contribution toward a Monograph of the Laboulbeni-
acee,” Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. XIII, No. VI, 1908,
pp. 248 and 359, Pl. XXXIV., Figs. 1-13 and Pl. LVIII, Figs.
14, 15.

For some time I have been looking for Laboulbeniaceew on the
ants which I have collected myself or received from correspond-
ents, but it was not till very recently that I happened on any speci-
mens of these fungi. April 20-24, while collecting insects on the
seashore at Ellisville, Mass., a small settlement about twelve miles
south of Plymouth and six miles north of Bournedale, I came upon
two localities about a mile apart, in which nearly all the colonies
of Lasius niger, var. neoniger were infested with what Professor
Thaxter has kindly identified for me as the second of the two species
of Laboulbeniacee mentioned above, namely Laboulbenia formi-
carum. I first found a number of infested neoniger colonies a mile
south of Ellisville in a small triangular area about a dozen yards in
diameter and adjoining the beach. The soil of this area consists of
a mixture of sand and humus and must be well within the reach of

84 Psyche [June

the salt spray during stormy weather. A few days later I discov-
ered a much larger area, comprising a narrow strip about a quarter
of a mile in length and forming the border of a salt meadow
between Salt Pond and the beach at Ellisville. Here there are
dozens of infested colonies which have a very definite and interest-
ing distribution. On the beach itself, which consists of a deep layer
of pure sand, there are colonies of Formica fusca var. argentata
Wheeler, Wyrmica scabrinodis Nyl. var. sabuleti Meinert, Tapinoma
sessile Say and Lasius neoniger. The last is far and away the
most abundant and its workers are of large size. None of the ants
in this locality, including the neoniger, was found to be infested
with Laboulbeniacee. On the border of the salt meadow, however,
immediately adjoining the beach, where the soil is moist, consist-
ing of a mixture of rather sour, decomposing humus mixed with
sand, and probably not infrequently wetted by the spray and oc-
casionally even submerged at very high water, the only ant is L.
neoniger, but its colonies are less populous than those on the beach,
the workers are distinctly smaller and are practically all infested
with the Laboulbenia. Passing over from this zone of infestation
to the pasture land adjoining the salt meadow, the variety neoniger
is replaced by L. niger L. var americanus Emery which is the form
of the species commonly occurring in higher and dryer pastures and
fields. None of the workers of this form, which lacks on the
scapes and legs the erect hairs so conspicuous in the var. neoniger,
was found to be infested with the fungus. It would seem, therefore,
that while neoniger, unlike any of the other ants, is able to exist
in a depauperate condition in the damp, sour soil at the edges of
salt meadows, it does so only at the risk of becoming infested with
Laboulbenia formicarum. Indeed, the infestation of the ants in this
strip of littoral at Ellisville is often so excessive that they resemble
hedgehogs, fairly bristling with tufts of the fungus.

According to Thaxter, both Rickia wasmanni and Laboulbenia
formicarum grow on all parts of their hosts, but this statement
requires some qualification, at least in the case of the latter species.
An examination of several hundred specimens of L. neoniger shows
that the Laboulbenia grows most abundantly on the abdomen, mid-
dle and hind femora and tibie and posterior portions of the head.
The thorax and coxe, as a rule, are entirely free from the fungus;

1910] Wheeler — Ants Infested with Laboulbenia 85

the clypeus and gula are generally free, and this seems to be in-
variably the case with the mandibles, antennal funiculi, palpi,
labium, maxilla and eyes. In a very few specimens I have seen one
or two of the little plants on the antennal scapes, but, as a rule,
these organs are perfectly clean.

Heavily infested workers were seen toiling at their excavations,
constructing the craters of the nest and running about as nimbly as
uninfested individuals, but the colonies, judging from their rather
limited personnel and the reduced number and small size of the
craters seemed to be decidedly less prosperous than those of the
larger, uninfested form of the same variety on the sandy beach. I
excavated a considerable number of the nests of the infested colo-
nies but in only one instance did I find larve, and I failed to find
any queens, but as larve were not seen in the uninfested colonies
and as the old queens of all of our species of Lasius are very
rarely seen in the nests, these negative observations have little
significance.

It is strange that this should be the first time in my rather ex-
tensive experience in collecting ants, that I have happened on a
locality in which the colonies of a species are infested with Laboul-
beniacee, and it is even more surprising that previous observers
have found only two ant-infesting species of these fungi, which are
represented by so many much larger and more remarkable forms on
other insects. At first sight ants would seem to be particularly
favorable hosts for such parasites since these insects are in the
habit of huddling together in masses in warm subterranean gal-
leries, where the fungi might be supposed to develop luxuriantly
and transmit their spores from ant to ant with great facility.
Further consideration of the matter, however, leads to the con-
clusion that other habits of the ants must, in all probability, tend to
suppress or render impossible the development of the fungi, except
under unusual conditions such as those in which I found the colo-
nies of L. neoniger living at Ellisville. All ants devote a great deal
of time and attention to cleaning their own integument and that of
their nestmates. They are, indeed, forever combing and scraping
the surfaces of their bodies with their tongues and strigils, so that
fungi must find it difficult to gain a precarious foothold in their
nests, to say nothing of an opportunity to proliferate. And even on

86 Psyche [June

the rare occasions, when this happens, important organs like the
mandibles, antenne, labium, maxille, palpi and eyes are kept
scrupulously free from the parasitic growth. Although, as pre-
viously stated, many of the L. neoniger bristled with the Laboul-
benia, there were scattered over their chitinous integument numer-
ous minute black dots representing the points of attachment of
fungi that had been completely torn away, either by attrition
against the walls of the nest galleries, or more probably, by the
strigils and tongues of the ants themselves. The observations at
Ellisville indicate that the parasitic fungus can luxuriate only on
the members of ant-colonies which have become enfeebled or
depauperate through nesting in soil which is too moist, saline or
foul, or of an abnormally high temperature when exposed to the
sun.

ON THE REPUGNATORIAL SECRETION OF CARABUS
VINCTUS.

A rather unexpected occurrence happened at the capture of my
first specimen of this species, which I had discovered under some
old boards near the Shawshine River in Andover, Mass. I picked
it up between the thumb and finger for a closer examination and,
when perhaps a foot from my face, heard a slight snapping noise
which was followed by the sensation that might be produced by the
application of red hot needles to one’s face. This intense burning
lasted until I bathed my face in alcohol. Since then I have taken
two specimens in Framingham and, in each case, noticed the same
snapping noise, but as I took good care not to get the insect very
near my face, I did not experience the previous unpleasant results.

The elytral edges are strongly reflexed in this beetle and at the
apices a slight hollow is formed which would hold a small quantity
of the fluid secreted; and when the elytra receive the pressure of
the thumb and finger they snap past each other and the resultant
spring throws the fluid off in a fine spray.

C. A. Frost.

1910] Field — Basilarchia Proserpina 87

THE OFFSPRING OF A CAPTURED FEMALE
BASILARCHIA PROSERPINA.

By Wit. L. W. FIELD,

Milton, Mass.

A female Basilarchia proserpina, taken at Springfield, Vt.,
August 14, 1908, refused to oviposit on the leaves of any available
species of birch, poplar, or willow, but when furnished with wild
cherry’ leaves deposited thirty-one eggs, from sixteen of which
offspring were reared to maturity. Of these offspring, nine (five
males and four females) closely resembled the mother, and seven
(four males and three females) were of the white-banded arthemis
type, called by Edwards (1879) form lamina.

The accompanying plate shows the mother — much the worse
for wear after her long captivity — and four of her offspring, a
pair of each type. The entire series is now in the Museum of
Comparative Zodlogy at Harvard University.

These observations, considered in the light of the Mendelian
principles of heredity, give fresh support to the view of Scudder
(1889) and others, who have believed proserpina to be a hybrid
between arthemis and astyanaz. The observed facts accord with
those noted by Edwards, who in 1877 reared three arthemis and
one proserpina from eggs deposited by a proserpina captured in
the Catskill region; and in addition they bring out some new points:

First, the evidence of proserpina’s hybridity furnished by her
choice of an astyanax food-plant. In the opinion of collectors gen-
erally, the occurrence of a Basilarchia larva upon wild cherry
plausibly identifies it as astyanax; and I find no record of the use
of this food-plant by arthemis.

Second, some basis for a guess as to the specific identity of her
mate. Springfield, Vt., is north of the zone in which proserpina
ordinarily occurs, and it seems probable that the male parent of
this diverse brood was of the arthemis (lamina) type.

Third, the approximately even division of the offspring between
the two types, in a region where proserpina has heretofore been

1 Prunus serotina.

88 Psyche [June

unknown, while arthemis (lamina) is abundant, and always, so
far as observation has shown, breeds true.

Edwards (1877, 1879) drew from his observations the conclusion
that arthemis (lamina) and proserpina were to be referred to a
single dimorphic species, flying in company with astyanaz along
the narrow zone where their ranges overlapped,— indeed dimorphic
only in that zone,— yet never interbreeding with the other species.
Mendel’s work lay buried and forgotten; and no one realized that
this dimorphism might under certain circumstances be a criterion
of hybridity. The occurrence of other apparently hybrid Basil-
archias (astyanaz-archippus and arthemis-archippus) has been
recorded (see Scudder, 1889, and Field, 1904), but its full mean-
ing seems to have been overlooked. The cumulative significance
of the various published observations of the genus Basilarchia in
the eastern United States is contrary to Edwards’s interpretation.

Our working hypothesis may now be that proserpina is a hybrid
between arthemis and astyanaz, in which the dark coloring of
astyanax incompletely dominates the white band of arthemis.t. In
the narrow belt in which the hybrids commonly occur, these hetero-
zygous individuals must often breed together, producing offspring
of which 50 per cent. must resemble the parents (i.e., are hetero-
zygotes), while 25 per cent. are pure dominants (astyanax) and
25 per cent. are pure recessives (arthemis).* | Farther north,
where astyanaz seems not to thrive, but the recessive white-banded
arthemis holds sway, occasional stray examples of proserpina,
mating with arthemis, will yield offspring of which 50 per cent.
will be proserpina and 50 per cent. pure arthemis. In this division
the Springfield brood probably belongs. South of the zone of
hybridization, the white band must be almost swamped; for when
proserpina mates with astyanaz, the offspring will all be dark, and
half of them will be pure dominants (astyanar). The occasional
white-banded Basilarchias*® taken on Long Island or in New Jersey,
or in other places south of the usual range of arthemis, may be

1Such incomplete dominance is a widely-recognized phenomenon in Mendelian
inheritance. See Bateson (1909) and Davenport (1910).

2The name lamina now appears to be superfluous, as we are assuming that
there is but one form of arthemis.

Ursula [=astyanagv] var. albofasciata Newcomb (1907).

1910] Field — Basilarchia Proserpina 89

regarded as extracted recessives (arthemis), due to the inter-
breeding of southward-spreading heterozygotes (proserpina).

Moreover, wherever either arthemis or astyanax mingles with
the widely-distributed archippus, we should look carefully for
further evidences of hybridization involving that species.

Viewed thus, the Basilarchias of eastern North America consti-
tute a group of unusual interest to students of organic evolution,
and supply attractive material for experimental investigation.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Bateson, W.
1909. Mendel’s Principles of Heredity. Cambridge, Eng.
Davenport, C. B.
1910. The imperfection of dominance and some of its consequences.
Am. Nat., xliv, 129-135.
Epwarps, W. H.
1877. Notes on Limenitis proserpina and arthemis. Can. Ent., ix., 114.
1879. Butterflies of North America, II, Limenitis I. Boston and
New York.
Fretp, W. L. W.
1904. Problems in the genus Basilarchia. Psyche, xi, 1-6, 3 pl.
Newcoms, H. H.
1907. Description of a new variety of Limenitis ursula. Psyche, xiv,
90-91, pl.
Scupper, S. H.
1889. The Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada, with
special reference to New England. Cambridge.

90 Psyche [June

ARGYNNIS CYBELE FAB., VARIETY BAAL, STRECK.
MELANIC.$¢

By H. H. Newcoms,
Boston, Mass.

This handsome butterfly so well illustrated on the preceding
plate was captured by Dr. S. Graenicher of the Public Museum,
Milwaukee, on Aug. 1, 1909, at the junction of the Yellow and St.
Croix Rivers, Burnett County, Wis. It was taken on the flowers of
the common ox-eye daisy (Rudbeckia hirta L.). By comparison
with photographs of two specimens of Strecker’s baal, 7, *, kindly
sent me by Mr. F. J. V. Skiff, director of the Field Museum of Nat-
ural History at Chicago, it seems to correspond perfectly with those
insects except for its melanism. On both sides the colors and shad-
ings are those of cybele except for the intense blackness on certain
areas as shown by the plate. The clustering of the three large silver
spots at the base of the secondaries on the under side produce a
marked and beautiful effect. It was my pleasure to see recently a
melanic cybele * in the collection of Mr. Joseph Mattes, New York
City, and also a photograph of another sent:me from the Field
Museum, which Mr. W. J. Gerhard stated “is one of four specimens
from Chicago,’ but these were quite distinct from the var. baal as
shown here.

The above specimen is the property of the Public Museum, Mil-
waukee, and was taken during the collecting expedition sent out

from there last summer.

1910] Cockerell — Bees of the Genus Nomada 91

SOME BEES OF THE GENUS NOMADA FROM
WASHINGTON STATE.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.
The University of Colorado.

Nomada mutans Sp. nov.

@. Length about 7 mm.; black with creamy-white markings, and hardly
any hair; anterior coxe without spines; head and thorax strongly
punctured; head broad, with the following light markings: lateral
marks, broad below, with a little notch on each side near to black
part of clypeus, extending upward above level of antenne, ending in
a rather obtuse point, a little away from orbital margin; lower two
thirds of clypeus, the margin of the light area broadly angled in
the middle above; labrum, but the lower half suffused with reddish;
basal half of mandibles (apical half reddish); and narrow posterior
orbits; mandibles simple; second joint of labial palpi much less than
half length of first; scape blackish behind, reddish in front, with an
obscure yellowish mark; flagellum thick, dark reddish above, light
ferruginous below, first joint paler; third antennal joint conspicuously
longer than fourth; mesothorax shining between the strong punctures;
light markings of thorax as follows: upper margin of prothorax,
tubercles, tegulz, scutellum, postscutellum, and a triangular spot on
anterior part of pleura; scutellum little elevated; wings dusky, stigma
ferruginous, nervures fuscous; t. m. a short distance basad of b. n.;
first r. n. reaching second s. m. well beyond middle; legs black, with
creamy-white spots on hind coxe, apices of femora and apices and
bases of tibiz; anterior legs light ferruginous in front; middle legs
nearly the same; hind femora with a reddish stripe; anterior tarsi
entirely pale reddish; spurs white; abdomen very minutely punctured,
with five entire broad creamy-white bands, the first with a pair of
spots; band of silver-white hair on fifth segment rather narrow;
venter with light bands.

Var. a. Postscutellum all black; band on first abdominal segment with-
out enclosed spots, but with a ferruginous notch on each side behind.

Var. b. Smaller, length about 5%4 mm.; lateral marks not extending above
antenne; scutellum with two large light spots; postscutellum black;
fourth and fifth abdominal bands broadly excavated in front on each
side.

Hab.— Pullman, Washington State, 1908 (W. M. Mann). Two
typical, Aug. 9; one var. a., Aug. 9; two var. b., Aug. 9 and 30. A

92 Psyche [June

distinct little species, related to N. verecunda Cresson, but easily
known by its creamy-white markings. The general appearance is
suggestive of N. vierecki Ckll., but that has red legs. I wished to
name this after its discoverer, but there is already a Nomada manni
Morawitz.

Nomada semisuavis sp. nov. .

o. Length about 9 mm.; black and bright lemon yellow; the anterior coxe
with long spines; third antennal joint much longer than fourth; b. n.
meeting t. m. Almost exactly like NV. suavis Cresson, and possibly
only a race or variety, but having the following distinctive characters:
Scape swollen; lateral face-marks broader above; no black between
lateral and supraclypeal marks; second s. m. narrower, receiving the
first r. n. at its middle; yellow patch on pleura very large (fully
twice as large as in suavis); legs seen from in front entirely yellow,
anterior and middle femora with a black band behind, middle tibie
with a black mark behind, hind femora almost entirely black behind,
their tibize with a large black longitudinal band; last joint of hind
tarsi bright ferruginous; apical plate of abdomen strongly and sharply
notched (entire in suavis). N. suavis has been referred (Canad.
Entom., 1905, p. 283) to Holonomada, but it belongs with the new
species in the subgenus Micronomada. Both have in the male a pair
of large yellow patches on the metathorax; Cresson’s supposed male
of NV. suavis, without these marks, was probably VV. formula Viereck.

Hab.— Wawawai, Washington State, July 4, 1908 (W. M.
Mann.)

Nomada civilis spokanensis subsp. nov.

9. Length about 114% mm.; similar to the Corvallis, Oregon, form of NV.
civilis, but differing as follows: Scape wholly light red; tegule red-
dish (instead of yellow); mark on pleura suffused with red, and re-
duced, its posterior lobe obsolete or almost; yellow on scutellum re-
duced, with a median black line; metathoracic marks reddish, very
small; yellow of legs mainly replaced by red; apical half of first
abdominal segment red, with a small obscure yellowish spot on each
extreme side; second and third segments very broadly red in the
middle. The nervures and stigma are bright ferruginous, and the
second submarginal cell has the characteristic broad form, with the
r. n, joining it beyond the middle. (The venation indicates its re-
lationship with JV. civilis, and distinctness from the rather similar NV.
vicinalis aldrichi Ckll.)

Compared with the Colorado form of N. civilis it is still more dis-
tinct, being much larger, with the bases of the abdominal segments

1910] Cockerell — Bees of the Genus Nomada 93

broadly black, all the femora and tibie with large black patches be-
hind, etc. In the table of Rocky Mountain species (Bull. 94, Colo.
Exp. Sta.) it runs to 62, and runs out because it is a female with
black thorax. The hair of the head and thorax above is strongly red-
dish. The b. n. goes a considerable distance basad of t. m.

Hab.— Spokane, Washington State, May 30 (W. M. Mann).
Among the European species, this insect has a strong superficial
resemblance to N. ruficornis (specimen from Buda compared).

Nomada malonella sp. nov.

3. Length about 7 mm.; head and thorax black, densely and very coarsely
punctured, with white hair, which is dull and scanty above, clear white
and more abundant below, abundant and shining on lower part of
face; head transversely suboval, face very broad, eyes converging be-
low; lower corners of face, extreme lower margin of clypeus and base
of mandibles yellow; mandibles simple, apical half ferruginous with
the apex black or almost; labrum black, pallid around the margins;
scape stout, wholly black; third antennal joint shorter than fourth,
but more than half its length; flagellum long, rather thick, black above,
broadly ferruginous beneath; area of metathorax rugose; tegule
dark ferruginous, coarsely rugosopunctate; wings moderately dusky,
the large stigma and nervures dark ferruginous; b. n. going far
basad of t. m.; second s. m. broad above; legs red, the femora and
tibie largely black behind, the posterior ones almost wholly so; hind
tarsi largely blackened; spurs white; abdomen narrow, light but
dullish red, with fine whitish pubescence giving it a silky appearance;
first segment with the basal half black, the other segments a little
blackened at extreme base; extreme side of segments 2 to 5, with
successively smaller cream-colored spots; segments 4 to 6 with also
subdorsal spots; venter with imperfect cream-colored bands, out of
which large pieces seem to have been cut at the sides. Allied to N.
elegantula Ckll. and somewhat to NV. melliventris Cresson.

Hab.— Wawawai, Washington State, May 1, 1909 (W. M.
Mann).

A female (date and locality the same) seems to belong here, but
may represent another species. It is only about 644 mm. long,
and differs from the male thus: Scape with a red spot at base;
third antennal joint almost as long as fourth; thorax with red
marks as follows: upper border of prothorax, tubercles, two fine
lines on mesothorax, two spots on scutellum, axillar spots, a line on
postscutellum, a spot beneath wings, and a transverse mark on

94 Psyche [June

lower part of pleura; also other minor details. There is a small
red spot above each eye. The upper side of the abdomen agrees
with that of N. angelarum Ckll.

Nomada malonina sp. nov.

¢o. Length about 5%4 mm.; looks at first sight like a small example of NV,
malonella, but differs as follows: Flagellum proportionately shorter;
lower margin of clypeus broadly yellow at sides; light parts of legs
paler and suffused with yellowish; hind legs black except the knees,
and apices of the other joints; t. m. a little basad of b. n.; scutellum
less prominent; ground-color of abdomen light yellowish-red; first
segment with more than basal half black, the edge of the black rather
concave in the middle (projecting to form an angle in malonella) ;
fourth and following segments dark with a subapical yellow band;
sides of segments 2 to 4 with a broad oblique light yellow band, on 2
and 3 with a dark patch in front; ground color of venter dark, and
light bands much broader. In both species the apical plate is strongly
notched.

Hab.— Wawawai, Washington State, May 15, 1909 (W. M.
Mann).

The following table separates the four related species. The
venation of N. melliventris was kindly noted for me by Mr. Viereck,
from Cresson’s type.

Basal nervure going far basad of transversomedial.............+-- 1.
Basal nervure falling a little short of transversomedial............- 2.
1. Tegule dark reddish; labrum black, except margins; scutellum promi-
TENGE HE hee oes RE eee es SOS OTR eRe etre ee eatin Sie cane malonella ¢

Tegule yellowish; labrum yellow; scutellum not prominent, melliventris ¢
. Scape with a large red basal patch in front; ground color of abdomen

%~

bright coppery-red........e cee e cece eee ence eee eeeceees elegantula ?
Scape wholly black; ground color of abdomen pale yellowish-red
malonina ¢

Nomada (Gnathias) perplexans sp. nov.

¢. Length about 9 mm.; head and thorax black, with long coarse white
hair, which is slightly stained with yellowish above; lower corners of
face sending a linear process along orbits nearly to level of antenne,
clypeus except sides above, labrum and basal half of mandibles, all
light yellow; scape entirely black; flagellum red, the first five joints
black above, the others with a blackish band; third antennal joint a
little shorter than fourth; thorax densely and strongly punctured,

1910] Cockerell — Bees of the Genus Nomada 95

wholly black except the reddish tubercles; tegule very bright fer-
ruginous; wings strongly dusky at apex; stigma ferruginous, nervures
fusco-ferruginous; b. n. going far basad of t. m.; first r. n. joining
second s. m. well beyond middle; legs red, the anterior femora black
at base behind, the other femora with more black, the hind ones with
more black than red; abdomen clear red, first segment with basal half
and a pair of spots on apical half black; second segment with a pair
of very large pale yellow patches, pointed mesad; sixth with a pair of
obscure yellowish spots; apical plate notched; venter red with broad
suffused blackish bands. A western representative of NV. perplexa
Cresson, easily distinguished by the much lighter red abdomen.

Hab.— Pullman, Washington State, June 7, 1908 (W. M. Mann).

Nomada itamera sp. nov.

2. Length 814 mm.; head and thorax coarsely rugosopunctate, with scanty
white (yellowish dorsally) hair; black, with the following parts dark
red, face below antennez except a broad black band extending from
each antenna to clypeal margin, mandibles (which are stout and
blunt, but entire) entirely, labrum, posterior orbits extremely nar-
rowly, a large triangular mark above each eye, a large V-shaped
mark on each side of mesothorax, the greater part of the extremely
prominent and strongly bilobed scutellum, upper border of prothorax,
tubercles, and a very large patch on pleura; antenne thick, third joint
shorter than fourth, scape red in front, flagellum dark red suffused
with dusky; tegule very bright ferruginous, strongly punctured;
wings very dark on apical margin, stigma and nervures dark red-
dish; b. n. going a moderate distance basad of t. m.; second s. m.
large, receiving first r. n. at middle; legs red, the femora with much
black, the edges of the black suffused; abdomen broad, dark red, black
at base of first segment trilobed, apical margin of first two segments
strongly blackened; apical half of abdomen darker, with minute scat-
tered glittering hairs; sides of second segment with a round suffused
yellow spot; fourth segment with a pair of subdorsal yellow spots.

Hab.— Pullman, Washington State, May 30 (W. M. Mann).
There is no sign of yellow at lower corners of face. A probable
male of this species is from Wawawai, May 15.

Nomada orcusella sp. nov.

2. Length 814 mm.; bright ferruginous; head and thorax rugosopunctate;
eyes reddish-grey; a keel between antenne; the following parts are
black, a large patch on front, including antennal sockets, a small area
about ocelli; cheeks posteriorly, a median stripe on mesothorax, a

96 Psyche [June

stripe on metathorax, area between wings and middle and hind legs,
and region round tubercles; third antennal joint shorter than fourth;
scape red; flagellum entirely red; scutellum bigibbous; tegule bright
ferruginous, punctured; wings strongly dusky, with a hyaline area
beyond submarginal cells; stigma dark ferruginous, nervures dark
fuscous; b. n. going far basad of t. m.; first r. n. entering second
s. m. much beyond middle; legs red, hind femora with much black,
the others with some at base; hind basitarsus suffused with blackish;
abdomen shining bright ferruginous, the segments not at all dark-
margined, first segment black at extreme base and half-way along
sides in second segment, with a large yellow spot on each side, third
with very small spots; apical segments without yellow; venter without
yellow. The mandibles are simple, and there is no yellow at lower
corners of face.

Hab.— Orcus Island, Washington State, latter half of July,
1909 (W. M. Mann). The following table separates several females
of Nomada s. str. described from Washington State:

Abdomen: without. yellow spots... tt sadiesies o. -lesule = kincaidiana Ckll.
Abdomen with yellow spots, at least on second segment............. 1B
1. Metathorax black, except for a couple of hardly visible red spots on
enclosure; abdomen with scanty short silvery hairs, shining in certain

TRE aap ch tab da pieegeiat xvas cai ont she uteass Phas uate Ie ale Rees Les euch ete Rte itamera CKkll.
Metathorax red with a central black band; abdomen without shining
SaMen yy MAINS 3) 25f/s caja tin jraece’y = patgeled. stoawise-laa plied’ a 5neiniay «(keene 2,

2. Abdomen deep chestnut red; wings darker.............. orcusella Ckll.
Abdomen) Weht red). 4.5 cat os\eam heli: oats were a> anit flammigera Ckll.

The Nomadz of Washington State were listed and tabulated by
Viereck in Canadian Entomologist, Aug. 1905. A collection re-
ceived from Mr. W. M. Mann contains not only the new forms
described above, but also several others new to the state, so it will
be worth while to give a new list, complete to date. I have omitted
from it some males of Nomada s. str., which probably belong with
females already described, but cannot be certainly associated with
them at present.

Gnathias.

This group differs from all the others in having bidentate mandibles.
(1.) WV. perbella Viereck. Hoquiam (Burke, fide Viereck) ; Olympia and
Seattle (Kincaid, fide Viereck); Wawawai, May 1, both sexes
(Mann); Pullman, May (Mann).

1910] Cockerell — Bees of the Genus Nomada 97

Mr. Mann’s specimens have the abdomen dark red, and agree with
Viereck’s description in both sexes. On this basis, the species seems
valid; but the Kincaidian specimens, which I formerly (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 601) referred to NW. bella Cresson, have the
female paler than in typical bella, and do not seem to be perbella.
More collecting is needed to determine whether there are really two
species.

(2.) N. perplexans, n. sp. Pullman (Mann).

(3.) NN. cuneata Robertson. Pullman, May (Mann). This is not quite
typical; from a single specimen I cannot determine whether there
is a distinct northwestern race.

(4.) NN. grayi eastonensis Ckll. Easton.

(5.) WN. washingtoni Ckll.

Nomada s. str. (Robertson.)

Like Gnathias but with simple mandibles.

(6.) N. flammigera Ckll. N. Yakima (Jenne); see Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., July, 1906, p. 71.

(7.) WN. cressoni trevoriana Ckll. Olympia (Kincaid).

(8.) NV. kineaidiana Ckll.

(9.) NV. itamera n. sp. Pullman (Mann).

(10.) WV. orcusella n. sp. Orcus I. (Mann).

(11.) WV. malonella n. sp. Wawawai (Mann).

(12.) N. malonina n. sp. Wawawai (Mann).

(13.) NN. packardiella Ckll., var. a. Mesothorax with three black stripes; a
large yellow patch on fifth abdominal segment. Pullman, May 14,
1909 (Mann).

(14.) NV. pulsatille Ckll., var. a. Silvery apical lunule on abdomen larger.
Pullman, May 2, Spokane, May 30, and Wawawai, May 1 (Mann).

(15.) NV. vicinalis aldrichi Ckll. Spokane, May 30 (Mann).

Xanthidium.

(16.) IV. citrina Cresson.

(17.) NN. rivalis Cresson.

(18.) WV. civilis Cresson. Males with scutellum all dark. Wawawai, April

24 to May 15, and Pullman, May 20 (Mann).

(19.) WV. civilis spokanensis n. subsp. Spokane (Mann),

(20.) IV. modocorum Ckll. Spokane, May 30 (Mann).

(21.) N. coquilletti Ckll. Wawawai, March and April (Mann).
The characters originally given to separate N. coquilletti from N.
modocorum are not constant; the Washington State specimens separate
as follows:

98 Psyche [June

(a.) Abdomen red, yellow and black; tegule red; scutellum with two

red spots; metathorax without spots; legs red and black.
(a.) Larger (and with other differences) NV. vicinalis aldrichi
(sal eres oe doe tetas cree eee ete eee Wetec NV. modocorum
(b.) Abdomen black and yellow, with a little reddish; legs yellow, red
and black; tegule yellow, at least in part; scutellum, post-
scutellum and metathorax black............N. coquilletti 2
(22.) NV. pascoensis Ckll. Pasco (Kincaid); Wawawai, May 15 (Mann).
(23.) NN. jennei Ckll. N. Yakima (Jenne). Not a true Xanthidium; there
is apparent affinity with Micronomada; see Canad. Entom., 1906,

p. 282.

Holonomada.

(24.) NV. hesperia Ckll. Pullman, May 15 and 23, 1909 (Mann). One is
much smaller than the other.

(25.) N. edwardsii Cresson. Pullman, June 1 (Mann).

(26.) N. vinnula Cresson. Spokane, May 20, Wawawai, May 15, and Pull-
man, May 23 (Mann).

(27.) N. mutans n. sp. Pullman (Mann).

Micronomada.

(28.) NV. semisuavis n. sp. Wawawai (Mann).

Nomadula.

(29.) N. articulata Smith. Pullman, May 28 (Mann).
(30.) NV. erythrochroa Ckll. Pasco (Kincaid); N. Yakima, June (Jenne).

1910] Banks — Neuroptera from Australia 99

SOME NEUROPTERA FROM AUSTRALIA.

By NATHAN BANkKs,
East Falls Church, Va.

From Professor Perkins of Hawaii, and Mr. Dodd of Kuranda,
Queensland, I have received a number of Australian Neuroptera.
The Chrysopide and a few other forms are described in this article.
There are four genera of Chrysopide in Australia; Chrysopa,
Nothochrysa, Ankylopteryx, and Apochrysa. The first two occur
in the United States, but Nothochrysa only in California. As with
us Chrysopa is the largest genus, and some of the species are very
similar to some of our forms.

Chrysopa.

The Australian forms known to me can be distinguished by the
following table:

ee Darke marks On che’ Vertex cess cece ts neelein eo eae C. ramburi
No; marks” onthe! *Vvertexst! 5h cersieern seacrors a als, oe ol are oieve oleae GN crore 2.
SMAVEINS, call MOTECM Syene- iors arel ste o5.0/5 s\ent fe cya le say che sisi o¥atd oa shaiaictaletotala enh aececerays 6.
Welnsmpartlya Dlachksts-jcton atrecic stevia «cle a crdcysietaclare tosh Vays iene ise piers Secrets 3.

3. A black spot on the radial sector, shortly before the stigma
C. signatipennis

INOMSUCHIS PO bets sretsis act pats clarererotel ayer earch icln cantina kveneiel ovaraveta falta oe alot atin: saretets 4,

4 Many, veins more vor less margined with) darks...) --\-2 2. -lel-.9 4 oes 5.
Wieinsi mot) mar eines 32/5).i5, </cit cites vi oiohs, crave tetaye) asics austere C. innotata
Geran panel. 2eress, the |) Tae td 5s/3)) awn 's Pate asas peewee C. irregularis
ING) DANG ACTOSS” FACE .)iai5)0o.cye.cr eta << al arayeyard Scie -cnata sides ote a oes aa C. regularis
Guibasal “part (of) antenne. ‘blackishs:i. smeite sees onies ciaels Le eles ate. Uc
PATULE TITY Oe CU Leh 1 ALC epavetove aye) sis ailassy @ Slatisholen everelerstevet sialevsya yor ouepeyetsstoveisialsieiaysicusvereiete 8.

ip Vertex THOStLY YEG. (LACE TEGGISI. ts. 2). batgsis yet, ea 6 a1cps. alee C. atalotis
Vertex yellowish, a transverse red stripe over base of antenne from
BVO Oieodveodocaged0oe0 AdupseconbesoopaocanoodoboEbbaue C. satilota

8. Divisory veinlet commonly ending before the cross vein; wings long,
Slem@ ere ACubel prc cw prt cree alee eV Sy ars ole vei ce iapel okey or okeveyauarsinvels C. otalatis
Divisory veinlet ending beyond: the, cross veta....2<cccninc esse vein ees 3:

9. Larger species; stigma indistinct, vertex reddish; wings very narrow
C. italotis
Medium species, stigma not very distinct; vertex pale; wings quite
DEG AG terest reer eee RENE ORR Feo otis ard suelo. ara aseet aissstd tn Shes C. latotalis
Smaller species, a reddish spot on vertex, stigma of hind wings very
PEOMMINE|NE aoe crstech vey sVa Peis le oie ts ray sinvciehe's el sale a talde efeyare e's C. olatatis

100 Psyche [June

Chrysopa signatipennis sp. nov.

Pale yellowish; antennz slender, pale, basal joint large and long, com-
pared with the size of the head; pronotum longer than broad, narrowed in
front, and each side with a dark spot; abdomen dark toward tip. Wings
with mostly pale venation, the gradate series slightly darker; there is in
each fore wing a very prominent black spot on the radial sector between
the sixth and seventh cross-vein from sector to radius; the stigma is scarcely
distinct. Wings rather slender, slightly acute at tip, the costal area much
broader than the third cubital cell, latter twice as long as broad, the divi-
sory veinlet ends just beyond the cross-vein; about seven veinlets in outer
gradate series, six in the inner, the outer series quite remote from the
margin. There are four cross-veins between radius and subcosta beneath
stigma; hind wings not very much narrower than the fore pair. Expanse
25 mm.

From North Queensland (Perkins).

Chrysopa regularis sp. noy.

Pale yellowish; basal joint of antennz with two reddish-brown lines on
the outer side; pronotum very short, and narrower than the vertex. Wings
with longitudinal veins mostly yellowish, transverse veinlets mostly black,
and partly bordered with faint brown; the branches of the radial
sector are also brown, and margined; stigma short, dark; in hind
wings the venation mostly pale, but costals dark. Wings rather
short, blunt; costal area plainly broader than third cubital cell, divisory
veinlet ending far beyond the cross-vein, four veinlets in each gradate
series, only four branches of radial sector, only twelve costals before
stigma, between subcosta and radius, below the stigma, are four cross-
veins; hind wings narrow, more acute, only four branches to radial sector,
latter at base united to median for much more than a cell length. Ex-
panse 18 to 20 mm.

From Middle Queensland (Perkins).

Chrysopa irregularis sp. nov.

Pale yellowish, a transverse red band across face below antenne from eye
to eye, a red spot on each cheek, and a red stripe above on basal joint of
the antennze; pronotum short and broad, broader than the vertex. Wings
with mostly pale venation, very faintly bordered with brown, darker on
some dark veins near base of costa, near stigma, at tip of wings, near end
of anal vein, and at middle of hind margin, stigma dark; hind wings with
pale venation, except at end of anal vein. Fore wings moderately long,
almost acute at tip, costal area much broader than the long third cubital
cell, the divisory veinlet ends just beyond the cross-vein, about three grad-
ate veins in inner series, and four or five in outer; near tip of wing is a

1910] Banks — Neuroptera from Australia 101

diamond-shaped cell formed by the last fork of radius bending up near to
radius, and connected thereto by a very short cross-vein; five branches of
radial sector, about sixteen costals before stigma. Hind wings narrow, and
much shorter than fore wings, the radial sector at base connected to median
by less than a cell length. Expanse 24 mm.

From North Queensland (Perkins).

Chrysopa olatatis sp. nov.

Pale greenish; antenne yellowish, a reddish spot behind on the vertex;
pronotum green, with a broad pale median stripe, thorax and abdomen also
greenish, with median dorsal pale reddish stripe. The abdomen rather
short, pronotum much broader than long; wings unmarked, but the stigma
of the hind pair very prominent and reddish brown. Wings short, but
acute at tip, costal area barely broader than the third cubital cell, latter
hardly twice as long as broad, divisory veinlet ending beyond the cross-
vein; five veinlets in each gradate series, and four between subcosta and
radius beneath the stigma. The hind wings not much narrower than the
front pair; venation all pale green. Expanse 21 mm.

From Port Darwin, 4 Sept. (Dodd).

Chrysopa italotis sp. nov.

Pale yellowish, vertex slightly reddish; antennze wholly pale yellowish;
pronotum nearly twice as broad as long, green, with pale median stripe;
thorax and abdomen pale. Wings unmarked, stigma indistinct. The
wings long and narrow, acute at tip, the costal area barely broader than
the third cubital cell, the latter long, with base uneven, divisory veinlet
ending beyond cross-vein; eight gradate veinlets in the outer series, five
or six in the inner series; about six cross-veins between radius and sub-
costa beneath stigma; in the hind wings the radial sector unites with the
median for about a cell-length; venation all pale yellowish. Expanse
34 mm.

From Port Darwin, 19 March (Dodd).

Chrysopa latotalis sp. nov.

Pale yellowish throughout, unmarked, unless cheeks are rather rufous, and
a faint paler stripe on middle of pronotum. Pronotum much broader than
long, with transverse groove behind the middle; apex of male abdomen from
side obliquely truncate, longer above. Wings of moderate size, broad and
blunt at tips; costal area a little broader than the third cubital cell, base
of latter not oblique, divisory veinlet ending beyond the cross-vein; about
seven gradate veinlets in outer series, and five in inner series; below stigma
three or four cross-veins between radius and subcosta; the stigma in both

102 Psyche [June

pairs of wings rather prominent; in hind wings the radial sector is united
to the median for much less than a cell-length. Expanse 28 mm.

From Kuranda (Dodd), and North and Middle Queensland
(Perkins).

Chrysopa atalotis sp. noy.

Vertex, face and most of basal joints of the antennz reddish, basal part
of antenne black; pronotum longer than broad, narrowed in front, green,
with a pale median stripe; thorax yellowish; abdomen brownish green;
legs pale. Wings hyaline; venation greenish, costa, subcosta and the radius
more yellowish, stigma moderately prominent, yellowish. Wings rather
large, hardly acute at tip; costal area no wider than the third cubital cell,
base of this cell very oblique, the divisory veinlet ending beyond the cross-
vein, about eight or ten veinlets in the outer gradate series, and four in
the inner series; beneath the stigma there are about six cross-veins be-
tween radius and subcosta; in the hind wings the radial sector is united to
median for the length of a cell. Expanse 32 to 35 mm.

From Port Darwin, January, April (Dodd).

Chrysopa satilota sp. nov.

Head pale yellowish, a deep red stripe from eye to eye, just above the
antenne; basal joint of antenne large, yellowish, beyond the antenne are
brownish, but paler toward tips; pronotum longer than broad, narrowed in
front, greenish, with pale median stripe; thorax and abdomen yellowish;
legs very pale, darker on tarsi; tip of male abdomen, seen from the side,
deeply incised in middle. Wings hyaline, rather large, acute at tips;
costal area hardly broader than the third cubital cell, base of this cell
searcely oblique, divisory veinlet ending beyond the cross-vein; about eight
veinlets in the outer gradate series, and five in the inner; below the stigma
four or five cross-veins between subcosta and radius; all venation very pale
greenish, unmarked. Expanse 31 mm.

From Port Darwin, 1 May (Dodd).

Chrysopa otalatis sp. nov.

Pale yellowish or greenish throughout, no markings, but the cheeks are
more or less rufous, and there is sometimes on the thorax a trace of a
paler median stripe; the venation is all pale yellowish, unmarked. The
pronotum is as broad as long, but little narrowed in front, usually with a
transverse ridge near the middle; the tip of male abdomen, seen from the
side, is deeply incised, but the upper part projects farther than the lower.
The wings are very slender, acute at tip, but the costal area is fully as
broad as the third cubital cell, the latter is very long, the divisory veinlet

1910] Banks — Neuroptera from Australia 103

ending before the cross-vein; about seven veinlets in each gradate series;
below the stigma about four cross-veins between subcosta and radius; the
stigma not especially prominent; in hind wings the radial sector unites
to the median for more than a cell-length. Expanse 28 mm.

From Brisbane, and Bundaberg district, Queensland (Perkins).

Nothochrysa.

In all the Australian species the middle veinlet connecting anal
to cubitus in the fore wings is much nearer to the outer than to
the inner veinlet. The four species known to me are separable as
follows:

1. A black spot between bases of antennz, and two dark spots on vertex
N. tripunctata M’Lach.

INO NOGE ns San. EKA. ocho sobs anaoD ono onb doooDaKnuDdodemaas 2.
2. A dark band across face below antenne, pronotum and thorax marked
VWialidotsuf ol he hg ee EM I euch Ceinea pte ered Pe ide fee ke ger A N. facialis Bks.
INOTAINATICS VON LACES chro trcte chet cie e eeehevean ado Gr ayayel shots avers: ol ete aners, eMteis envara eee 2:
3. Marks each side on pronotum; divisory veinlet of third cubital cell
(OIG irl EAN not tr ERE aOR oR ERORIEL Oe CRETE SE aC ose iterene aCe N. insignis Walk.

No marks on pronotum; divisory veinlet of third cubital cell pale
N. lata Bks.

Nothochrysa facialis sp. nov.

Pale yellowish; a transverse black band across the face below the an-
tenn, rest of head unmarked; antennze brown, except basal and second
joints; pronotum with a rather broad, elongate, black spot on each side,
two prominent black spots on middle lobe of mesonotum, a spot along
anterior border of the lateral lobes, three small dots on lateral lobes of
metathorax, and a narrow band across basal segment of abdomen, rest of
abdomen with some black spots; a few dark spots on the mesosternum.
Wings with pale veins, the cross-veins nearly all black, likewise most of the
radial sector, also the divisory veinlet; stigma not very dark. Wings
elongate, slender, acute at tip, costal area scarcely as broad as third cubital
cell, the divisory veinlet slightly oblique; about eight veinlets in the outer
gradate series and seven in the inner; in the hind wings the outer part
of radial sector, outer cross-veins, and gradate veinlets are black. Ex-
panse 30 mm.

From Port Darwin, 27 March (Dodd).

Nothochrysa lata sp. nov.

Pale yellowish throughout; pronotum extremely broad, about three times
as broad as long; thorax very large. Wings elongate, but not acute at

104 Psyche [June

tip, venation mostly pale, the gradate series black, and many other veins,
especially cross-veins, black at base and tip. Costal area not as broad as
third cubital cell, the latter rather short, the divisory veinlet slightly
oblique; eight gradate veinlets in the inner series, nine in the outer series;
in hind wings the venation is almost wholly pale. Expanse 40 mm.

From Port Darwin, 29 August (Dodd).

Ankylopteryx pallida sp. nov.

Pale yellowish throughout, the palpi marked with dark at the tip, and
on each anterior corner of pronotum is a dark spot; wings pale, some of
the cross-veins and gradate series faintly dark, but a more distinct spot on
the radius at the point where it is joined by the first cross-vein from the
radial sector; costal area at origin of radial sector is nearly as broad as
rest of the wing at that point, the radial sector very sinuous, emitting six
or seven branches; the third cubital cell nearly twice as long as broad,
the divisory veinlet cutting off a small cell, but ending beyond the cross-
vein; near tip of wing the subcosta diverges from the radius, between radial
sector and median are four cross-veins; hind wings much narrower, acute
venation pale. Pronotum slightly longer than broad, narrowed a little in
front. Expanse 24 mm.

From North Queensland (Perkins). dA. immaculata, described
from Tasmania, has a spot over antenne, distinct stigma, etc.

Myiodactylus pubescens sp. nov.

Pale yellowish; sides of pronotum faintly greenish, a black dot on each
anterior lobe of the mesothorax; antenne near middle barely darker; wings
with only_a few cross-veins in middle area black and black at forkings of
some of the costals, and those along apical margin. Antenne barely more
than one third the length of the wings; pronotum slender, narrowed in
front, a furrow before the middle, and a swollen ring at the posterior
margin. Wings extremely broad, not two and a half times as long as
broad, a few of costals forked near middle, all near tip, as likewise all
around apical and outer margin; radial sector with nine branches, the con-
necting veinlets numerous, about one in every three or four black, the cells
mostly broader than long; entire surface of fore wings and also the costa
densely hairy, mostly erect, especially prominent near anterior base; hind
wings much less hairy, one half narrower, the radial sector with eight
branches, and nearly all veins unmarked. Expanse 40 to 44 mm.

From Port Darwin, 18 March, 14 April (Dodd).

Mantispa pullula sp. nov.

Pale yellowish; a median brown stripe on the face; antenne dark; pro-
notum slender, on enlarged part in front with brown sides and two sub-
median brown stripes; thorax pale, dark on lateral lobes; femur of leg
I dark brown on inner side, es aes and hind coxe obliquely barred with

1910] Frost — Wet Weather Collecting 105

brown. Wings hyaline, with red-brown stigma. In general similar to M.
imbecilla, but much smaller, only 7 to 9 millimeters to tip of wings, and
the stigma of wings is still shorter than in that species, and more swollen
on the costal side.

From Port Darwin, 10 Sept. (Dodd), apparently common.

WET WEATHER COLLECTING.

Until June 23, 1906, collecting lepidoptera had been associated
in my mind with fairly pleasant days or nights, but on that date I
started out on a misty forenoon with a beating net intending to look
only for coleoptera. Promising logs and fungi led me into a thick
growth of large hemlocks, pines, and firs, with scattered hard
woods of several species, where several moths brought to mind the
request of a friend for Geometride. After four hours work, the
last of which was in a pouring rain, I retreated with eighty-five
specimens representing the genera Heterophleps, Tephroclystis
(Eupithecia), Mesoleuca, Hydriomena, Eucheca, Sciagraphia, Ma-
caria, Homochlodes, Melanolophia, Avthaloptera, Anagoga, Gono-
dontis, Caberodes, Sabulodes, and Xanthotype of the Geometride;
Pyrophila, Homoptera, and some of the so-called Deltoids, besides
some genera of the families of the Platypterygide, Pyralidide,
Tortricide, and Cicophoride.

Many of the specimens were taken on the sheltered side of the
tree trunks, on the under side of lodged dead ones, and on the sides
of old logs. They were flushed from the tops of live evergreens,
from thickets of dead tops and brush, by throwing clubs and stones
into them, from whence they would flutter away to the ground or
to some nearby tree, where they were sometimes easily bottled.
Again, some exciting net and foot work would be necessary, and I
found that a heavy beating net — soaking wet, too,— is not the
best thing for flying moths. I also discovered that thumps and
kicks against the smaller trees would often bring down, besides the
water, a number of species not otherwise seen. About 2.30 p. m., my
clothing became so thoroughly soaked and the net had to be wrung
out so often that it became too disagreeable even for an entomolo-
gist. I have never seen the Geometride so plentiful as they were
during that season at Monmouth, and Wales, Maine, which may, in
a measure, account for my success on such a day.

C. A. Frost.

106 Psyche [June

A NEW SPECIES OF TELENOMUS PARASITIC ON THE
EGGS OF TUSSOCK MOTHS.

By Cuarwes T. Brvues.?

The present species belonging to the very extensive Scelionid
genus Telenomus was reared from eggs of two species of Tussock
moths and sent to me by Mr. W. F. Fiske, in charge of the Gypsy
Moth parasitological laboratory of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology
at Melrose Highlands, Mass. It appears to be new to science and
as Mr. Fiske wishes to refer to it in a forthcoming publication, he
has requested me to prepare the description which is herewith
presented.

Telenomus fiskei sp. nov.

?Length 1 mm. Shining black; the legs, except cox, honey yellow or
brownish-yellow, the femora piceous or fuscous; wings hyaline. Head
nearly four times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly. Ocelli in a curved
line, the lateral ones removed from the eye margin by less than their own
diameter. Head margined behind the eyes, the raised margin extending
over the vertex as a distinct carina for about a third the distance toward
the median line; behind this the occiput is margined, more distinctly so
on the sides. Vertex shagreened; the front below the ocelli smooth, and
highly polished, but with a shagreened sculpture on the sides below. An-
tenne black; 10-jointed, with a 5-jointed club. Scape brownish at base
and apex, reaching nearly to the vertex; pedicel brownish at the tip, fully
twice as long as thick at the apex; first flagellar joint fully as long as the
pedicel and as thick; second shorter, two thirds as long, the fourth broader
and more rounded; first four club-joints large, quadrate, equal; last a
trifle longer, and sharply conically pointed. Thorax as wide as long, very
convex in front, shining above, but thinly covered with a white pubescence.
No trace of parapsidal furrows. Mesonotum and scutellum very faintly
shagreened. Postscutellum finely rugulose-punctate. Abdomen _ short,
sessile, about as long as the thorax, first segment coarsely longitudinally
striated, four times as broad as long at the middle; longer at the sides,
and with a large fovea at each anterior angle; second segment with a
basal series of longitudinal striz as long as those on the first segment
medially, but becoming shorter toward the sides; about one third longer
than wide; following segments each very short, together scarcely over one

1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution,
Harvard University, No. 21.

1910] Brues — A New Species of Telenomus 107

third the length of the second. Wings hyaline, the venation pale yellowish
brown, marginal vein rather short, one half the length of the stigmal.
Male. Differs from the female by its paler antennz, which have the scape
and pedicel pale brownish yellow and the flagellum fuscous; pedicel sub-
triangular, two thirds the length of the first flagellar joint, which is equal
to the second; third and fourth growing shorter; fifth to ninth moniliform,
broader; last twice as long as the penultimate, gradually pointed.

Described from ten specimens from Machias, Maine, August 20,
1909, Cambridge, Mass., August 3, 1907, and Brooklyn, N. Y.,
June, 1900. The Maine specimens were reared by Mr. C. W. John-
son from the egg-mass of Notolophus on spruce; those from Cam-
bridge, Mass., from egg-masses of Hemerocampa leucostigma; and
those from Brooklyn were reared by Mr. Theo. Pergande from
Hemerocampa leucostigma.

This is a most remarkable species in having the antenne of the
female ten instead of eleven jointed, but it is so typically a Tele-
nomus in all other respects, that I have refrained from separating
it. So far no other members of this tribe have been described as
having only ten antennal joints.

108 Psyche [June

THE CHALCIDOID PARASITES OF THE COMMON
HOUSE OR TYPHOID FLY (MUSCA DOMESTICA
LINN.) AND ITS ALLIES.*

II. ReconstrucTIoN oF THE GeENus Pachycrepoideus ASHMEAD OF THE
Famity PreroMALipAE, WITH Description oF P. Dubius AsHMEAD,
Sp. Nov., Irs Type Species.

By A. A. GrrauLtt AND GEORGE ETHELBERT SANDERS,

The University of Illinois.

Introduction.

This second of the series of papers on the chalcidoid parasites
of the house fly and its allies considers a monotypical genus which
occurred but rarely in connection with its host. We met with it but
four or five times during the course of our rearing work and are not
perfectly sure as to its réle as a parasite. The tribe to which it
belongs is composed of genera supposed to be mostly hyperparasitic,
but at the present state of our knowledge of the host relations of the
group, this is no reason for classing the genus as the same. Our
records lead us to believe that it attacks Musca domestica as a
primary parasite, with the possible alternative of being secondary,
its host Muscidifurax raptor Girault and Sanders MS.* or one of
the species of Spalangia, also to be considered later.

History and Description of the Genus.

In a table of the genera of the Sphegigasterine tribe Pachyneu-
rini published in 1904, Ashmead, in his memoir on the classification
of the chalecid flies, briefly described the genus under consideration,
merely naming the species Pachycrepoideus dubius Ashmead as
type, without describing the species or even indicating that it was
new to science. The genus was proposed as follows:

“Table of Genera.

Wee PBemales. |. scot sacs ee ieiae nes ester levers fereioiove 01s ‘a/ale.s steiniege hn in] eetey sueleleae = Steam 2
IVUGUIES 5 dyes sin esshe ste Slob tele ope; wie s arate pi els 6.0 ele hie lore bie) walatelee ina /aiatn a) <eteis eee 7
2. Mesothoracic furrows distinct, complete.............---seseseseees 3
Mesothoracic furrows incomplete, indicated only anteriorly........-- A

EEE

1Continued from Vol. XVII, p. 28.
2Described in the third paper of this series.

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 109

3. Stigmal vein with a large knob; abdomen ovate, pointed at apex, the
second segment large, the third segment very short, the fourth and
fifth rather large, sub-equal, the following very short.

Pachycrepis Forster (type Caruna clavata Walk.)
Stigmal vein with a small knob; abdomen ovate, the second and third
segments large, the fourth and fifth very short, the sixth and seventh

longer.
Pachycrepoideus Ashmead, g. nov. (type P. dubius Ashm.)
Any Abdomentabovyeriateor depressed, -eryac site ieteicrelote!o)-dete >) 215-1 iatsieveish siet-(sie< 5
Ahonen, above conve xtys TOU CG trator n eferaieleyely <2 etoile: esrap=l Nel Sanus ols: 6

5.” Ete, p. 329.

Extracting, the genus was described thus, including both sexes:
Pteromalids with the abdomen distinctly petiolate; fore wings with
the marginal vein not especially long but thick and stout; cephalic
aspect of head short and rounded, the occipital line incomplete;
antenne inserted on or near the middle of the face, far above the
clypeus; mesothoracic furrows distinct, complete; stigmal vein
with a small knob; abdomen ovate, the second and third segments
large, the fourth and fifth very short, the sixth and seventh longer.

It is only through the kindness of Mr. J. C. Crawford of the
United States National Museum, who compared our specimens with
the single type specimen of the genus, that we were able to establish
their identity. The existing codes of nomenclature do not clearly
cover this case. As a matter of principle, we are greatly opposed to
accepting genera belonging to this class, especially those of recent
description, believing them to be obstructions; the species is a
nomen nudum, for in this case it is obvious that the generic de-
scription does not include the species or have reference to any
specific characters; it cannot be, therefore, in any sense an indica-
tion, definition, or description for the species. Hence, it is our
opinion that all genera and species of this class are without status
in nomenclature, the many opinions and the codes to the contrary
notwithstanding. Accepting this fact, the genus Pachycrepoideus
and its type species is subject to arbitrary treatment at the hands
of the first systematist who happens to deal with it. We have
nothing to do here with so-called credit or with courtesy, but solely
with expediency and nomenclatorial science, which is impersonal.
So we protest, not against this genus alone, but against all of the
genera of its class, irrespective of authorship; as we protested

110 Psyche [June

against Nasonia Ashmead in the first paper of this series. At the
present day, the formation of genera in this manner is both obstruc-
tive and inexcusable; it should be prevented.

Recognizing expediency alone in this case, we are of the opinion
that both the generic and the specific name should be retained on
the basis of reconstruction and that in order to avoid confusion, the

Fig.1. Antenna of Pachycrepoideus dubius Ashm., and right and left mandibles
showing dentition.

original author of the names should be cited. We therefore retain
the name Pachycrepoideus dubius Ashmead with the single female
specimen, upon which the genus was founded as type.

Genus PacuyCrEPOIDEuUs ASHMEAD.

Type: P. dubius Ashmead sp. nov.

Female. Normal in size and aspect for the tribe; submetallic, reticulated.
Head (cephalic aspect) circularly triangular, slightly wider than long;
clypeus slightly wider than long, its apical margin slightly emarginate at
the meson, the whole margin trisinuate; dorsal aspect, head wider than the
thorax, the vertex broad and rounded, the occipital margin broadly concave
but the vertex not noticeably narrowed at the meson, the ocelli in a flat
triangle in the center of the vertex, distant from the margin of the eyes;
latral aspect, gene rounded, as long as the rounded-ovate eyes, the genal
sulcus absent. Antenne inserted about two thirds down the face, slightly
ventrad of an imaginary line drawn between the ventral ends of the eyes,
the flagellum clavate; antenne 13-jointed, with three ring-joints (see fig.)
and a 3-jointed club, the pedicel long, distinctly longer than the moderately
long first funicle joint (Fig. 1).

Pronotum distinct, transverse, narrower than the mesothorax; parapsidal

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 111

furrows distinct, complete; axilla widely separated, extending mesad to the
parapsidal furrows; scutellum normal, rounded; metathorax moderate in
length, shorter than the scutellum, declivous, the pro- and mesonotum flat,
the metanotum punctate, with complete lateral carine, without spiracular
sulci and with no true median carina but with a distinct, subacute rotundity
at its base medially; its spiracle moderately large, subreniform; no meta-
thoracic neck. Abdomen with a moderate petiole, variable in shape, usually
ovate and depressed, concave dorsad, flatly convex ventrad, with a slight
ridge along the venter at the meson; rarely compressed and conic-ovate,
flat dorsad, very convex ventrad but not long; second and third abdominal
segments large, united forming about half the length of the abdomen (ex-
cluding petiole), the fourth and fifth segments subequal, much smaller;
abdomen about equal in length to the thorax.

Wings normal, hyaline, the short and broad marginal vein subequal to
the clavate stigmal vein and a fourth shorter than the narrow post-margi-
nal vein; hind wings uniformly ciliate discally. Knob of stigmal vein
small.

Tarsi 5-jointed, all tibial spurs single. Mandibles 3 and 4-dentate (Fig.
2). Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, the distal joint largest, labial palpi 3-jointed,
the middle joint smallest, the others subequal.

Male. The same, but the antenne are cylindrical and inserted nearer to
the middle of the face, the genal sulcus present, the abdomen obconic and
aepressed and more or less truncate at the caudal end.

The genus cannot be confused with any other of the tribe Pachy-
neurini, excepting Pachycrepis Forster, the complete, distinct
mesothoracic furrows distinguishing it. From Pachycrepis it dif-
fers in the smaller stigmal knob and the abdominal characters
brought out in the quoted portion of Ashmead’s table given
previously.

No locality for the type species has been recorded in the litera-
ture, but the single type specimen now in the United States Na-
tional Museum formerly bore the number 602 of C. F. Baker,
Agricultural College, Michigan. We have found it only at Cham-
paign, Illinois.

Our knowledge concerning the host relations of the genus is too
scanty for positive statement. As shown on a later page, the single
species was reared always in connection with Musca domestica, and
in four of the six rearing records it was definitely connected with
that host of which it appears to be a primary parasite. Muscidi-
furax Girault and Sanders MS. and Spalangia Latreille are com-
mon primary parasites of the house fly, and in one instance each was

112 Psyche [June

reared in numbers in connection with this species from the same
host lot. In several of the host puparia in other lots from which
P. dubius emerged (single specimens) there was found in each the
blackened, compact meconium of the parasite, somewhat similar to
that of Spalangia and Muscidifuraz, as well as the remains of a
pupa of Musca, which fact indicates primary parasitism. The evi-
dence available, therefore, points to Musca domestica as the host
of this species, which we consider as a solitary, external parasite
with habits similar to those of Muscidifurax and Spalangia.

Pachycrepoideus dubius Ashm. sp. nov.

Ashmead, Mem. Carnegie Mus., I, pp. 329, 383 (1904).

Female. Length variable, 1.45-2.10 mm. Normal for the tribe. Gen-
eral color nigrozneous, black with slight zneous reflections, submetallic but
in bright sunlight metallic dark-greenish, the abdomen smooth and shining,
polished black, like surface of tar, the head and thorax closely retic-
ulated or confluently punctate, reflective, somewhat glossy and sparsely
hispid; antenne concolorous but not metallic, the scape, pedicel and first
two ring-joints variable, usually fuscous, the pedicel dusky dorsad; coxe
concolorous, the cephalic and intermediate coxz more diluted in color, the
posterior coxe metallic; legs variable, uniformly fuscous, with the apical
tarsal joint dusky or black, or else fuscous with more or less blackish in the
dorsal aspect of the femur or the whole femur distinctly darker than the
following joints; tegule fuscous; wings hyaline, venation neutral black, the
marginal vein conspicuous. Eyes inconspicuous in color, dark garnet, the
iniddle longitudinal third much darker, forming a dark median longitudinal
stripe; ocelli liquid pinkish. Venter concolorous. Clothing of body in-
conspicuous.

(Cephalic aspect) head sub-circular, circularly triangular, slightly wider
than long, face with a median impression along the scrobes, the scapes lying
side by side in the impression and extending not quite to the cephalic margin
of the vertex or to the dorsal apex of the eyes and less near to the cephalic
ocellus; clypeus slightly wider than long, slightly emarginate at the meson
of its apical (ventral) margin, its basal or proximal (dorsal) margin
slightly convex, its sutures obsolete, but the whole sclerite slightly im-
pressed and finely, longitudinally striate; antenne inserted nearly two
thirds down (ventrad) the face, slightly below (ventrad) an imaginary
line drawn between the ventral ends of the eyes, but not especially near the
clypeus, being slightly more the distance above (dorsad) that sclerite as
the latter is long at the median line; (lateral aspect) genal sulcus absent;
the cheeks rounded and as long as the length of the eyes; the latter rounded-
ovate, longer than wide, with sparse, minute sete, practically naked, their

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 113

surface about equal in roughness to the general sculpture of the head;
face declivous ventrad from the insertion of the antennze; (dorsal aspect)
head twice wider than long, wider than the greatest width of the thorax,
the vertex broad, its cephalic margin straight and rounded, the occipital
margin rounded, concavely curved, the visible portions of the margins of
the eyes regularly convex, entire; portions of the head caudad of the eyes
“narrow but not acute or sharp; lateral ocelli narrow or linear-ovate, the
cephalic ocellus: circular; each lateral ocellus slightly farther from the re-
spective eye margin than from the cephalic ocellus and a third farther
apart from each other than each is from the cephalic ocellus. Occipital
foraminal impression rounded.

(Dorsal aspect) pronotum visible, distinct, not as wide as the mesonotum
and about a fourth its length, not narrowed at the meson, its margins
straight and rounded, obtuse; pro- and mesonotum practically flat, slightly
convex (lateral aspect, viewed in outline), the thorax declivous at the
mesopostscutellum; parapsidal furrows distinct, complete, narrow, con-
vexly curved; cephalic margin of the mesoscutum straight, its caudal
margin broadly convex; axilla, with their mesal apices or angles, reaching
to the base of the respective parapsidal furrow, the suture separating them
from the scutellum widening caudad and with a few transverse ridges;
scutellum broadly rounded caudad, nearly as long as the mesoscutum, with
a faint cross-furrow before apex; mesopostscutellum narrow; metathorax
moderate in length, not quite as long as the scutellum, declivous, punctate,
bicarinate, without a spiracular sulcus, the spiracle moderately large, sub-
reniform (linear and slightly curved), lying in an oblique position and with
its cophalo-mesal end near the lateral carina and not distant from the meso-
postscutellum; disk of the metathorax, or portion included between the
lateral carine, produced farther caudad than the lateral portions of the
segment, its lateral angles subacute; neck absent; folds or lateral carinz
distinct, complete, running caudo-mesad in a gently curving line; median
carina absent, but at the base of the metathorax at the meson and against
the mesopostscutellum is a distinct, subacute rotundity, best seen from the
direct lateral aspect. Thorax moderately, confluently punctate, or coarsely
reticulated, the sculpture slightly coarser than that of the head, and still
more coarse on the disk of the metanotum. Thoracic pleura similarly.
sculptured, as are also the posterior coxe; anterior coxe reticulated, the
intermediate cox nearly smooth.

Abdomen distinctly petiolate, the petiole moderate in length; the tip of
the ovipositor slightly exserted; ventral valves inconspicuous; segments two
and three subequal, long, the second longer, both taken together occupying
half the surface, the fourth and fifth segments subequal, short, each about
a half the length of either the second or third segments; caudal margins
of the second and third segments in the dorsal aspect straight, in the lateral
aspect curved convexly and in the ventral aspect bilobed, incised at the
meson; remaining abdominal segments inconspicuous, the apical segment
acute. Wings normal for the tribe, that portion of the fore wing distad

114 Psyche {June

of the submarginal vein closely ciliate, the remaining proximal part mostly
naked, the marginal cilia of fore wing short and close, absent proximad on
both margins; marginal vein abnormally broadened as in Pachyneuron
Walker, conspicuous, about thrice the width of the postmarginal vein, short
and broad, about the length of the stigmal vein and about a fourth shorter
than the slender postmarginal vein; submarginal vein narrow, widening
at distal sixth at its curve before joining the marginal vein and more
than four times longer than the latter, much slenderer and bearing about
fifteen large bristles from its surface; stigmal vein shorter than the post-
marginal vein, straight, clavate, and with a small uncus, its knob or club
distinct but not formed abruptly; postmarginal vein long and slender, uni-
form in width, distinctly longer than either the marginal or stigmal veins,
being about a fourth longer than either; marginal cilia of the costal margin
of the wing beginning at the proximal end of the marginal vein; fore wing
broadly rounded at the apex, the wing being widest at a point slightly
distad of the end of the postmarginal vein; several spurious veins present.
Hind wings uniformly, but not densely, ciliate on the disk, the submarginal
vein extending to the hooklets; the costal cell irregular in shape, dilated
in the middle, the submarginal vein consisting of a moderately broad proxi-
mal half, confluent, or nearly, with the costal margin, then an abrupt nar-
row portion not as long as the proximal thickened half and curving caudad
away from the costal margin, the costal cell distinct and moderately broad
at that point, and finally a third, short curved part distad, as broad as
the proximal half and curved latero-cephalad to join the marginal
vein at the hooklets and uniform in width with the marginal vein; sub-
marginal vein about one and a half times longer than the marginal vein;
posterior wings broadest at a point just distad of the apical end of the
marginal vein, that is to say, a short distance distad of the proximal half
of the wing; apex subacute; marginal cilia longer, sparser, longest on the
caudal margin of the distal half or third of the wing. Tarsi 5-jointed, the
tibial spurs all single.

Antenne consisting of a scape, pedicel, three ring-joints, five funicle
joints and three club joints; funicle and club hispid-pubescent, the flagel-
lum regularly clavate, the club not abruptly formed or much larger or
wider than the funicle. Scape long, cylindrical, slightly tapering distad,
more than half the length of the flagellum and longer than the funicle,
subequal in length to the united length of the pedicel, three ring-joints
and the first three funicle joints; pedicel obconic, conspicuously longer than
the third ring-joint and equal in length to it and the first funicle joint
combined; the two proximal ring-joints distinct, equal, combined slightly
longer than the third ring-joint, the latter abruptly smaller than the first
funicle joint, a large ring-joint, nearly twice the size of either of the other
ring-joints, and not bare like them, but only a third the length of the fol-
lowing joint and about a fourth the length of the pedicel, wider than long;
funicle joints cylindrical, but gradually becoming shorter, so that the

1910] Girault and Sanders — Chalcidoid Parasites 115

fourth and fifth are subquadrate and subequal, the second and third sub-
equal, longer than wide and the first the longest joint of the funicle, about
a third longer than the fourth or fifth; the basal joint of the club sub-
quadrate but slightly longer and wider than the fourth or fifth funicle
joints; the intermediate joint wider than long, and the apical joint obtusely
conical, slightly larger than the third ring-joint; but a single row of hispid
hairs on each joint of the funicle and club, in balsam mounts of anten-
ne appearing as white longitudinal ridges (Fig. 1).

Mandibles 3- (left) and 4-dentate (right), in the former case, the inner
mesal tooth is truncate and shortest, the two others acute, the lateral tooth
longest; in the latter case, the three inner (mesal) teeth small, obtuse and
subequal, the lateral outer tooth much longer, obtusely conic (Fig. 2).

From fourteen specimens.

Male. Length, variable, averaging 1.60 mm. The same, more neous
metallic, the sculpture coarser, the body more slender, the antennz pilose-
pubescent, inserted nearer to the middle of the face, distinctly above
(dorsad) of an imaginary line drawn between the ventral ends of the eyes,
but not half way up the eye margins, the face more convex; antennal
scrobes deep, margined, running vertically nearly to the cephalic ocellus and
nearly confluent at the meson, the medial impression not as noticeable as
in the female; genal sulcus present, but very faint, narrow; the abdomen
more distinctly petiolate and depressed, obconic, broadly truncate caudad,
the second segment longest, covering two thirds of the surface, the ab-
domen widest at its apex, the third segment about a half shorter and the
remaining ones hidden within; genitalia exserted in death; abdomen, in-
cluding the petiole, not quite as long as the thorax, slightly concave dorsad,
slightly convex ventrad; petiole not coarsely rugose.

Antenne the same in general, but more slender, the flagellum cylindrical;
club somewhat narrower than the funicle, the scape slightly curved, not
tapering distad, cylindrical, not as long in proportion to the flagellum,
less than half its length and not quite as long as the funicle; pedicel large
but not as long as the united lengths of the third ring-joint and first funi-
cle joint; the proximal ring-joint smaller than the intermediate one; all
funicle joints longer than wide and subequal; the third ring-joint is sub-
quadrate, yet longer than wide and about half the length of any one of the
funicle joints and longer than the united lengths of the two proximal ring-
joints; first funicle joint not noticeably longer than the fifth; club cylindri-
cal, its first two joints subequal, longer than wide, somewhat shorter than
funicle five, the apical joint conical, a:fourth shorter than the basal joints,
At least three rows of pilose hairs on funicle joints one to five and the three
club joints and two rows on the third ring-joint; a few short hairs on the
dorsal aspect of the pedicel, the two proximal ring-joints and scape naked.

Mandibles as in the female; the distal joint of the maxillary palpi twice
longer than any of the three remaining joints, which are all subequal and

116 Psyche {June

moderately short; the distal joint of the maxillary palpi clavate and hairy
at its tips.

Described from eight males and fourteen females, unless other-
wise stated, now in the collections of the Illinois State Laboratory
of Natural History, Urbana, Illinois, and reared in the insectary
of the office of the State Entomologist of Illinois, at Urbana during
the late summer of 1908, from the following experiments: (1) One
female appeared Sept. 11, 1908, in company with two females of
Nasonia brevicornis Ashmead from decomposed chicken entrails
infested with dipterous maggots, taken from the city dumping
grounds, Champaign, August 22, 1908; from these viscera were
obtained Chrysomyia macellaria (Fabricius), Sept. 7, Calliphora
erythrocephala (Meigen), Sept. 11, and Sarcophaga sp. “K,”*
Sept. 22. (Accession No. 41003, 1 * tagmounted; ? head in xylol-
balsam); (2) One female appeared Sept. 3 from a cage containing
maggots in decomposed watermelons from the same place, and from
which were reared a Drosophila, August 30 to Sept. 17, and Musca
domestica, September 1. (Accession No. 39808, 1 * tagmounted.)
(3) On Sept. 10, a number of Pteromalids were collected from the
cages in which muscid and other dipterous larve were breeding and
confined separately in capsules each with a single puparium of
Musca domestica. One of these Pteromalids proved to be a female
of P. dubius * which was observed to oviposit into the host puparium
on Sept. 10. The resulting progeny proved to be a single female
which was found on the fifth of the following October. (Accession
No. 40177, 1° tagmounted, head in xylol-balsam). (4) Five
males and nine females appeared October 24 or previously from a
cage containing a quantity of puparia of Musca domestica reared
from the maggots collected in horse manure, Sept. 20, in a manure
box in Urbana, and then left until Sept. 30 exposed in the insectary
where they were evidently parasitized. On the latter date, each
puparium was isolated in a capsule, and from these capsules were
taken the nine females and five males; other pteromalids, Muscidi-
furaz and Spalangia, were very abundant. (Accession No. 40253,
4°’s, 9°’s tagmounted; ° head in xylol-balsam. Remaining ¢,

1New species; designated thus for convenience.
2? Homotype in U. S. National Museum collection.

1910] Girault and Sanders —Chalcidoid Parasites 117

homotype in U.S. N. M.) (5) One male appeared on October 2 in
company with a number of Muscidifurax from a large lot of puparia
of Musca domestica reared from maggots in horse manure and ex-
posed to parasites for three days, Sept. 8-11. On Sept. 17, the host
puparia were isolated in gelatine capsules and from one of these
puparia the male emerged. The puparium contained the host pupa
in fragments and the single, large meconium of the parasite. (Ac-
cession No. 40171, 1° tagmounted). (6) Nine days later, October
11, from each of these isolated puparia of the same lot (Musca
domestica) there emerged two males and one female. Both Spa-
langia and Muscidifurax were very common in this experiment.
(Accession No. 40206, 2°’s, 1° on tags).

The characteristics of this species are the blackish eneous color,
the generally uniformly fuscous legs, the concolorous ¢oxe, the gen-
erally fuscous scape, pedicel, and basal ring-joints, the remainder
of the antenne being neutral in color or nearly concolorous with the
body, the polished abdomen and uniform sculpture of the thorax, the
position and shape of the ocelli and the hyaline wings.

Among the thousands of Chalcidoid, mostly pteromalid, parasites
reared from muscid and other Dipterous larve during the course of
breeding experiments with the house fly during the latter part of
the season of 1908 this species occurred very rarely as recorded in
the foregoing.

Type: — Type No. 12260, United States National Museum,
Washington, D. C., 1 °, tagmounted (C. F. Baker). Homotypes :—
1°, 1° in the same collection, Urbana, Illinois, both tagmounted.

Nothing is known concerning the biology of this genus. The
adults emerge (three cases) from the host puparium through a
single circular hole with jagged edges but so far we know of no
characteristic distinguishing these emergence holes from those of
Spalengia or Muscidifurax. The meconium is a single dark com-
pact mass circular in outline, but is not very characteristic and
beggars description.

118 Psyche ; [June

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CAMBRIDGE ENTOMO-
LOGICAL CLUB.

The 291st regular meeting of the club was held on Tuesday evening,
December 21, 1909, with President Bolster in the chair, and with sixteen
members and one visitor present.

Mr. Emerton, reporting for the Committee on the Smoker, said that
preparations for two hundred visitors had been made, the smoker to be held
at the Grundmann Studios, 198 Clarendon Street, Tuesday evening, Decem-
ber 28, from 8 p. m. Mr. Field reported the list of contributors to the
exhibition and the preparation for the dedication of the Harris tablet av
Milton on Friday, December 31, at 12.50 p.m. President Bolster reported
the result of the meeting of the Executive and Publication Committee:
the resignation of Mr. Field as editor of Psycus, and the hope that Mr.
Brues would be able to undertake the work. Mr. Brues, being called upon
by the chair, replied that he would try to manage things so that he could
take up the work. The president appointed the following nominating com-
mittee to prepare a list of officers for the club for the ensuing year: Messrs.
Blackburn, Reiff and Newcomb. Mr. Fiske was appointed delegate to rep-
resent the club at the eighth International Zodlogical Congress at Graz,
Austria, in August of 1910. Dr. A. L. Reagh was elected member of the
club.

Mr. Johnson exhibited a box of unique larve from several sources; a
nymph, possibly of a may fly, from Ammonoosuc River, Fabyans, N. H.,
taken by C. H. Frost September 19, 1909; larve of Galerita janus, and
what was pronounced by Professor Wheeler as being probably a female
Phengodes from Providence, R. I.

He also exhibited two boxes of Diptera of the family Dolichopodide
which has recently claimed his attention. He mentioned some new
records for New England and said he had recognized 127 species from
these states.

Mr. Forbes spoke of his studies of the larval stages of the Lepidoptera
and requested specimens from the members.

C. A. Frost, Secretary.

The 292nd regular and the 33rd annual meeting since incorporation
was held at the rooms of the Appalachian Mountain Club on Tuesday
evening, January 18, 1910. There were ten members present: President
Bolster and Messrs. Blackburn, Brues, Emerton, Frost, Newcomb, Reiff.
Sheriff, Swett, and Timberlake.

After the reports of the Secreatry and Treasurer had been read the
following officers were elected for the ensuing year:

President—Prof. W. M. Wheeler.
Vice President—W. F. Fiske.

1910] Proceedings 119

Secretary—C. A. Frost.

Treasurer—F. A. Sheriff.

Executive Committee—J. H. Emerton, C. W. Johnson, P. G. Bolster.
Editor-in-Chief of PsycHe—C. T. Brues.

The retiring President, Mr. P. G. Bolster, then gave the address: “Re-
marks on the History of the Cambridge Entomological club.”

Materials for this paper were gathered from the records of the club
and proved to be of great interest. Mr. J. H. Emerton, who attended
many of the earlier meetings and who was one of the original organizers
or the club added some recollections to Mr. Bolster’s remarks. The
progress of the club was reviewed from the first meeting at the home
of Dr. Hagen at Cambridge down to the present date in so far as the
records were available. Lists of the officers of the club, addresses of
the retiring presidents, and much other data of historical interest were
given. Mention was also made of the number of prominent entomolo-
gists throughout the country who have, at one time or another, been
members of the club. Mr. Bolster closed his remarks by recommending
that an index of the records be made for the valuable and interesting
data that appear in them.

C. A. Frost, Secretary.

Meeting called to order by President W. M. Wheeler at 8 o’clock. Twenty
members and two visitors present.

The Secretary being absent, Mr. H. S. Smith was appointed to act as
Secretary pro tem.

Mr. Fiske gave a talk on “Hypermetamorphosis among Insects.” The
various types of hypermetamorphosis as defined and designated by Packard
and as encountered in the work at the Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory
were not at all analogous to each other Mr. Fiske stated. These
phenomena fall distinctly into two groups, the one typified by that type
of hypermetamorphosis occurring in certain beetles (Rhipiphoride,
Meloéide) and the Hymenopterous genera Perilampus and Orasema, the
other typified by that form of development occurring in certain Procto-
trypids (Inostemma, Platygaster) and most of the Ichneumonids (Ophion,
Theronia, Limneria, Ichneumon). The former he designated as Incom-
plete Hypermetamorphosis and the latter type as Complete Hypermeta-
morphosis.

The president asked Mr. Fiske to take the chair while he read a
review of “A Monographic Revision of the Twisted-Winged Insects of
the Order Strepsiptera Kirby” by W. Dwight Pierce. This paper was
discussed by Messrs. Brues, Johnson, Fiske and others.

Mr. Newcomb exhibited some interesting photographs of hybrids and
variations in the butterfly genus Basilarchia. He also showed an interest-
ing melanistic specimen of Argynnis cybele from northern Wisconsin. Mr.

120 Psyche [June

Reiff remarked on the work of certain European investigators upon the
phenomenon of melanism in the genus Argynnis as occurring in Europe.

Mr. Emerton gave his report of the committee on the smoker given
at the time of the meeting of the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science.

Mr. Brues made some remarks on the new form given to Psycue and
stated that the forthcoming number would be in the regular octavo size
instead of the royal octavo as heretofore. He asked especially for short
notes and papers for publication.

The following persons were proposed for membership in the club:

Mrs. R. L. Draper, Canton, Mass.
Dr. J. S. Kingsley, professor of zodlogy in Tufts College.

Dr. Wheeler stated that certain rooms at the Bussey Institution were
being remodeled and repaired and it was hoped that future meetings of
the club might be there. It was moved and seconded that the next
meeting of the club be held in these rooms. Carried.

Harry S. Smirx,
Secretary pro tem.

The 294th regular meeting of the club was held at the Bussey Institution,
Forest Hills, Tuesday evening, March 15, with 17 members and three
visitors president, and President Wheeler in the chair. The minutes of
the January and also the February meetings were read and accepted.

It was voted that extracts from the minutes of the meetings be pub-
lished regularly in Psycue.

Mrs. R. L. Draper of Canton, Mass., and Dr. J. S. Kingsley, professor
of zoddlogy in Tufts College, were elected to membership. Mr. C. E.
Montgomery, 338 Boylston Street, Boston, was proposed for member-
ship by C. W. Johnson and W. L. W. Field. The resignation of R. W.
Harris of Melrose was accepted. Mr. J. H. Emerton’s paper on “Some
Cases of Dimorphism in Spiders” was then presented with blackboard
sketches; drawings, made with his usual care and accuracy, and alcoholic
specimens of the species under discussion were also handed around. The
following cases were described: 1. The females of Miswmena vatia and
Misumena aleataria may be either white or yellow. 2. Males of Mevia
vittata have one form with spotted legs and colors like the female and
another with white legs and the rest of the body black. 3. dgraca pra-
tensis and Agreca repens are probably one species with one kind of male
and females with two different forms of the epigynum. Females found
at the same time and place have both forms. 4. Ceratinella letabilis
has two forms of male palpus, one with a short tibia with a wide tooth
and a smooth edge to the tarsus. The other with a narrower tibia and
tooth half as wide and the edge of the tarsus with two ridges.

Mr. C. W. Johnson spoke on the so-called “Ground Pearls,” Margarodes
formicarium of the West Indies. The specimens shown are formed by

1910] Proceedings 121

the female nymphs in which they are encysted and often remain a long
period. They are very common on newly cleared land. Heavy rains
carry immense numbers to the shore, where they are frequently gathered
with sea-shells and often strung as beads for necklaces, ete. This
species was described by Guilding (Trans. Linn. Soc., London, 1833, p.
115, pl. 1) as a parasite of ants, but it is probable that their relation te
the ants is similar to that of other Coccide. A species M. vitwm, is de-
scribed by Mayet (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1896. p. 419) as infesting the
roots of the vines in Chili. Prof. Wheeler called attention to a new
species of Margarodes recently described from southern Europe.

Mr. Johnson referred to a recent paper by Prof. Stein (Wiener Ent.
Zeitschr, XXIX p. 11, 1910) on the genus Fucellia. A study of all the
material at hand from Labrador to Florida, shows only one species, refer-
able to Ff. marina Macq. and not to F. fucorum Fallén.

Prof. A. P. Morse gave a paper on “A Hopperdozer for Rough Ground.”
This was illustrated by drawings of the apparatus which is designed to
catch young grasshoppers when they are destructively prevalent as they
are at times in New England and where the ground is so rough that any
other device of this kind is useless. His suggestion that the plates be
covered with “tanglefoot” used for banding trees was discussed by the
members.

Mr. Newcomb reported the occurrence of a noctuid moth flying on
March 3rd. Dr. Reagh said that he had seen three moths flying on
Feb. 22, and on the eighth of March took a specimen of Phygalia titea.
Mr. Swett remarked on the records of the captures of Phygalia oliva-
cearia and said that its occurrence seems to be limited to a few days
about March 31st. Mr. Emerton showed two early spring insects, Chionea
valga, a Tipulid fly with vestigial wings, found on snow at Three Mile
Island, Lake Winnipesaukee, N. H., Feb. 21, 1910, and Capnia pygmea, a
Neuropteriod insect on snow at Jackson, N. H., Feb. 21.

The meeting then adjourned to the laboratory, where refreshments were
enjoyed by all, through the kindness of Prof. Wheeler.

C. A. Frost, Secretary.

122 Psyche [June

REVIEWS.

Wheeler, William Morton. Ants, Their Structure, Development and Be-
havior. 830 pp. XXV+663, figs. 286. New York, 1910, Columbia Univer-
sity Press. The MacMillan Co. $5.00.

It is very rarely that the available literature of entomology has been
so enriched by a single contribution as by Professor Wheeler’s book on
ants, for until its appearance, the general reader, and even the student
of entomology, has had no place to go for an accurate digest of the facts
relating to this most interesting and important group of insects. The
author’s extensive contributions to myrmecology during the past decade
have rendered him peculiarly fit to undertake this difficult task of pre-
senting the subject both in its zodlogical and psychological aspects, since
a very considerable part of the book deals with his own investigations,
hitherto scattered, like the other literature of the subject, in a large
number of scientific journals.

The subject matter is presented under three main divisions: structure,
development and behavior. The last of these occupies by far the larger
part of the book, representing the aspect of greatest interest at the
present time, as well as the one into which the author’s research has
principally led him.

There are very complete accounts of the external and internal structure
of ants, preceded by an introductory chapter on “Ants as dominant in-
sects.” The presentation of their development is supplemented by an ex-
tensive chapter of the complicated phenomena of polymorphism and its
causes. Following these are chapters on the history of myrmecology and
the classification of ants, their geographical distribution, and a summary
of the present knowledge concerning fossil ants.

Introducing the chapters on ethological topics is an account of the
habits of ants in general and their various types of nests. Following these
are taken up the habits of a number of circumscribed groups, each of
which illustrates a characteristic mode of life. These are: the Ponerine
ants, the driver and legionary ants, the harvesting ants, the fungus-grow-
ing ants and the honey ants. Together with these is a chapter on the
relations of ants to vascular plants, and following them three chapters
on myrmecophilous insects.

A consideration of the compound nests of ants introduces the matter
relating to parasitic and slave-making ants which is very full and com-
plete. The last three chapters on the sensations of ants, the instinctive
behavior of ants and the plastic behavior of ants deal with the fascinating
psychological aspects of myrmecology.

1910] Reviews 123

The large series of illustrations are uniformly excellent, and with several
appendices on methods, classification, economic importance, and literature,
add much to the usefulness of the book.

C. T. Brues.

Code des Couleurs, 4 Vusage des Naturalistes, Artistes, Commercants
et Industriels. 720 Echantillons de Couleurs classés d’ apres la méthode
Chevreul simplifiée. par Paul Klincksieck, et Th. Valette, Paris. (1908).
G. EK. Stechert, New York City, Agent.

This is a book of 32 pages of text, and 50 plates, containing 720 blocked
colors; a table of ten principal colors in eighteen languages, and a table
of contents; the whole making a neat and portable volume. The pub-
lication of this book is a great boon to systematic naturalists everywhere,
as Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors for Naturalists, has been out of
print for some time, and it has been practically impossible to obtain a
copy of it. This book was planned in 1906, through a real need felt in
the study and description of Mushrooms; thus it was planned, in part,
by a naturalist for naturalists. The hope is expressed that this color
code may recommend itself universally, and there is certainly great need
of a uniform nomenclature of colors, accepted and used by naturalists
everywhere. As the recognition of geographic isolation as a factor in
evolution comes to be better known and studied, it is imperative that
a close study be made of minute differences in form and color, in order
to understand the probable evolution of species or subspecies.

The fundamental colors are six, those of the solar spectrum, and
the tones are indicated by a number, the method devised by Chevreul;
which is decidedly better than “Se fatiguer pour trouver dans les trois
Régnes ou ailleurs le nom d’un équivalent qui lui ressemble plus ou
moins vaguement,” and “qui ne signifient rien de précis.” Every hundred
numbers is equivalent to one of the colors of the solar spectrum.

Part II is by Th. Valette, and considers the following subjects:

. Des couleurs au point de vue physique.

. Sources de lumiére.—Lumieres colorées.

. Des couleurs matérielles ou pigments colorés.

. Classification des couleurs.

. Code des Couleurs & usage des naturalistes.

. Confection du Code des Couleurs.

. Examen des couleurs complémentaires contrastes.

“iD Or & WO OO

The book ought to be in use by every naturalist, dealing with groups
which exhibit color differences, thus helping toward a uniform nomencla-
ture, instead of indicating a color by some vague term, which leaves an
idea of uncertainty. Stability in terminology ought to be as important
as the rules of nomenclature,— priority, etc., and should be taken up by
committees on nomenclature.

Forpyce GRINNELL, JR.

124 Psyche [June

Needham, James G. General Biology; a book of outlines for the general
student. pp. xiv; 542, figs. 287. Ithaca, N. Y. 1910, The Comstock Pub.
Co. Price $2.00.

Entomologists will be much gratified to see the wide extent to which
Professor Needham has drawn upon insects to furnish the material for
illustrating many of the biological topics treated in this book. It is
intended to serve as a guide for the One-year course in biology as given
in most colleges where the work is divided between zodlogy and botany,
but the two are not kept separate in the present outline which aims to
give a general idea of the broader principles of the evolution, adaption
and interrelationship of organisms, rather than the specific morphological
studies usually presented to students of this class. Such a presentation
should prove attractive to the young college student, particularly if com-
bined with a really enthusiastic teacher.

C. T. Brues.

The Fungus Gnats of North America. By O. A. Johannsen. Bull. 172,

Maine Agric. Exp. Sta., pp. 209-276, pls. 3 (March 1910).

This very valuable contribution to American dipterology deals with
about half of the North American Mycetophilide, a family which has
been in great need of revision for many years. Eight subfamilies are
recognized of which five, the Bolitophiline, Mycetobiine, Diadocidine,
Ceroplatine and Macrocerine are considered in the present paper.
Seventy-one species are recognized and described, belonging to a number
of genera, the largest, Platyura, having 26 species referred to it.

C. T. Brues.

Locality Pin Labels 20c. per 1000. Any Number of Lines

Printed from smallest type made, on Best Heavy White Paper.
Something new. 30 or more labels on a strip; no trimming; 1 cut
of scissors makes a label. Orders must be in multiples of 1000.
Not less than 1000 printed. Please send money orders—not
postage stamps.

C. V. BLACKBURN (Member Cambridge Entomological Club),
STONEHAM, MASS.

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY

Price List of Lepidoptera No. 6, ready for distribution December I, 1904
Classification of Lep. of Boreal Am. according to Smith List, 1903
Coleoptera List of Boreal Am. No. 2

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added.

List of School Supplies, Collections, Mimicry, Color protection, Dimor-
phism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF
The only genuine Schmitt Insect Boxes. Insect Cabinets and Exhibition
Cases. The new improved Metal Cabinet for Schmitt Boxes. The A. E. Co.

Insect Pins, which in very short time have gained the favor of almost every
Entomologist of prominence.

ELBOW PINS IN VARIOUS STYLES.

Price of List 10 cents. Request for list without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons lists will be mailed free of charge after
issue. All previous lists cancelled.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN ENTOMOLOGY

A substantially bound book of 155 pages, with definitions of over 4500
terms used in Entomological work, three plates illustrating body structure
and venation, and one plate illustrating color terms.

PREPARED BY
PROF. JOHN B. SMITH, Sc. D., of Rutgers College and State
Entomologist of New Jersey, and published by
THE BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
An indispensable book for collectors as well as working entomologists and
students. Will be sent, postpaid, on receipt of price, $2.00,
by the selling agents,

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY
55 STUYVESANT AVENUE, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

THE OHIO NATURALIST

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of
Ohio. The official organ of Toe BiotocicaL CLuB oF THE OHIO
Srare University, and of Tur Cuto Stare ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
Published monthly during the academic year, from November to
June (8 numbers). Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Man-
aging Editor, J. S. Hine.

Address, THE OHIO NATURALIST
Ohio State University, COLUMBUS, OHIO

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

A regular meeting of the Club is held on the third Tuesday
of each month (July, August and September excepted) at 7.45
p. M. at the Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston. The
Bussey Institution is one block from the Forest Hills Station of
both the elevated street cars and the N. Y., N. H. & H.R. R.

Entomologists visiting Boston are cordially invited to attend.

SOCIETAS ENTOMOLOGICA

JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published semi-monthly. Original articles in German, English,
and French on all classes of Insects, Reviews, literature, bibliogr.
notices. Subscribers wishing to buy, sell or exchange Insects are
granted 125 lines gratis per annum for advertising. Lines in excess
5 Pf. (14 cents). To non-subscribers 20 Pf. or 5 cents. Yearly
subscription 8 Marks or $2. Sample copies sent on request. Back
volumes at reduced prices.

Manuscripts and scientific correspondence to be directed to the
Editor: Miss M. Riihl, Ziirich, V, Switzerland. Applications for
subscriptions, specimen-numbers, advertisements, and all business
correspondence address :

FELIX L. DAMES, STEGLITZ-BERLIN, GERMANY

Second-hand Catalogues sent on application

AUG 23 1910

2\4ob

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

ESTABLISHED IN 1874

VOL. <ViT AUGUST, 1910 NUMBER 4

Prodryas persephone Scudder.

CONTENTS

Observations on the Early eraibes of two apna tite Parasites ss Spbiae:
P. H. Timberlake . : ,

Tricrania sunguinipennis Say. C. A. Frost. 5 s .

A New Species of Aphomomyrmex from Borneo. W. M. Wheeler.

Lepidoptera on Milkweed. C. A. Frost.

The Formation of the Ootheca of a Chinese Mantis, rcorodele Guuasreret.
J. C. Kershaw. ; f : 4 :

Some Neotropical Bees. 7. D. Ars GorwenelE:

The Chalecidoid Parasities of the Common House or Typhoid Fly and itd
Allies. A. A. Girault and G. E. Sanders. .

The Food of Calligrapha bigsbyana, a Chry somelid Beetle. R. Ww. Hegner:

Some Experiments on the Resistance of Gypsy Moth Eggs to the Digesuve
Fluids of Birds. W. Reiff.

Geometrid Notes.—A New Cingilia. ES W. Sea.

A Note Regarding the Life History of Ascodipteron. T. Bohan "
Western Lepidoptera.—III.—Notes on Lg Oe ak Kris Coolidge.
Reviews. : 5 = . ;

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF.

.C. 'T. Brues, Harvard University.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS.

C. W. JoHNsSoN, VY. L. Kenroee,

Boston Society of Natural History. Stanford University.
A. L. MELANDER, A. P. Morse,

Washington State College. Wellesley College.
J. H. Emerton, J. G. NEEDHAM,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. WHEELER,
Harvard University.

PsyCHE is published bi-monthly, 7. e. in February, April, June, August, October and
December.

Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $1.00 to subscribers in the U. S.
and its Territories and Dependences or in Mexico; $1.15 to those in other countries.

Manuscripts intended for publication, and books, etc., intended for review should be
sent to the editor-in-chief. All material for a given issue must be received before the
first of the month preceeding the month of publication.
To Contributors:

Copy should be typewritten whenever possible, and must ke legibly written on only

one side of the paper.
Separates, if desired, must be ordered in advance of publication.
25 separates of leading articles will be furnished gratis; additional copies will be

supplied at cost.
ADVERTISING RATES:

1 insertion 2 insertions one year (6 insertions)
1 page $2.00 $3.00 $6.00
Vy page 1.25 1.75 3.75
14 page 7 1.10 2.25
1-8 page 40 -60 1.20
1-16 page 25 «35 75

Notices not to exceed four lines in length concerning exchanges desired of specimens
or entomological literature will be inserted free for subscribers, to be run as long as
may be deemed advisable by the editors.

Exchange of publications with other scientific societies and institutions throughout
the world which publish articles relating to entomology is desired. Requests for ex-
change should be addressed to the editor-in-chief.

Correspondence should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,
BussEy INSTITUTION, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, FOREST HILLS,
BOSTON, MASS°

Entered as second-class matter, Dec. 21, 1906, at the Post Office at Boston, Mass., under
the Act of Congress of March 3, 1879.

AU

Sy cenis

VOL. XVII. AUGUST, 1910. ING =uA

OBSERVATIONS ON THE EARLY STAGES OF TWO
APHIDIINE PARASITES OF APHIDS.

By P. H. TrmmBertake,
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.

A few weeks ago some cocoons of Praon were discovered on a
rose-bush brought to the Gypsy Moth Parasite Laboratory from a
local greenhouse, and at the suggestion of Mr. W. F. Fiske, the
opportunity was seized of making a brief study of the early stages
of this common parasite of aphids.

Accordingly a small number of the cocoons was secured, and as the
imagines emerged they were enclosed in a small glass cylinder with
a sprig of rose and a few aphids. The females were not observed
to mate with the males, but were frequently seen ovipositing in the
plant-lice. The oviposition habits are like those of other Aphidiines
as already described many times. The female bends the tip of her
abdomen between her legs, and by a sudden trust darts it under her
head into the abdomen of the helpless victim, completing the act in
a moment of time.

By the dissection of parasitized aphids from these simple repro-
duction experiments, the eggs, first and second stage larve were
easily secured, and the third stage larva was as readily obtained by
opening fresh cocoons.

The eggs are undoubtedly placed one at a time in the abdomen of
the host, and lie free among the organs and tissues beneath the
integument. They are minute, ovoid bodies, white in color, of no
special characteristic form or appearance. Like the eggs of Platy-
gaster as observed by Marchal’ they double and triple in size before
hatching. This increase in size is able to take place, probably on
account of the plastic nature of the chorion, which expands as the

_ 1 Paul Marchal. Recherches sur le biologie et le développement des Hyménoptéres
parasites. Les Platygasters. Arch. Zoél. (Paris), Vol. 4, pp. 485-640.

126 Psyche [August

embryo grows by the absorption of food and fluids from the sur-
rounding body fluids of the host.

The first stage larva proved to be of unusual interest, and of
specialized structure as is so frequently the case in first stage larve
of hymenopterous parasites. A short description of it with an out-
line drawing will follow later in this paper. Its extraordinary tail-
like appendages are probably respiratory in function, and the
comb-like arrangement of bristles on the dorsum seems to indicate
that it may thereby be able to move about among the organs and tis-
sues of the host. The assumption that the bristles may aid in its
locomotion is strengthened by the fact that they all point backward,
are undoubtedly of sufficient size and firmness, and occur most
abundantly on the posterior part of the body where they would be
most useful.

After the first molt the larva loses its extraordinary appearance
and assumes the form of the ordinary hymenopterous larva. During
the second stage it increases rapidly in size and begins to make in-
roads upon the tissues of the host, though as yet carefully avoiding
the vital organs. Finally in the third and last stage the larva quite
destroys all the organs of the host, including the numerous embryo
aphids which the mother aphid carries in her abdomen, and after
sucking up the last juices, it leaves its host as a perfectly dry shell,
in order to spin underneath a characteristic white cocoon, which
has been figured and described by previous authors.*

Specimens of the Praon under observation were sent to the Bureau
of Entomology at Washington and identified by Mr. H. L. Viereck
as Praon simulans Prov. The aphid acting as host was likewise
determined by Mr. Theo. Pergande to be the common rose-aphid
Macrosiphum rose L. Another aphid common in the local green-
house on carnations also proved to be host of this species though less
frequently attacked.

From cocoons of Praon were obtained several species of secon-
daries. One a species of Encyrtid was obtained under such condi-
tions as to make it extremely probable that this species does not
attack the cocoons of Praon directly, but lays its eggs in the body of
the aphid, where after hatching the larva would seek out the Praon

1 For figure of cocoon see Howard, Insect Life, Vol. 4, p. 196.

1910] Timberlake — Aphidiine Parasites of Aphids 127

larva, enter it and finally destroy it. Only one Encyrtid was reared
from a cocoon.

From a number of cocoons collected from rose-bushes recently
placed out of doors at the greenhouse, there was reared a species of
Xystus of the family Figitide, and also a species of Pteromalid of
the genus Asaphes.

While making observations on Praon at the greenhouse we found
another species of the Aphidiine rather abundant and confining its
attack principally to the above-mentioned species of aphid on carna-
tion, though occurring less commonly on the rose-aphid. This
species is possibly the European Aphidius rose Hal.

Encouraged by the interesting results with Praon we started
reproduction experiments with this species and soon secured the
early stages. The first stage larva proved to be far less specialized
than that of Praon as it lacks the dorsal combs of bristles, and the
tail-like appendanges. A description with drawing is appended
with that of Praon.

Specimens of the aphid host were also collected at the greenhouse
and dissected. The results are exceedingly instructive and may be
tabulated as follows:

20 full-grown agamic female aphids dissected.

15 of the 20 or 75% were parasitized.’

10 of these 15 proved to be superparasitized.*

5 contained two larve (in one case a larva and an egg).
3 contained three larve (in one case a Praon larva).
1
1

contained four larvee.
contained five larve.

Adding up the number of larve or eggs found in these 15 aphids
we have a total of 33, only 15 of which could have ever reached
maturity, leaving 18 to perish, more than three times as many needed
to destroy the five unparasitized aphids, if the eggs had been dis-
tributed more equitably.

These results are the more remarkable when we consider that
oviposition took place under normal conditions in a well-lighted

1Two of the fifteen parasitized aphids contained larve so far advanced that
they had already destroyed every trace of any supernumerary larve that might
have been present previously.

2See W. F. Fiske’s paper, Superparasitism: an important factor in the natural
control of insects. Jour. of Econ. Ent., vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 88-97.

128 Psyche [August

and high-posted greenhouse, where host and parasite were free to
follow the natural course of their instincts. They indicate how
difficult or rather impossible it is for a parasite ever quite to exter-
minate its host, as some individuals, perhaps in more exposed posi-
tions, will be parasitized again and again, whereas others, probably
less exposed, may escape destruction altogether.

An interesting problem that deserves more attention than we have
had time to bestow upon it is the fate of the supernumerary larve.
The few observations already made upon this point are, however,
instructive. In most cases the supernumerary larve were appar-
ently already dead, being sometimes somewhat disintegrated though
bearing no marks of violence. As in all the cases where dead super-
numerary larve were found there was still an abundance of tissues
and liquids in the host for food, we cannot suppose that they were
starved, nor, as there were no marks of violence found on them, can
we suppose that they were killed in an active combat with a larger
and older larva. We may be unwilling to believe that the more ad-
vanced and stronger larve secrete or excrete some fluid or material
into the body of the host which eventually destroys their younger
or weaker brothers and sisters, but this view seems forced upon us.
This gains the more credence when we stop to consider that by some
subtle influence the weak and often insignificant parasite frequently
causes important pathological changes in the body tissues of its
more powerful host. We have noticed this phenomenon not only
in case of parasitized aphids, but also in caterpillars, notably in
brown-tail caterpillars parasitized by Meteorus. The change we
have in mind is the breaking up of the flaky fat-bodies into small,
more or less globular bodies which are unattached and float freely in
the body fluids. When in this condition the fatty tissues may be
more accessible to the parasite as food.

In no case were the dead larve found surrounded and being de-
stroyed by the phagocytes of the host, as we have lately observed
in studies on the larve of Limnerium, the results of which we hope
to publish shortly.

DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVAL STAGES OF PRAON AND LIPOLEXIS.

1. Praon simulans Prov.

First Stace Larva: Body 14-segmented, somewhat tapering behind; last
segment with a dorsal-median, cylindrical appendage nearly as long as the

1910] Timberlake — Aphidiine Parasites of Aphids 129

preceding segment, tipped with a few short hairs, and a pair of ventral
appendages much more delicate, only about half as long as the dorsal
appendage. The metathoracic and first to ninth abdominal segments pro-
vided with a comb of comparatively coarse bristles along their posterior

Fig. 1. Praon simulans Proy. 1, First Stage Larva; 2, Second Stage
Larva; 3, Third Stage Larva.

margins; the comb extending nearly to lateral-ventral margins on the pos-
terior, but becoming more and more dorsal on the anterior segments.
Mouth-parts not prominent, though a pair of small but sharp and chitinized
mandibles may be made out. Length .8 mm.

SEconp Srace Larva: Like the ordinary hymenopterous larva. Body
13-segmented (owing to the fusion of the last two abdominal segments),
tapering but little at both ends. Last segment broadly rounded, somewhat
indented at the tip. Head small, mouth-parts appearing as fleshy folds.
Integument of body delicate and smooth.

Txirp STAGE Larva: Resembles the preceding stage, but tapers more at
the anterior end. Head small, the mouth-parts represented by folds with
chitinous plates, not at all prominent. Integument rather thick and
chitinous, thrown into large folds along lateral margins of body, every-
where roughened by fine granulations. Length nearly 2 mm.

2. Aphidius rosae Hal. (?).

First Stace Larva: Body 14-segmented, rather broad anteriorly and
somewhat depressed, tapering gradually behind, the last segments rather
deeply constricted, especially anteriorly. The head provided with a pair of
projecting lobes on its posterior ventral margin on either side. Mouth-parts
represented by a pair of comparatively long, curved mandibles, tipped with
a yellowish spot, and prominent when protruded. Body smooth, free from
hairs or bristles. Length .8 mm.

130 Psyche [August

Seconp Stace Larva: Not readily distinguishable from the second stage
larva of Praon.

Tuirp Stace Larva: Very similar to same stage of Praon, except that
it is slightly larger and head is more pointed. Length nearly 2 mm.

AS
\ nas

Fig. 2. Aphidius rose Hal. (?). First Stage Larva.

Before concluding we wish to take this opportunity of expressing
our gratitude to Messrs. Viereck, Pergande and H. S. Smith for
the determination of specimens.

TRICRANIA SANGUINIPENNIS SAY.

A female specimen of this species was taken on the under side of
a piece of board in a sand pit in Framingham, Mass., April 16,
1905, and with it was a large mass of what I have considered to be
the eggs. They are now very much shrunken and discolored but
seem to be elongate oval in shape, measuring more than half a milli-
meter in length and about one third as wide.

The other inhabitants of this sand pit are Cicindela rugifrons,
C. generosa, and possibly a few sand burrowing hymenoptera.

A male specimen of this beetle has recently been brought to me;
this was also found in a sandy place. These two specimens are the
only ones that I have seen from this locality.

C. A. Frost.

1910] Wheeler —Aphomomyrmex from Borneo 131

A NEW SPECIES OF APHOMOMYRMEX FROM BORNEO."

By Wirtu1am Morton WHEELER.

Among the Camponotine ants of the Old World tropics there are
two remarkable genera, dphomomyrmez and Dimorphomyrmez, con-
cerning which comparatively little is known. dphomomyrmex was
based by Emery” on A. afer from Kamerun, represented by male,
female and worker specimens. He was in some doubt as to whether
the worker, which had nine-jointed antenne, was cospecific with the
female and male, in both of which the antenne were ten-jointed.
He regarded the genus as allied to the neotropical Myrmelachista
Roger, which comprises a number of species, with nine- to ten-
jointed antenne, and to Dimorphomyrmea Ern. André, which is
represented by D. janeti described by Ern. André from Borneo* and
D. theryi subsequently discovered by Emery in the Baltic amber.*

Myrmelachista differs from Aphomomyrmew in having a differ-
entiated antennal club in the worker and female, better developed
frontal carine and more laterally placed eyes, while Dimorphomyr-
mex is peculiar in possessing large, reniform eyes in the worker and
presumably also in the female, which is still unknown. D. janeti,
according to André, has dimorphic workers, a large form (soldier)
measuring 6 mm., with ocelli and a large, oblong head, and a small
form (worker proper), measuring only 3.5 mm., without ocelli and
with a proportionately shorter head. Emery says that he has seen
a worker of this species from Sumatra measuring 4.5 mm. and
therefore intermediate in size between the soldier and worker of
Janet. This observation seems to indicate, as Emery has asserted,
that the worker is really polymorphic in D. janeti. Through the
kindness of Prof. R. Klebs and Prof. A. Tournquist I have been able

1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution,
Harvard University. No. 25.

*Fourmis d'Afrique, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XLIII, 1899, pp. 493-496.

8 Vovage de M. Chaper a Borneo. Catalogue des Fourmis et Description des
Espéces Nouvelles. Mém. Soc. Zoél. France, V, 1892, pp. 49-51.

* Deux Fourmis de l’ambre de la Baltique. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1905, No.
13, pp. 188-189.

132 Psyche [August

to examine quite a number of specimens of D. theryi of the Baltic
amber, but all of these were monomorphic.

In 1894 Emery described a female ant from Borneo as Dimor-
phomyrmeax andrei’ with eight-jointed antenne, but he concluded
that this was an Aphomomyrmez after he had seen A. afer. Each of
the two genera is therefore represented by two species, as follows:

Dimorphomyrmex Ern. André.

1. D. janeti Ern. André, Mém. Soc. Zoél. France, 1892, pp. 49-51, Figs. 4
and 5, soldier, worker; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XLIII., 1899, p.
494, nota, worker; Borneo; Sumatra.

. D. theryi Emery, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1905, p. 188, Fig. 1, 2; Baltic
amber.

LS9)

Aphomomyrmex Emery.

1. A. afer Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XLIII., 1899, pp. 493-496, 1 fig.

worker, 2 ¢; Kamerun.

2. A. andrei Emery. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XLIII., 1899, p. 894, ?= Dimor-
phomyrmex andrei Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1894, p. 73, 2;
Paulo-Laut, Borneo.

Among some Bornean ants collected and recently sent me by Mr.
John Hewitt of the Transvaal Museum, I find two females and
several workers of a third species of Aphomomyrmea of which I
subjoin a description.

Aphomomyrmex hewitti sp. nov. (Fig. 1.)

Worker maxima, Length 3-3.5 mm.

Head flat, nearly as convex below as above, subrectangular, longer than
broad, with straight subparallel sides, rounded posterior and blunt anterior
corners. Eyes small, elliptical, flat, placed near the middle of the sides of
the head and not on its upper surface. Ocelli present in some specimens but
very small. Clypeus large, feebly convex behind, depressed in front, its
anterior border rounded in the middle, not projecting, its posterior border
not projecting back between the frontal carinz to any appreciable extent.
Frontal caring very small and short, the distance between them little more
than half the distance between each of them and the corresponding lateral
border of the head. Frontal area obsolete, frontal groove tenuous, but dis-
tinct. Mandibles small, with parallel internal and external borders and four
sub-equal teeth; outer border with a blunt tooth near the base. Antenne
8-jointed, short; scapes rather slender, straight, reaching only a short dis-
tance behind the eyes; first funicular joint slender, twice as long as broad,
remaining joints slightly enlarged towards the tip of the antenna; joints

1 Descriptions de deux fourmis nouvelles. Ann. Soc. Dnt. France, 1894, p. 78.

1910] Wheeler —Aphomomyrmex from Borneo 133

2-6 as broad as long, terminal joint shorter than the three preceding joints
together. Thorax thickset, depressed, as long but not as broad as the head,
broader in front than behind. Promesonotal and mesoépinotal sutures dis;
tinct; mesonotum somewhat higher than the pronotum, feebly convex, form-
ing a regular transverse ellipse. Mesoépinotal constriction short but dis-
tinct, its bottom formed by the mesoépinotal suture only. Epinotum a
little broader than long, with feebly rounded sides, its base very short and
horizontal, passing through a rounded angle into the much longer, sloping
and flattened declivity. Petiole somewhat lower than the epinotum and only
about one-third as broad, as long as high and wide, with an erect, trans-
verse node, which has flat anterior and posterior surfaces and a rounded

f}
f
J
Fig. 1. Worker maxima of Aphomomyrmex hewitti sp. nov.; heads of
worker media, worker minima and female, all drawn to the same scale.

upper surface. Gaster very broadly elliptical, smaller than the head, flat-
tened dorsoventrally, with well-developed anal cilia. Legs long and robust;
fore femora somewhat incrassated; claws and empodia large.

Body shining. Mandibles, clypeus and cheeks subopaque, punctate and
finely striate, except the middle of the clypeus, which is opaque and
coarsely punctate. Head sparsely, thorax and gaster more densely punctate
and less glabrous.

Hairs yellowish, rather long and abundant, erect or suberect on all parts
of the body and appendages, including the antennal funiculi. Pubescence
yellowish, sparse and rather long, distinct on the thorax and gaster only
in certain lights.

134 Psyche [August

Dark brown or black; mandibles, cheeks and clypeus deep red; articula-
tions of legs and thorax, antennal funiculi and tarsi more yellowish.

Worker media. Length 2.8 mm.

Closely resembling the worker maxima, but the head is somewhat smaller
and distinctly narrowed anteriorly, and the clypeus and cheeks are less
deeply punctate and striate and therefore more shining. Ocelli absent.
Antennal scapes reaching about half way between the eyes and the pos-
terior corners of the head. Tooth on the external border of the mandibles
obsolescent.

Worker minima. Length 2 mm.

Resembling the worker media, but the head is smaller, only a little longer
than broad, as broad in front as behind, with feebly rounded sides, straight
posterior border and rounded posterior corners. Ocelli absent. Clypeus
convex and shining, its sides and the cheeks scarcely striate. Mandibles
small, without a tooth on their external borders. Joints 2-6 of the antennal
funiculi a little broader than long; scapes reaching half way between the
eyes and the posterior corners of the head. Thorax not constricted in the
mesoépinotal region above. Gaster as large as the head. Mandibles,
clypeus, antennz and petiole yellowish like the articulations of the legs and
thorax.

Female. Length 6-7 mm.

Body long and narrow. Head like that of the worker maxima but larger
and with much larger eyes and well-developed ocelli. Clypeus very flat.
Antenne 8-jointed; scapes reaching about one-third the distance from the
eyes to the posterior corners of the head. Second funicular joint as long
as the first, which is fully twice as long as broad; joints 3-6 subequal, fully
as long as broad and not increasing in width distally, terminal joint shorter
than the two preceding joints together. Thorax as broad as the head, but
twice as long, from above regularly elongate-elliptical, dorsally depressed,
evenly and feebly rounded. Sides of neck much swollen and projecting
anteriorly. Mesonotum and scutellum each somewhat broader than long;
epinotum very feebly rounded above, uniformly sloping, without distinct
base and declivity. Petiole nearly as high as the epinotum, as long as high
and broad, its node thick and cuboidal in profile, seen from above trans-
versely elliptical. Gaster elongate elliptical, nearly as large as the thorax.
Legs long and stout, with large claws and empodia. Wings moderately
long (6 mm.) ; venation as in Plagiolepis.

Sculpture and pilosity like those of the worker maxima.

Black; mandibles (except the teeth), clypeus, antennz, tarsi, metanotum,
anterior border of scutellum, articulations of the thorax, wings and legs,
red; wings uniformly infuscated, with brown veins and blackish stigma.

Described from two females, six maxima workers, one media and
one minina, taken by Mr. John Hewitt at Bidi, Borneo, during
August, 1907, “in the swollen internode of a shrub.”” This remark,

1910] Wheeler —Aphomomyrmex from Borneo 135

together with the strong development of the claws and empodia and
the peculiar head of the maxima and female, so like the conditions
in certain wood-inhabiting Camponoti and Colobopsis, shows that
A. hewitti is a timid tree-ant, which habitually nests in small colonies
in vegetable cavities.

Judging from Emery’s decription, 4. andrei must be very closely
related to hewitti, but only the females of the two forms can be
compared as the workers of Emery’s species are unknown. The
female of andrei is of a brown color and measures only 5-6 mm.,
its antennal scapes scarcely surpass the posterior borders of the
eyes, the median joints of the antennal funiculi are broader than
long and the petiole is longer than high and broader than long. In
other respects the two species are very similar.

On comparing 4. hewitti and andrei with Emery’s description of
A. afer one is tempted to conclude that the two Bornean species may
be generically, or at least subgenerically distinct, since the African
species differs from them in having three-toothed mandibles, nine- to
ten-jointed antenne, the eyes less laterally situated and the frontal
carine longer and further apart. I have thought it best, however,
not to place the Bornean and African species in different genera or
subgenera till more material of the latter is available and till the
males of the Bornean species are brought to light.

LEPIDOPTERA ON MILKWEED.

The following species of Lepidoptera were collected at Wales,
Maine, July 11, 1904, with the aid of a common lantern, from the
drooping flower heads of the milkweed (Asclepius incarnata L.):
Autographa rectangula, three specimens; one specimen each of
Acronycta, innotata, Hadena vultuosa, H. remissa, Noctua lubricans,
N. haruspica, Mamestra atlantica, M. subjuncta, Leucania insueta,
and L. commoides; several specimens each of Euzxoa redimicula,
Acronycta interrupta, Heterophleps triguttaria, and Synelys
enucleata.

C. A. Frost.

136 Psyche [August

THE FORMATION OF THE OOTHECA OF A CHINESE
MANTIS, HIERODULA SAUSSURII.

By J. C. KersHaw.

This large and handsome Mantis, bright green in its wet season
or summer dress, various shades of brown in dry season, appears al-
most invariably to construct its very complex ootheca during the
night, or very early morning. They pair like locusts, the male
clasping the female round the thorax with his forelegs. They seem
to copulate two or three times for about three hours at a time on
separate occasions during two or three days. After the last coup-
ling, unless the male is very smart in disengaging himself, he is
often caught and killed by the female, though he is not much
smaller, being some two and one-half inches from the face to the
tip of the abdomen. Once fertilized, the female makes four or
more oothece at intervals of about twenty days, the first being made
about nine days after the last coupling. It would seem, therefore,
that the female is fertilized once for all. The oothece are made
chiefly during September to January inclusive, i. e., mostly during
the dry season or winter. They are constructed on tree-trunks,
twigs, walls, boulders and many other objects. The female is fond,
however, of getting a more or less vertical support against which
to make the preliminary plates, besides a horizontal foundation for
the floor of the ootheca. The oothece are fixed in all positions,
both vertical and horizontal, but the female seems specially fond
of working with her back downwards. Before commencing an
egg-case, the Mantis is restless and keeps turning the abdomen
(which is much swollen and heavy) laterally and letting it hang
for some time first one side and then the other. She also walks
slowly up and down, feeling various surfaces with the tip of the
abdomen. Whilst making the ootheca the female grasps the twig
or bark with her forelegs. The wings are closed and the tips held
high above the back of the abdomen, out of the way. The ceres
are incessantly used to gauge the outer dimensions of the case.
One of ordinary size, say about an inch in length and containing
perhaps two dozen egg chambers, takes two to three hours to com-

1910] Kershaw — Ootheca of a Chinese Mantis 137

plete. At first the colleterial matter is whitish, but is soon varie-
gated with bluish and greenish; it afterwards turns brown, but for
some hours it remains in a more or less soft condition. In a few
days it becomes extremely hard and tough.

The oothece are parasitized badly by a species of Dermestes,
whose larve destroy the whole interior. Besides this beetle, a
small Hymenopteron (Podagrion sp.) and the larva of a moth are
parasitic on Mantis eggs, and emerge by small round holes through
various parts of the ootheca; but these parasites do not destroy
the plates of the egg chambers, as the beetle larva does. At least
seventy to eighty per cent. of the oothece are parasitized, and this
is judging from several hundred egg-cases collected for some years
over a very wide area.

The female has two sets of large colleterial glands, one set each
side of the abdomen. They consist of long tubes, narrowing
gradually to a blind end, and at the base uniting into one large,
short duct; the two ducts of each set of tubes join in one large and
very short duct opening into the dorsal side of the vagina. Close be-
hind this duct are two small branching glands, also joining in a
short, common duct. There is a large, globulate spermatheca.

The ootheca consists of two parallel rows of egg chambers (a
row each side of the longitudinal center of the case, with about
a dozen chambers in each row), the chambers of one side being half
the depth of a chamber behind (or in front of) the chambers of the
other side. Each chamber is formed by two plates, each plate
forming the back of one chamber and the front of another. The
plates overlap, a little beyond the vertical center, first one side and
then the other, and are cemented together along this joint. At the
top each plate expands laterally to the full width of the flaps, and
a little higher still the cementing ceases and the flaps become free
from each other. The flaps may be considered thin and flexible
continuations of the plates, and are bent forwards at a rather sharp
angle to form a protecting roof over the exits of the chambers. The
sides or flanges of the chambers are formed by strips cemented
around the outer edges of the plates. Outside the egg chambers is
another covering or casing, formed by broad strips twisted at the
top so as to attach to the base of the flaps; these strips overlap
(or are received into) each other, and at the bottom are also twisted

138 Psyche [August

and broadened into feet, which also overlap one another and are
cemented to whatever foundation the ootheca is being constructed
upon. The feet of the egg plates (which also slightly overlap each
other) rest upon and are cemented to the feet of the coverstrips —
thus an air-space is left between the mass of egg chambers and the
outer casing formed by the coverstrips. This air-space is, how-
ever, often roughly divided into cells by the ragged edges of the
egg plates projecting between the flanges of the chambers, as indi-
cated by dotted lines at 22, Fig. 5, Pl. 1. The coverstrips at the
two ends of the ootheca are brought together and overlapped very
much like the planking at the bows and stern of a boat. There
are usually two or three roughly-formed smaller chambers, with-
out eggs, at both ends of the egg-case. Those at the back end (in-
creasing in size) form the foundation or support for the egg cham-
bers proper; those at the front end (decreasing in size) bring the
chambers gradually small enough to be closed by a single central
plates (Cpy Fig:k2:)Pl. 1);

In brief, the ootheca consists of an outer casing formed of over-
lapping coverstrips, within which are two parallel rows of egg
chambers, so cemented together as to form a hard, tough mass.

The process of construction is somewhat as follows: A small
plate (B, Fig. 2, Pl. 1) forming the back end of the ootheca having
been cemented to the bark or other object, an outer coverstrip
(CVS, Fig. 2, Pl. 1) is attached each side. Two or three more
small but increasing plates are added, with their respective cover-
strips, so that the feet of the latter now project forward some dis-
tance along the bark, and form a foundation for the feet of the egg
plates. An egg plate (EP, Fig. 2, Pl. 1) is now formed against
the last small plate (E, Fig. 2, Pl. 1), a flap (FL, Figs. 1 and 3,
Pl. 1) is added, an outer coverstrip (CVS, Fig. 2, Pl. 1) attached,
a closing membrane (CM, Fig. 1, Pl..1) stuck on, and finally the
eggs laid in the numbered order. After the eggs are laid and before
the next egg plate covers them they are, nevertheless, covered
with a thin film of colleterial matter, extending to the top of
the closing membrane. The superabundant colleterial matter
also becomes (by mutual pressure of eggs and egg plates)
squeezed into the interstices between the eggs, forming lit-
tle ridges or partitions between the eggs, rather deep near the outer

1910] Kershaw — Ootheca of a Chinese Mantis 139

edges or flanges of the egg plates, but altogether working out and
disappearing in the central part of the egg plate, thus leaving a
passageway for the nymphs from the lower eggs. The hollows
where the eggs lie and the ridges between them are shown on the
left-hand egg plate in Fig. 7, Pl. 2.

The insect next makes the egg plate and its concomitant parts
for the egg chamber of the opposite row, and lays the eggs thereon.
It next forms another egg plate over the eggs first laid, and there-
after adds a chamber alternately to each row until the whole batch
of eggs is laid; then a few small, rough chambers decreasing in
size and without eggs are added, and finally the ootheca is closed by
one small central plate.

Turning to Pl. 2 and following the construction of an egg cham-
ber in detail: An egg plate (Ep, Fig. 1) is first made; a flap (FL)
is cemented on; a flange (FG, Fig. 2) is next cemented around
the outer edge of the egg plate; then a coverstrip (CVS) is at-
tached; and a closing membrane (CM, Fig. 3) renders the plate
ready for the eggs. This closing membrane is a membraneous flap
of colleterial matter, thin and flexible, which is cemented all around
its edge to the egg plate, except across the top; it bulges outwards
from bottom to top, where it rests against the egg plate next added,
and thus closes the exit from the chamber; but it is easily thrust
back against the back plate of the chamber when the nymphs are
squeezing their way out. The mode of junction of the egg plates
is’ shown specially in Fig. 7, Pl. 2, and Fig; 5, Pl: 1, where the
joints are purposely left not quite touching, as in some of the other
figures, for the sake of clearness, but of course they are really
closely cemented together. At Fig. 4, Pl. 2, is shown a side view
of an egg plate, without the coverstrip; at Fig. 5, Pl. 2, three cover-
strips cemented together. At Fig. 6, Pl. 2, a vertical section
through an egg chamber on the line c—d, Fig. 7. At Fig. 7 three
egg chambers are shown in plan, the single chamber projected from
Fig. 6. In Fig. 6, fl* is part of the flap of one of the chambers in
the opposite row.

The shape of the flaps in transverse section is shown at UV,
WX, YZ, Fig. 4, Pl. 1, representing sections across the flaps at
about the heights of the corresponding lines in Fig. 3, Pl. 1. It
will be seen that at YZ the flaps are joined or cemented together

140 Psyche [August

both at the ends and middles; at WX they are joined only at the
ends; at UV they are altogether free. As the plates of the egg
chambers in one row have flaps which are of equal breadth on
either side of the longitudinal center of the ootheca, and as this
is also the case with the chambers in the other row (which are
half a chamber’s depth behind or in advance) it follows that the
flaps of the chambers on either side interlace. The lower edges
of the two flaps forming an egg chamber are rigidly held on the
outside of that row by two corresponding coverstrips; but the edge
of the flap which comes across from the chamber of the opposite
row and lies between the two former flaps is slightly within the full
width and is left uncemented till a little lower down, and can thus be
pushed slightly back by the emerging nymphs. ‘Thus on each side
of the row of flaps the lower edge of each flap is held rigidly or is
semi-free alternately.

It may be added that some oothece are very small, having per-
haps but six egg chambers; others have more than thirty, but the
average length of an egg-case is about an inch, with about twenty-
four chambers.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8.

Figure 1,

A, external side view, part of the exterior casing formed by the cover-
strips broken away, exposing two egg chambers in the near row.

B, vertical section through longitudinal center.

C, vertical section (on line m—n, Fig. 3) through two egg chambers in
the far row.

D, external side view of back end.

ec, egg chambers in far row.

ec,’ egg chambers in near row.

cm, closing membrane.

FIGURE 2.
A’, external top view.
cp, cover-plate.
B’, external top view, the flaps cut away as at UV.
C’, top view, outer casing removed, flaps cut away as at WX.
D‘, top view, outer casing removed, flaps cut away as at YZ.
E', horizontal sections (on line Q—R, Fig. 3) through egg chambers.
e, last small plate forming rough chamber without eggs.
B, cover-plate.

1910] Kershaw — Ootheca of a Chinese Mantis 141

Ficure 3.

Transverse view about the middle of the ootheca. The covering plate of
the right-hand chamber removed. The flange, coverstrip and closing mem-
brane not yet attached to the left-hand plate. The tips of the flaps are
shown more or less straight up, instead of bent sharply forwards, as they
are naturally.

1, 2, 3, etc., the eggs laid in the order of their numbers.

FIcure 4.

UV, section of flaps through line UV, Fig. 3.
WX, section of flaps through line WX, Fig. 3.
YZ, section of flaps through line YZ, Fig. 3.

FicureE 5.

Horizontal section through egg chambers of the back end of the ootheca,
about the line Q—R, Fig. 3. zz, ragged edges of egg plates, which some-
times project between the flanges.

In all the figures of this plate: fg—flange; fl—flap; cvs=coverstrip; ep=
egg plate; ec=egg chamber.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9.

Fig. 1, egg plate and flap cemented together.
Fig. 2, same, flange and coverstrip added.

Fig. 3, same, closing membrane added.

Fig. 4, same side view, but coverstrip not shown.
Fig. 5, three coverstrips cemented together.

Ficure 6,

Vertical section through left-hand chamber, on line c—d, Fig. 7.
FI’, flap coming across from a right-hand chamber.

FIicure 7.

Top view of three egg chambers, the upper part cut away about the line
a—b, Fig. 6.

In all the figures of this plate: ep=egg plate; fl—flap; fg—flange;
cvs=coverstrip; cm—closing membrane.

142 Psyche [August

SOME NEOTROPICAL BEES.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Hemisia lanipes (Fabr.).
Antigua, West Indies (C. A. Barber) Brit. Museum.

Hemisia semilabrosa sp. nov.

?. Length 13144 mm.; almost exactly like H. labrosa (Friese), but the
labrum, though longer than in H. lanipes, is still evidently broader than
long; the clypeus is smooth and very sparsely punctured, with the median
third concave; the abdomen is entirely clear red; the hair on the inner side
of the hind basitarsus is very dark chocolate, but that on the outer side
of the hind legs is pale reddish. The concave clypeus suggests H. monte-
zuma (Cress.). Labrum notched at apex, pale yellow with two oval pale
brown marks; mandibles pale yellow basally, a minute elevation on inner
side toward the base, and the apical half with three teeth, the large apical
one, a small one projecting from its side, and a large sharp tooth on inner
side not far beyond the middle; under side of head with long white hair;
eyes straw-yellow, rather narrowly fuscous in front; scape short, dark;
flagellum dark ferruginous beneath except at base; front with pale yellow-
ish-grey hair more or less tipped with fuscous; vertex with black hair;
thorax above with short light greyish-brown hair tipped with fuscous; at
sides the hair is pale ochraceous, not dark-tipped; tegule pale testaceous;
wings dilute smoky, nervures black, venation practically as in lanipes; legs
dark, with pale reddish hair, the hind tibiz, and middle and hind tarsi,
becoming ferruginous; anterior and middle basitarsi each with a longi-
tudinal, curved, sharp keel on anterior margin toward the inner side;
anterior and middle knees with a small pale yellow spot; the scanty hair
of abdomen rufofuscous, clear red at apex. General appearance like H.
lanipes, but larger, with the two large yellow marks on the clypeus
triangular.

Hab.—Ecuador (Rosenberg). British Museum, 99-104. In
Friese’s table of the subgenus Rhodocentris this runs nearest to H.
tarsata (Smith), which is only known in the male. H. tarsata comes
from Santarem, and is only 944 mm. long, and otherwise seems

distinct from H. semilabrosa.

Agapostemon swainsonae Sp. nov.

¢. Length about 8 mm.; head and thorax brilliant green, abdomen and
legs dull ferruginous; front and mesothorax smooth and shining, with a
very strong golden lustre, the sculpture consisting of delicate weak striz

1910] Cockerell — Some Neotropical Bees 148

and very minute and sparse punctures; clypeus prominent, with an obtuse
but strong median ridge; at each side of the clypeus, toward the apex, is a
small shining black tubercle, and the apical margin is broadly pale yellow,
the labrum, and mandibles except apex, being of the same color; hair of
face and vertex strongly tawny, of cheeks dull white; scape yellow in front;
flagellum dark ferruginous above, light ferruginous beneath, the apical
half crenulate; scutellum smooth and shining, with very minute. punctures;
pleura roughened anteriorly, strongly striate posteriorly; metathorax
without any defined enclosure or sharp margin round the apical truncation,
the whole surface strongly striate, the striz oblique, those on the trunca-
tion approximately at right angles to those on the part above; sides of
metathorax with pale yellowish coarsely plumose hair; tegule pale rufo-
testaceous; wings rather dusky, stigma and nervures dark brown, first r. n.
joining second s. m. far beyond the middle; legs ferruginous, the hind
femora greatly swollen, dusky above, with a broadly triangular tooth be-
neath toward the apex; hind tibia thick, the inner edge sharp; hind basi-
tarsi with a prominent obtuse tubercle beneath; abdomen dark ferruginous
with a slight purplish (not metallic) tint, the hind margins of the segments
broadly paler.

Hab.—Jamaica (Mrs. E. M. Swainson). Brit. Museum. Near-
est to the Cuban A. femoralis Guérin, but easily known by the

smooth, shining mesothorax and scutellum.

Augochlora regina Smith.

%. Jamaica; “P. G. R., St. Thomas, June.” (Mrs. E. M. Swain-
son). Brit. Museum.

Coelioxys foxii Viereck.

“. Kingston, Jamaica, Nov., 1893. Brit. Museum.

Melissa friesei Ducke.

3. Brazil (W. H. Bates); F. Smith collection. Brit. Museum. Although
long ago discovered by Bates, this beautiful species was not described until
1902. The specimen before me has the abdomen brilliant blue; Ducke’s
description says “nigroceruleus.” The bifid spur of the middle tibia has the
anterior branch quadridentate, a fact not indicated by Ducke, and the
specimen is a little smaller than Ducke’s type. It is just possible that ac-
tual comparison would indicate that our insect is separable, but except for
the points mentioned, the structural and color characters are all in accord
with M. friesei. M. maculata Friese must be closely allied.

M. decorata Smith was described from “Brazil.” The original
specimens were taken by Bates in S. Paulo.

144 Psyche [August

Mesocheira bicolor (Fabr.).

A female in the British Museum, labelled “Guiana,” is only 10

mm. long.
Isepeolus octopunctatus (JOrgensen).

Jérgensen described this species (under Epeolus) in 1906 from
a single female. ‘Two of the same sex are in the British Museum,
from Patagonia (V. del Lago Blanco, Chubut). They agree with
the original description, except that they show two more small
white spots on the abdomen, on the hind margin of the fourth seg-
ment. In one of the specimens these spots are barely visible.
Jorgensen remarks that his species is allied to EL. luctuosus Spinola.
From the particulars given by Jérgensen and IF’. Smith, I suspect
that Isepeolus albopictus Ckll. may not be separable from J. luc-
tuosus (Spin.), the latter being no doubt an Isepeolus. It is to be
noted, however, that J. luctuosus was described from Chile, and was
considerably smaller than J. albopictus; it is not unlikely that there
are two species, one Chilian and the other in the Argentine, the lat-
ter being really albopictus, though recorded by Jorgensen as luctu-
osus. The genus Calospiloma Brethes, based on Epeolus viperinus
Holmg., can hardly be separated from Isepeolus, unless the tri-
dentate mandibles may suffice for the purpose. Brethes refers I.
luctuosus to Calospiloma.

1910] Girault and Sanders—Chalcidoid Parasites 145

THE CHALCIDOID PARASITES OF THE COMMON HOUSE
OR TYPHOID FLY (MUSCA DOMESTICA LINN.)
AND ITS ALLIES.’

III. Description or a New NorruH AMERICAN GENUS AND SPE-
CIES OF THE FamiLty PTEROMALIDAE FROM ILLINOIS, PARASITIC
oN Musca domestica Linn., witH BioLocicaL Noves.

By A. A. GirauLt AND GEORGE ETHELBERT SANDERS,

The University of Illinois.

The type species of this new and important genus of the pteroma-
line tribe Eutelini, was in point of numbers, third among the chal-
cidoid parasites reared by us during the investigations of the common
house fly, during the latter part of the season of 1908, it being less
numerous than species of Spalangia and the parasite Nasonia brevi-
cornis Ashm. Unlike the latter, however, it was not reared inde-
pendently or from a number of hosts, but nearly always occurred
in connection with some one of the species of Spalangia and we were
inclined to believe, though the evidence was lacking, that it usually
attacked that genus, and hence is a secondary parasite of the
typhoid fly, though its réle may also be that of a primary
parasite. A fact which contributed to our belief of its secondary
role is the general likeness which it exhibits to Spalangia, a not
uncommon thing between host and parasite or host and inquiline,
though by no means the rule. But we have no evidence whatever to
show that this is the case and are forced to the conclusion that the
type species of the genus is a primary parasite in every sense.

In this third paper of this series, the genus is described and con-
sidered in detail and such biological facts as we were able to observe
concerning it are also given. This genus, Spalangia and Pachycre-
poideus dubius Ashm., already considered, are the principal primary
parasites of the house fly, the species of Spalangia being the most
numerous and common of the three genera. They will be considered
in a paper to follow.

1 Continued from Vol. XVII., p. 117.

146 Psyche [August

FamILty PTEROMALIDAE.

SUBFAMILY PTEROMALINAE.
TRIBE EUTELINI.
Muscidifurax gen. nov.

Type: M. raptor sp. nov.

Female. Normal in stature and aspect for the tribe. The general aspect
of Tritneptis Girault, 1908, and of Celopisthia suborbicularis Prov.
(Ashm.); moderate in size, the head rounded and prominent; submetallic,
black.

Head (cephalic aspect) subcircular, moderate in size, the line of the
vertex, however, somewhat flattened, slightly bi-lobed, the facial (mesal)
impression containing the scapes distinct, moderately deep, but gentle, mod-
erately defined and narrow, its lateral margins obtuse, the scrobes sub-
obsolete dorsad, distinct near the bulbs, the latter separated; face broad,
the clypeus sub-hemispherical, its surface not impressed below the face,
but with close, fine, longitudinal, converging striz, its sutures obsolete,
its apical (ventral) margin truncate but laterad, on each side of the
comparatively broad entire mesal portion of the margin near the lateral
termination of the sclerite is a small subacute notch or incision; (lateral
aspect) head distinctly bulged or convex below (ventrad) its middle, form-
ing in the cephalic aspect, a rounded, convex facial prominence just ven-
trad of the insertion of the antenne; head widest just ventrad of the
ventral ends of the eyes and then ventrad of the insertion of the antennez
obliquely truncate (cephalo-caudad), the line of the face sloping gently
from the vertex to the antennal insertions and then abruptly, obtusely
changing angle and nearly truncately cut off; obovate; eyes elliptical-ovate,
about a fourth longer than the gene, practically naked, but bearing sparse,
very minute, erect hairs; head with no acute margins; genal sulcus obso-
lete. (Dorsal aspect) head somewhat wider than the greatest width of the
thorax, about three times wider than long at the vertex, the latter slightly
narrowed at the meson, but rounded and slightly convex at its apex at the
ocelli, the occipital margin concave, narrowly rounded; the cephalic margin
of the vertex obscure, subacute; the cephalic ocelli circular, larger than the
ovate lateral ones, all in a flat or obtuse triangle in the center of the
vertex, distant from the eyes, the lateral ocelli about twice the distance
from the eye margins on each side as they are from the cephalic ocellus,
and a little less than that distance from each other than each is from the
cephalic ocellus, the group near the obscure cephalic margin of the vertex;
visible margin of the eyes convex, entire; eyes widely separated. Antenne
inserted about two-thirds of the way down to the clypeus, below the middle
of the face and about on an imaginary line drawn between the ventral
ends of the eyes, or slightly ventrad of it, the scapes long and slender,

1 Muscidae and furagr, inclined to steal.

1910] Girault and Sanders —Chalcidoid Parasites 147

diverging and dorsad extending to the apex of the vertex, the flagellum
long and cylindrical, slightly thickening distad; antennze 13-jointed—
scape, pedicel, 1 ring-joint, 7-jointed funicle and 3-jointed club; pedicel
longer than the first funicle joint, the first and second joints of the funicle
longest, the first joint the shorter of the two (Fig. 2). Mandibles 3- (left)
and 4-dentate (right) (Fig. 1).

Pronotum distinct, narrow, transverse mesially, widening laterad, the
lateral wings being cuneate, mesially not longer than a fourth of the
length of the mesoscutum; thorax flatly convex; parapsidal furrows dis-
tinct, incomplete, inconspicuous, extending about one-half the length of the
scutum, from the cephalic margin; axilla widely separated; mesoscutum
elliptical in outline, both the cephalic and caudal margin being broadly
convex, the caudal margin nearly straight between the axille and im-

Muscidifurax raptor sp. nov.

Fig. 1. Mandibles. Fig. 2. Antenna of female. Fig. 3. Fore wing of fe-
male (ciliation omitted). Fig. 4. Antenna of male. All enlarged;
pubescence indicated only, not exact. Original.

pressed; scutellum with no transverse grooved line cephalad of the apex,
but in its disk a few obscure, large punctures similar to those on the heads
of many encyrtine genera, its apex broadly convex; mesopostscutellum nar-
row, following the outlines of the scutellum, its cephalic and caudal margins
ridged or carinate; metathoracic spiracle moderately large, elliptical-oval,
oblique in position and nearly its own length from either the mesopost-
scutellum or the lateral carina; median and lateral carine of the meta-
thorax complete; median carina of the metathorax divided before base,
each division proceeding latero-caudad to meet the lateral carine; the
latter broken at caudal third; spiracular sulcus short, obscure. The whole
of the head and thorax densely reticulated, amounting to punctation, the
metathorax more coarse, punctate and rugose; abdomen finely, delicately
reticulated, polished, the coxe finely reticulated, nearly smooth.

148 Psyche [August

Abdomen sessile, (lateral aspect) conic-ovate, concave dorsad longi-
tudinally, convex or ridged along the meson ventrad and pointed caudad,
with the tip of the ovipositor exposed, not compressed, subdepressed, as
long as the head and thorax combined; (dorsal aspect) abdomen ovate,
ending in a sharp point, widest at about the apex of the third segment, the
second segment longest, occupying a fourth of the surface, segment 3 next
longest, excepting 7 and 8, a third shorter, segments 4 and 5 subequal,
slightly shorter than segment 3; the sutures between segments 2 and 3 ob-
secure; segment 6 subequal to 3 but distinctly narrower, segment 7 triangu-
lar with the apex of the triangle caudad, at the meson three-fourths the
length of segment 2; segment 8 pointed conical, as long as segment 6, the
point of the ovipositor protruding from it slightly; segments 7 and 8
pubescent. Abdomen somewhat variable in shape, sometimes slightly
triangularly produced ventrad at base.

Legs normal, the anterior and posterior femora with their caudal mar-
gins convexed in the middle, but not conspicuously or abnormally so, the
tibial spurs all single, the cephalic ones largest, curved, notched at the
apex; caudal tibial spurs not half as long as the slender proximal tarsal
joint, which is longest, the fourth caudal tarsal joint as usual, shortest, the
third nearly as short as the fourth, the second about half as long as the
first and longer than the fifth. Caudal coxe largest, their lateral aspect
flat, the intermediate coxe by far smallest. The cephalic coxe subconical.

Fore wings normal, widest at a point opposite the stigmal knob, usually
ciliate in the disk, the apex rounded; submarginal vein slender, its whole
length gently concavely curved, slightly enlarging as it nears the marginal
vein, about a third longer than the latter; marginal vein broadened, clavate,
its base twice the width of the postmarginal vein, gradually narrowing
distad, dark, nearly twice the length of the postmarginal and_stigmal
veins; the latter two veins, slender, short, subequal in length, the post-
marginal vein slightly longer, the angle between them about 45°; the
stigmal vein straight, bearing a small ovate knob with an uncus proceeding
from its cephalo-distal margin near apex. Marginal cilia absent, except-
ing along the venation and distad along the caudal margin where they dis-
appear as the apex of the wing is neared; short. (Fig. 3). Posterior wings
widest before their middle; the cephalic margin of the wing is nearly
straight, obliquing distad; the caudal margin broadly convex, broadly
emarginate towards base, sloping distad but the apex obtuse; discal cilia
dense, but delicate and minute; marginal cilia moderate in length on the
caudal margin. Venation usual; about 22 hooklets. Maxillary palpi
4-jointed, the last joint much the longest, cylindrical oval. Labial palpi
3-jointed.

Male—The same. Eyes smaller, about the length of the gene, ovate;
antenne more slender, filiform, more noticeably hairy, pilose, more loosely
jointed, the distal funicle joints subpedunculate; 14-jointed, with two ring-
joints and a 4-jointed club; the funicle but 6-jointed, the first funicle joint
very long, cylindrical, narrowed in the middle, the joints shortening distad,

1910] Girault and Sanders —Chalcidoid Parasites 149

the pedicel much shorter than the first funicle joint; apical joint spur-like
(Fig. 4). Abdomen depressed, ovate, sessile, not as long as the thorax, the
genitalia exserted in death; mandibles and other characters as in the female.

A genus closely allied to Eutelus Walker and Platymesopus West-
wood, from both of which it is separated by the single ring-joint of
the female antenne, as well as more general characters.

Host RELATIONS OF THE GENUS.

The type and sole species of this genus, as our records given
beyond will show, is an important primary parasite of the common
house fly, of solitary habit and external, attacking the host in the
puparium stage but not penetrating the body of the inclosed pupa,
its larva obtaining nourishment through the body-wall of its host
by means of absorption. Its host relations are therefore very similar
to those of Spalangia — those species attacking Musca — in that it
is mostly confined to a single host and is external and solitary in
habit. But seemingly unlike the species of Spalangia, which we
consider in another paper, this parasite also occasionally attacks
other host genera, we having reared it rarely from the puparia of
both the screw-worm fly, Chrysomyia macellaria (Fabr.) and also
Phormia regina (Meig.); from the latter in the laboratory as well
as in nature. Rarely, it was also reared from the larva of both of
these flies.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENUS.

We have found this genus in what is practically a single locality
in Illinois; in the two adjoining towns of Champaign and Urbana.
In that locality it is common. Other portions of the state have not,
of course, been explored in reference to it and we have no knowledge
concerning its distribution in the United States.

Tue Tyrer SPECIES oF THE GENUS.

Muscidifurax raptor sp. nov.

Female. Length variable; maximum length, 2.60 mm.; minimum length,
1.80 mm.; average length, 2.24 mm.; range, 0.80 mm.; mode, 2.30 mm.

General color black, with slight senescence, subcorvinus; flagellum deep
black, appearing slightly greyish from the pubescence; the abdomen with
some brownish, at base ventrad on segment 3, a yellowish-brown spot on
each side of the meson, often contiguous forming a transverse yellowish-

150 Psyche [August

brown band, and with traces of yellowish-brown dorsad at base of the
second abdominal segment; the legs, excepting the concolorous black cox,
and the scape fuscous, the femora dorsad and laterad variable, usually
with blackish, especially in the caudal and cephalic femora; scape darker
dorsad, pedicel and ring-joints with some yellowish; exposed portions of
the mandibles black or dark fuscous; palpi dusky; tegule black; tarsi
slightly paler, their distal joint black; wings subhyaline, the marginal
vein conspicuous, black, especially proximad, the remaining venation dusky
with some yellowish. Eyes dark garnet, with several discal black spots;
ocelli pinkish, inconspicuous. Ventum concolorous, except as noted in the
abdomen.

Pubescence of body moderately close, inconspicuous. Abdomen polished.

Flagellum moderately densely pubescent, the hairs short and closely
applied; scape cylindrical, narrowing somewhat distad, equal in length,
nearly, to the pedicel, ring-joint and 3 proximal funicle joints combined;
pedicel long-obconic, its proximal end slightly curved, nearly thrice wider
at its apex than at its base, not quite a third of the length of the scape and
at least a fourth longer than the first funicle joint and its apex wider
than that joint; ring-joint transverse, not as wide as the pedicel and about
a fifth the length of the first funicle joint; first and second funicle joints
subequal in length, both widening somewhat distad, the second somewhat
wider than the first, each nearly a third longer than any of the next five
funicle joints which are subequal in length, each, however, very slightly
shorter than the one immediately preceding; the proximal club joint sub-
equal in length and width to the seventh or distal funicle joint, the inter-
mediate joint small, the apical joint small, obtusely conical, half the size
of the preceding. Funicle joints 2-7 subquadrate. Club as a whole ovate,
not much, if any, wider than the funicle, not equal to the united lengths of
the three distal funicle joints (joints 5, 6 and 7 of funicle).

(From 194 specimens.)

Male. Length variable; 1.3-2.2 mm.; average, 1.82 mm.

The same as the female, differing in the usual secondary sexual characters
pointed out in the generic description, and in color as follows: The base
of the abdomen in the dorsal aspect has a large conspicuous, rounded,
honey-yellow spot, distinct to the naked eye, which is but slightly indicated
in the female by the presence of some yellowish-brown in that region; in
the same region ventrad, the area is larger than that in the female and
rounded. The antenne have an additional ring-joint, one joint less in the
funicle and a very minute, additional fourth club joint, which are the un-
usual secondary structural features.

Flagellum filiform, pilose. Scape slender, a fourth longer than the
pedicel, ring-joints and first funicle joint united; pedicel obconic, not as
long as in the female, not by far a half the length of the proximal funicle
joint, subequal in length to the distal (6th) funicle joint; ring-joints
transverse, the second nearly twice the size of the first and darker in color;
funicle joints all longer than wide, abruptly shortening distad; first funicle

Chalcidoid Parasites 151

1910] Girault and Sanders

joint by far the longest, cylindrical, narrowed or constricted obtusely at
the middle, over half the length of the scape, subequal to the club in length,
somewhat shorter, with an indication of a petiole or peduncle at its apex
and a third longer than the second funicle joint; the latter slightly con-
stricted at proximal third, with a more distinct petiole, the third and fourth
funicle joints subequal, each a fourth shorter than the second funicle joint;
funicle joints 5 and 6 subequal, each a fourth shorter than either the third
or fourth funicle joints, and each about half the length of the proximal
funicle joint. Petiole or peduncle of joints 3, 4, 5, and 6 of the funicle
distinct but not long; funicle joints 5 and 6 acute at their disto-lateral
angles, the others less distinctly so; club moderately long, tapering to a
point, distinctly shorter than the scape, its proximal joint somewhat shorter
than the sixth funicle joint, but nearly as wide, its second joint slightly
longer and as wide, its third joint conical, with a narrow truncate apex,
not quite as long as the proximal joint, and the fourth distal joint minute,
nipple-like, resembling a small conical spur and terminating in a seta.

(From 80 specimens.)

Types: Accession No. 40,250, Illinois State Laboratory of Natural
History, Urbana, Illinois, 32 ¢’s, 81 $’s, tagmounted.

Cotypes—Cotype No. 12,240, United States National Museum, Washing-
ton, D. C., 2 o’s, 2 9’s, tagmounted.

Viewed with a hand-lens, the female is uniformly glossy black with a
conic-ovate, smoother abdomen which projects to the tip of the wings,
marked yventrad near base with brownish-yellow, the wings hyaline with
brownish-black marginal, postmarginal and stigmal veins, the latter dis-
tinctly tapering from the thicker base to apex; the legs, excepting black
shining cox, brownish-yellow marked indistinctly with darker, the lateral
aspect of the posterior femora dark; the antenne black with the scape
dark brownish. Eyes and ocelli dark garnet, the former with a discal
blackish spot, not distinct; the pubescence indistinct on antennze and body,
giving the former an indistinct greyish appearance in direct light. The
sculpture of head and thorax appears distinctly as a very slight, uniform
“and delicate roughening. The antennal flagella are about as long as the
thorax. The sculpture appears rougher along the surface of the metanotum.

The male appears the same as the female, excepting the shorter, flattened,
depressed abdomen containing a moderately large, brownish-yellow spot in
the middle near base, and the slenderer, loosely-jointed, softly hairy anten-
nal flagella, the pilose pubescence of which is distinct and yellowish grey.

When viewed with the naked eye, the parasites look like black gnats with
long bodies, indistinct brown-yellow legs and indistinct clear wings which
are folded along the back in the usual position for the Pteromalide. They
appear a third smaller in size than Pteromalus pwparum (Linn.) for
instance to the naked eye and the sexes cannot be certainly separated with-
out enlargement. Through a lens, however, the antennal and abdominal
characters previously mentioned, together with the exserted genitalia of the
male, allow them to be distinguished with readiness. To some extent, to

152 Psyche [August

the naked eye, the species resembles some of the smaller species of Spa-
langia and more closely, Pachycrepoideus dubius Ashmead, but the bodies
of the latter are noticeably shorter and more compact, the antennz shorter
and stouter.

Described from the following 324 specimens, all, with the excep-
tion of 50, now in the collection of the Illinois State Laboratory of
Natural History and all reared from various house fly puparia, and
those of two other Diptera, during the investigations of 1908 in the
insectary of the office of the State Entomologist of Illinois at
Urbana. Unless otherwise stated all of the specimens are mounted
on tags.

(1) Eleven males of the parasite emerged singly on October 17,
from 11 puparia of Musca domestica Linneus which had been ex-
posed in the insectary September 20 and 30; accession No. 40,251
11 °’s. (2) On October 24 from the same lot of isolated puparia,
there were removed 34 ©’s, 83 *’s; accession No. 40,250, 32 °%’s,
81 *’s (2 3's, 2 ¥’s — Cotype No. 12,240, U. S. N. M.). (3) 6 *’s
from the same lot April 25, 1909; accession No. 41,082, 6 °’s. (4)
2 3's, 2 %’s, part of 7 3’s, 3 *’s reared October 2 from Musca
puparia (see 11), parents of the next two numbers; accession Nos.
40,248, 1 ¢, 1 *, and 40,246,1 9,1 °. (5) 4 9’s, 19 *’s reared
October 20 and November 7 from single Musca puparia in confine-
ment, progeny of the single pair of accession No. 40,248 (see pre-
ceding) ; accession Nos. 40,249, 3 %’s, 10 °’s and 40,269, 1 7, 9 ®’s
(6) 1%, 14 *’s reared October 20 to November 7 from 15 Musca
puparia in confinement, progeny of the single pair of accession No.
40,246 (see 4); accession Nos. 40,247, 1 9,7 °’s and 40,268, 7 °’s.
(7) 3 °’s reared September 26 from three Musca domestica puparia
formed from maggots in horse manure and exposed to parasitism in
the insectary September 8 to 11; accession No. 40,144, 3 9’s. (8)
4 °’s reared from four of the same host Jot, September 27; accession
No. 40,146, 4 %’s. (9) 2 9’s reared from two of the same host lot
September 28; accession No. 40,150, 2 °’s. (10) 2.9’s, 7 *’s
reared from nine of the same host lot September 30; accession No.
40,153, 2 2’s, 7 *’s. (11) 2 parthenogenetic females, reared from
two puparia of lot 4 in preceding, parents of the following; acces-
sion Nos. 40,298 and 41,000, 2 °’s. (12) 2 °’s reared October 24

from two puparia of Phormia regina (Meigen), parthenogenetic

1910] Girault and Sanders —Chalcidoid Parasites 153

progeny of the preceding number; accession Nos. 40,299 and 41,-
001, 2 °’s. (13) 5 %’s, 9 *’s reared as in lot 4; discarded. (14) 3
J’s, 12 *’s +42 reared October 4 with several Spalangia and 1 ¢
Pachycrepoideus dubius, from 57 Musca domestica puparia, exposed
to infestation September 8-11; accession No. 40,171, 3 °’s, 12 2’.
(15) 22 *’s+8 reared from 30 of the same lot as 14, the same spe-
cies present in larger numbers, October 11; accession, No. 40,205,
22 *’s. (16) 1 * collected in insectary around fly-breeding cages,
September 10, parent of the next number; accession No. 39,965, 1 *.
(17) 7 *’s reared in confinement from 7 puparia of Musca domestica
October 1, progeny of the single female of the preceding; accession
No. 40,169, 5 ®’s. (18)°, 1 %, each removed October 13 from single
puparia of Phormia regina (Meigen) obtained from garbage at the
city dumping-grounds, Champaign, September 23 ; accession No. 40,-

my,

217, 1 %,1. (19) 1 ° reared froma larva of Phormia regina, col-
lected in garbage at the city dumping-grounds, Champaign, October
21, and removed from the capsule containing the host larva on No-
vember 6; accession No. 40,258, 1 ©. (20) 2 @’s, 2 *’s reared from
four Musca domestica puparia September 29, parents of the next
number; accession No. 40,242, 2 °’s, 2 *’s. (21) 2 ®’s reared in con-
finement from two puparia of Phormia regina (Meigen), October
19, progeny of the preceding; accession No. 40,243, 2 °’s. (22
3 2's, 3 *’s reared from six Musca domestica puparia, September
30, parents of the next; accession No. 40,244, 3 %’s, 3 °’s. (23) 41
¢, 1 * reared in confinement from two puparia of Phormia regina
(Meigen), October 19, progeny of the preceding; accession No.
40,945, 1S, 1 ?.

BrotocicaLt Novtes.

The brief duration of the investigations and the lack of time and
opportunity prevented an extensive study of the life-history and
biology of this parasite, and because of its lesser abundance and
the somewhat greater difficulty experienced in handling it in con-
finement, not as much was learned concerning it as in the case of
Nasonia brevicornis Ashm. It is more sensitive than the latter, has
an apparently limited number of hosts and is solitary; yet, not-
withstanding these, with time and opportunity, its biological history
could be learned with ease in the laboratory, as the females are not

154 Psyche [August

at all adverse to ovipositing in confinement, as in the case of Spalan-
gia and many other Chaleidoidea. But seemingly it is not as prolific
and as general a parasite as is Nasonia.

We have not obtained positive data concerning the entire seasonal
history of this parasite, but our observations indicate that it confines
itself principally to the puparium stage of the house fly, following
this single host throughout and hibernating in the host puparium as
a larva, pupating and emerging early in the spring in time to attack
the first host generation. The investigations concerning the house
fly, and during which this parasite was discovered, did not com-
mence until late in July, and the parasite did not appear, so far as
we know, until the first week in September. From then on, until
freezing weather commenced, it was comparatively common. It
was reared from host puparia collected on September 23; and again,
nearly a month later, from hosts collected on October 21, from a
garbage heap then literally swarming with muscid maggots (Musca,
Chrysomyia, Phormia); and from this last lot of puparia a few
adults of the parasite had emerged by November 6. On October 21
hibernation had probably commenced, for although adult Spalangia
were found to be rather numerous in the soil around the muscid
puparia at the garbage heap, neither raptor nor Nasonia brevicornis
were seen. Further, hosts collected on November 14, 1908, from the
same garbage heap, then covered with snow, when confined in the
warm insectary, produced both adult raptor and Nasonia brevi-
cornis which emerged about a month later, their development having
evidently been hastened by the warmth. Facts such as these,
strongly indicate hibernation in the host puparia and analogy would
lead to the belief that this species has a winter history somewhat
similar to that found in Nasonia brevicornis.

As briefly as possible, we summarize the few special experiments
conducted with this parasite in the laboratory.

I. An adult female captured in the insectary around fly-breeding
cages, September 13, was at once confined in a vial with a single
puparium of Phormia regina; oviposition was observed within the
next 24 hours, after which the parasite was released. No emer-
gences followed. However, the host was examined in March, 1909,
and found to contain fragments of the host pupa, the dead larva of
this parasite, its body blackened but still soft up to May 20 follow-

1910] Girault and Sanders —Chalcidoid Parasites 155

ing and its peculiar meconium. Hence, this parasite attacks Phormia
regina in confinement.

II. a. On October 1, a pair of adults just reared from Musca
puparia in horse manure were confined with 40 healthy puparia of
the same host reared in confinement from maggots in garbage. Ovi-
position occurred and on October 20 following, four males and 19
females emerged as the offspring of the single female, making a
total progeny of 23.

b. Another pair from the same source and emerging at the same
time were similarly confined with 30 fresh Musca puparia reared
from the maggots in garbage. Reproduction occurred and on Octo-
ber 20, one male and 14 female parasites emerged as the total
progeny of this pair.

Hence in confinement, single females were able to kill 23 and 15
hosts respectively, necessarily laying eggs to the extent of those
amounts.

III. A single female parasite captured around the fly cages in the
insectary, September 10, was confined in a glass vial with 11 healthy
puparia of Musca domestica reared from maggots in horse manure;
the parasite was confined with the hosts at 11.50 a. m. the day of
capture. As a result, on October 1, seven adult females had
emerged, the total progeny; two of the remaining hosts died but
examination disclosed no symptoms of parasitism; the other two
produced 1 ° and 1 * of the host on September 14.

IV. Eleven females reared from 11 puparia of Musca domestica
in horse manure September 29-30, and isolated at emergence —
hence virgin — were separately confined during September 30 with
single puparia of Phormia regina. Reproduction occurred and in
three cases single males resulted as the progeny of three of the
virgin parents; adult hosts emerged in three cases and the remain-
ing hosts died without showing symptoms of parasitism. Hence
parthenogenesis occurs with this parasite, the unfertilized ova pro-
ducing males. Here, there can be no doubt but that the females
were unfertilized, mating within the puparium, obviously, being
impossible.

V. a. September 29, two males and two females of the parasite
reared from four puparia of Musca domestica on the same day,
earlier in the morning, were confined with 15 puparia of Phormia
regina. Oviposition was observed at 11.45 a. m., and doubtless

156 Psyche [August

occurred again. The resultant progeny proved to be two females
from two of the puparia, emerging on the 19th of October.

b. Experiment similar to a. The following day three pairs of
the parasite from the same source as in preceding were confined with
17 of the same host puparia, the resulting progeny proving to be
one male and one female, emerging on October 19 following.

The experiments indicate fecundity, give the approximate dura-
tion of the life cycle and establish parthenogenesis, which, however,
remains to be verified. They also show the readiness with which
the puparia of Phormia are attacked in confinement.

HaBits aND BrioLoGgy IN GENERAL.

As the observations on all points of the life history and biology
of this parasite were necessarily desultory, they can be presented in
no other way than one seemingly fragmentary. For convenience
and brevity they are summarized or collected under the following
headings.

A. Nature of Parasitism. In the 309 (77 °@’s, 181 °’s, 51 unde-
termined sex) cases of parasitism which were isolated in small gela-
tine capsules with special reference to the nature of parasitism, of
which all but nine of the hosts (4 °’s, 5 °’s of the parasites) were
Musca domestica, every one yielded but a single parasite, which
shows beyond doubt that the species is solitary in habit, even when

— rarely — attacking comparatively large hosts such as Chrysomyia
and Phormia are. In a critical examination of the hosts, after the
emergence of the parasite, it was found that in nearly all cases they
were considerably reduced in bulk, but not noticeably in length,
recognizable as pupe, flattened, along the abdomen especially, hard-
ened, shrunken and blackened — not collapsed or eaten away —
indicating that the larval parasite was attached to the external
body-wall of the host, obtaining its nourishment by absorption
through it. This indication has been proven to be a fact by several
direct observations made on dissected hosts, known to be parasitized
by this species, and the further fact established, namely, that the
larval parasite has no particular choice as regards the portion of the
body of the host to which it attaches itself or rather to which it
becomes attached. The destruction of the host is more complete
than with Nasonia, for some host pupe are mere hollowed-out

1910] Girault and Sanders —Chalcidoid Parasites 157

shells of the venter, but less so than is the case with Spalangia. In
a few instances the hosts were mere fragments, but the great
majority were as has been described.

After emergence of the adult parasite, an examination of the host
puparium reveals at first the shrunken and blackened remains of
the host pupa lying in its natural position along the floor of the
puparium and attached to it, usually along the dorsum of the caudal
portions of the abdomen, the yellowish pupal cast of the parasite
and then caudad of the host remains, lying upon the floor of the
puparium, free, the peculiar, round-angled, dark meconium of the
parasite larva; or the latter may be attached to the host remains as
in Spalangia, there resembling a dark clot. As this meconium is
characteristic, and can be readily distinguished from that of Spalan-
gia, and hence forms an available means of identity when others are
absent, by way of description it may be stated that, to the naked eye,
it resembles a small solid, black-brown bead, about thrice the size
of a visible grain of sand, resembling somewhat a coarse grain of
powder, but not as irregular or as angular, measuring actually about
.8 mm., its general outline convex and dome-shaped, the bottom flat,
and the convex upper side, with a concavity, groove or impression
along or in its center or at one end; this impression is quite often
segmented, and as it is known that it is formed by the abdomen of
the parasitic pupa which rests in it, the segmented appearance is
due to the impression made in the then soft meconium by the in-
cisions of the abdominal segments of the larva; the place of this
groove is variable, and it may be absent, tending to show that the
pupa of the parasite was not attached to it in the usual way; the
edges of the impression are quite often acute or sharpened ridges;
from above the meconium’s outline is circular, with some irregular
angulation; rarely it is quite irregular. It is much smaller in
diameter — at least by a half —than the meconium of Spalangia
which is wider and flatter, lozenge- or discus-shaped, and hence the
two are readily distinguished on comparison. So far as the evidence
goes, the manner or nature of the parasitism does not differ for sex
of the parasite nor for species of the host. However, in four
authentic instances, instead of the puparium stadium being affected,
it was the larval stadium. The hosts in these instances were Chrys-
omyia macellaria and Phormia regina and the parasites emerged

from single, nearly full-grown larve isolated in capsules.

158 Psyche [August

B. Emergence of the Adult. When perfect and mature, having
cast the pupal integument and rested, the adult parasite in order to
obtain its freedom cuts a single rounded hole, measuring from 0.60
to 1.25 mm. diameter, through the puparium with its mandibles.
This exit-hole varies in position but is usually cephalad or caudad
and in the dorsal aspect. Its edges are ragged or serrated. It does
not vary for sex or host and is not unusual. In rare cases the
parasite may make as many as four exit-holes, obviously because of
its failure to accomplish its exit readily, as is normal. So far we
know of no characteristics distinguishing the exit-holes of this
parasite from those of Spalangia or Pachycrepoideus.

In regard to the time of emergence. The two sexes appear almost
simultaneously, but our rearing records indicate an earlier appear-
ance of the male as is usual. This sex, in a cycle lot of the same
age, may appear from 24 to 36 hours earlier than the females, but
not all together, the time given referring to the individuals of earliest
appearance. The tendency in development is for a more rapid
maturity of the males, taking the sex as a whole.

C. Oviposition; Number of Eggs Deposited. 'The facts concern-
ing this habit are not well known and our observations are briefly
stated. In one of the two cases observed, the host being Musca do-
mestica Linneus, the position of the female was essentially the same
as with Nasonia brevicornis Ashm.; the ovipositor was inserted into
one end of the host dorsad and 90 seconds were occupied in inserting
or boring the ovipositor into the host, and the ovipositor was fully
inserted for 105 seconds. In the other case observed (September
9, 1908), the female stood lengthwise along the domestica puparium,
along the median line dorsad, and inserted the ovipositor between
two caudal segments; the antenne and abdomen were moved slightly
during the operation which lasted for seven minutes (6.15 a. m.);
subsequently during the same day, this same female was observed
making (apparent) oviposition into the same host, so that, though
solitary, several ovipositions into single hosts may occur (confine-
ment). As already stated, occasionally (rarely) the female may
deposit into maggots, apparently when young, but it.is a question
how this occurs or under what conditions it could be accomplished.

Regarding the number of eggs deposited. But two observations
of worth were made concerning this, as recorded on a previous page
(experiment II.). Here two pairs of adults were given access to a

1910] Girault and Sanders —Chalcidoid Parasites 159

number of healthy hosts, allowing some range in choice as regards
the number of progeny. In case a, 23 progeny out of a “possible”’
40 resulted, and in case b, 15 progeny out of a “possible” 30 re-
‘sulted. As these pairs were fresh and had not reproduced pre-
viously, the results at least give us some notion concerning fecundity
of the species.

D. Length of Life Cycle. We know nothing concerning the dura-
tion of the different stages, and but little concerning the duration
of the cycle as a whole. What has been learned, was obtained by
experiments conducted in confinement and is summarized in the

following table: .

TaBLE I. DuRaTION OF THE LIFE CYCLE IN Muscidifurax raptor,
SEVERAL CYCLES, 1908.

| Duration of the

Lot Numberof | Eggs Adults | Cycle.

No. Progeny. Deposited. Emerged. | 5
| | Days. | Hours.

tee big ?s Noon, Sept. 10 10a.m., Oct. 1) 20 22

2 | 2s Noon, Sept. 29 | Noon, 1Oct. 19 20 0

|

3 2 (cP) 9a.m., Sept. 30| 3 p. m., Oct. 19 19 6

4 | 23 (4 2’s, 19 2’s)| Noon, Oct.1 | Noon, Oct. 20 19 0

5 eye hd 228) eal Noone Octal 4p. m., 10ct. 20) 19 4

PSYC TLS OREM 3.7.30. bende. YR R ce ear ene ky, tees epee re 19 17

E. Proportion of the Sexes. Of the 288 reared specimens of this
species concerning which the nature of the sex was recorded, there
were 85 males and 203 females, or nearly two and a half times more
females than males. This high preponderance of the females is
unexpected in view of the natural history of the species, but par-
thenogenesis may account for it, following as it does no general law
in the Hymenoptera. The figures given are for the whole total of
the specimens reared by us, either artificially or from hosts obtained
in nature and the proportions may be warped. Of the former —
totalling 52, but

those bred in confinement, hence artificially

1 Approximated to hours.

160 Psyche [August

nine were males and the remaining 43 females, the preponderance
being still greater; of the 236 specimens obtained from hosts col-
lected in nature, 77 were males and 159 females; the preponderance
is much less than in the other class, being but as two is to one, and
we are inclined to believe it to be the true condition.

THE FOOD OF CALLIGRAPHA BIGSBYANA, A CHRYS-
OMELID BEETLE.

By Rosert W. HeGner,

Ann Arbor, Mich.

All of the adult specimens and larve of Calligrapha bigsbyana
secured for me, or that I myself have collected, have been found
upon the long-leafed willow, Salix longifolia, and so far as I have
been able to ascertain, they do not occur in nature upon any other
species of plant. It was discovered several years ago that both
adults and larve thrive equally well in the laboratory when fed
upon leaves of Saliz amygdaloides (Hegner, 1908).1 The following
experiment was undertaken to learn if Salix longifolia is preferred.

Larve that had been fed in the laboratory on Salix amygdaloides
pupated on July 2, and the adults emerged on July 14. On July 15
two males and two females were placed in a stender dish containing
three leaves each of Salia longifolia and S. amygdaloides. The
beetles crawled over the bottom, sides and top of the dish as well
as over the leaves, and if they had preference for either sort of
leaves they were given ample opportunity to show it. The leaves of
S. amygdaloides were attacked as quickly as were those of S. longi-
folia, and as much of the former was eaten as of the latter. The
experiment was continued for a month, fresh leaves of each species
of willow being supplied to the beetles every day, but in no instance
was a preference for either sort observed.

Beetles that are kept in stender dishes usually lay their eggs upon
the leaves, but sometimes they fasten them to the sides or top of the
dish. The two females used for this experiment chose one kind of
leaf as often as the other upon which to lay their eggs. Why these
beetles are found only on S. longifolia in nature, though they show
no preference for it in the laboratory, is a question still unsolved.

1 Observations on the Breeding Habits of three Chrysomelid Beetles, Calli-
grapha bigsbyana, C, multipunctata, and C. lunata. Psyche, Vol. 15, pp. 21-24.

1910] Reiff — Resistance of Gypsy Moth Eggs 161

SOME EXPERIMENTS ON THE RESISTANCE OF GYPSY
MOTH EGGS TO THE DIGESTIVE FLUIDS OF BIRDS.

By WiuuiAm ReEIFr.t

The subject of the present paper has already been referred to in
a previous article published in one of the recent numbers of this
journal. There I referred to the investigations of Alexander Bau
who determined by numerous experiments that the eggs of certain
species of Lepidoptera will pass out undigested, and still remain in
a living state after a trip through the stomach and intestines of
some species of birds. On this account I thought that Gypsy Moth
eggs which have extremely hard chitinous shells, might readily
withstand such a journey without damage. If this should prove
true the sporadic diffusion of the Gypsy Moth in New England,
which has hitherto been so mysterious, might find a_ partial
explanation.

In selecting the birds used for these experiments it proved im-
possible to get native species and I was compelled to substitute
foreign birds such as sparrows and finches. Altogether species
belonging to the following four families were utilized:

Fringillide. (German Canary Bird, English Yellow Hammer
and English Chaffinch.)

Turdide. (Japanese Robin.)

Bubonide. (Screech Owl.)

Columbide. (Carrier Pigeon.)

German Canary Bird.

One dispar egg cluster overwintered in outside temperature was
divided into two parts early in March, 1910. One half was put
apart for control while the other was separated into its individual
eggs. The eggs were put into small crumbs of bread to which small
pieces of cochineal were added for the purpose of tracing the eggs
in the droppings of the bird. The food thus prepared was given
to the bird early in the morning and had passed through the ali-
mentary tract at the expiration of an hour and twenty minutes. All

1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution,
Harvard University, No. 24.

162 Psyche [August

the red excrement was collected the same afternoon and dried in the
air for two days. To facilitate the hatching of the caterpillars from
such eggs as might be contained in the excrement, this was carefully
broken into small pieces. Seven eggs were found but each had the
shell slightly injured by the bird’s beak. The rest of the eggs had
not been eaten but had been picked out of the crumbs of bread by the
bird and thrown aside. The hatching of caterpillars from the con-
trol eggs began on March 21 and was completed two days later, but
the seven eggs obtained from the excrement failed to hatch, having
dried up.

In the following experiments the same precautions were taken,
keeping control eggs from each cluster used and adding bits of
cochineal so that this need not be mentioned in the case of the
other birds.

English Chaffinch

A bird of this species was fed in the same way but the eggs were
not passed in the excrement until nearly three hours after feeding.
The excrement was dried and broken up as before but not a single
dispar egg could be found. These missing eggs were later found
uneaten, having been cast aside by the bird.

English Yellow Hammer.

A specimen of this species was fed as before but the eggs were
placed in living larve of the meal-beetle which had been cut open
on the last four abdominal segments to insert the Gypsy Moth eggs.
The bird was fed with these in the morning and after an hour and
a half they were passed in the excrement of the bird. In this case
twelve dispar eggs were found and no sort of injury could be de-
tected on any of them. Other eggs fed in pieces of bread were cast
aside by the bird and not eaten. Although the caterpillars from the
control eggs hatched normally all those fed to the bird failed to
hatch. These changed color normally but died with a nearly
developed caterpillar in each egg.

Japanese Robin.

This bird was fed on eggs placed in meal-beetle larve as was
done with the previous bird. The bird was fed late in the morning
and an hour and a half later the eggs were passed in its red excre-

1910] Reiff — Resistance of Gypsy Moth Eggs 163

ment. Fifty-two eggs were found in this excrement and of these
one hatched on the 23rd of March, followed by two on the morning
of the 24th. A later investigation showed fully developed cater-
pillars in the eggs which had failed to hatch.

Screech Owl.

I at first attempted to feed the owl on bits of chopped beef in
which eggs had been placed but it refused to partake of this mixture.
It was then allowed to fast for a couple of days after which I offered
it a freshly killed mouse into which one hundred and twenty dispar
eggs had been placed through an incision made in the abdomen.
This prepared mouse was given to the bird late one afternoon and
was eaten during the following night. Late the next afternoon I
found the red colored vomitings composed of the indigestible parts
of the mouse and these contained a considerable number of dispar
eggs, although none could be detected in the excrement. Altogether
I found one hundred and twelve eggs, every one without any sign
of injury. At the same time that the control eggs began to hatch
some of those obtained from the owl gave forth caterpillars until
altogether seven appeared. All of the others failed to hatch
although they changed color in a normal way.

Carrier Pigeon.

This bird was fed upon a mixture of boiled pigeon-food to which
the Gypsy Moth eggs were added. This was given to the pigeon late
in the morning and after three hours had passed through its ali-
mentary tract. Quite a number of eggs had been eaten by the
pigeon but none was found in the excrement.

To sum up the details of these various experiments it is seen that
Gypsy Moth eggs can withstand the action of the digestive fluids
of birds belonging to at least two families, Turdide and Bubonide,
without suffering any, or only slight, injury. In regard to the large
family, Fringillide, also an insectivorous group, I am inclined to
believe that these birds might also occasionally distribute Gypsy
Moth eggs in spite of the negative results obtained in my experi-
ments. Since the members of the pigeon family grind up their food
in a gizzard filled with small stones it is very unlikely that Gypsy

164 Psyche [August

Moth eggs could pass through their intestines without being
destroyed.

In conclusion I wish to express my hearty appreciation to Prof.
W. M. Wheeler, Prof. W. E. Castle and Dr. A. L. Reagh for their

advice and assistance.

GEOMETRID NOTES.
By L.. W. Swrrn,
Boston, Mass.

A New CINGILIA.

Cingilia rubiferaria, sp. nov.

Expands ¢ 32-33 mm., 2 24-25 mm. Fore wings slate colored and semi-
hyaline much thinner in texture than in C. catenaria, due to the much
fewer scales and further apart, also more hairy. In some specimens the
color is smoky brown but not so prevailing as the slate color. Front of
head bright ocher as are tufts on thorax, but body is gray. First markings
start on costa one fourth out, notched on each vein and black same as
catenaria but not so distinct while it is always plain in the latter. Discal
spot black, beyond extra discal lines runs zig-zag notched on the veins as
catenaria. Black dots at ends of veins in fringe which is dusky. Hind
wings same color as fore, with single extra discal notched line and dots at
ends of veins. Beneath same as above only the lines are just visible which
is not true of catenaria where they are strong. The female is strikingly
different from the male being about one half the size and presents rather
the appearance of a moth whose wings never fully expanded. The body is
extremely heavy for the size of the moth and it is doubtful if it can fly.
The markings are the same as the male except from the extra discal line
on fore and hind wings the veins are black to outer border. Beneath
same markings as above the black veins running from extra discal lines
on fore and hind wings to inner margin.

I was at first inclined to place this as a melanie race of cate-
naria, it not being found in any place outside of Attean Pond,
Maine, so Mr. Lueas tells me, and he examined the vicinity, nor did
he take any catenaria at the same place. The small size female and
the more hairy and thinner scaled wings would serve to separate
it from catenaria and also the hairs appear broader under the micro-
scope giving the wings a transparent look. This species was taken
by Mr. Lucas at Attean Pond in northern Maine near Moosehead

1910] Barbour — Life History of Ascodipteron 165

Lake and was fairly plentiful flying up from the low bushes which
surrounded the pond, there being no trees, but the females were
crawling around probably due to the heavy body of the female, and
very rare.

? type, Attean Pond, Maine, October 3, 1909, in my collection.

° cotypes, Attean Pond, Maine, October 3, 1909, distributed
in the following collections: Boston Society of Natural History,
William Reiff, G. H. Field, F. X. Williams, A. J. Crocker, Univer-
sity Museum of Harvard College and ten in mine, also in Brooklyn
Institute Coll. from Dr. Hulst, Maine. * cotypes, G. H. Field,
William Reiff, and five in mine.

Mr. Guy Lucas turned up this interesting species in Moosehead
Lake region, northern Maine, and I recognized it as being new and
was going to describe it as “lucasi’”’ when I took a trip to Brooklyn,
N. Y., and saw my lucasi labelled rubiferaria Hulst from Maine.
I looked up the literature and found Doctor Hulst never described
this so I propose to keep it under the original name to avoid future
controversy.

A NOTE REGARDING THE LIFE HISTORY OF ASCODIPTERON.

In a recent letter from my friend, Mr. F. Muir, he announces the sending
of a paper which embodies results of his studies regarding the life history
of Ascodipteron; and as it may be some months before his report can be
published, it seems wise to offer this short preliminary notice. Mr. Fred-
erick Muir, while engaged in collecting insect parasites in the Dutch East
Indies, has made the following observations regarding the life cycle of
Ascodipteron:

By the wings and the entire structure of the male, it proves to be very
closely allied to the Streblide. The female is at first fully winged, but
imbeds herself in the bat hosts, cuts off her wings and legs, and undergoes
a post-imaginal metamorphosis which converts her into the flask-shaped
grub originally described by Doctor Adensamer. This is brought about by
the abdomen growing to an enormous extent, and completely covering the
head and thorax. The proboscis of the female is greatly altered to enable
her to penetrate the skin of the host, but its homology to the proboscis of
the normal fly is perfectly clear. A more complete and detailed descrip-
tion of this bizarre type will follow in a later number.

Tuomas BARBOUR.

166 Psyche [August

WESTERN LEPIDOPTERA. III.
Notes oN LEPTARCTIA CALIFORNIAE WALKER.

By Karu R. Coo.iner,
Palo Alto, California.

Some time ago while looking over the lepidopterological collection
of Mr. J. G. Grundel, of Alma, Cal., I was struck by the great
range of variation exhibited by Leptarctia california, a rather com-
mon Arctian in the vicinity of San Francisco Bay. In one series
of thirty-eight specimens, all from the same lot of eggs, hardly any
two were at all alike, and no two exactly so, although californi@ is
quite a plainly fashioned insect. The history of Leptarctia cali-
fornie well illustrates the numerous troubles caused by a species
much given to variation. The genus Leptarctia was established by
Stretch, in his Zygenide and Bombycide of North America (p. 119),
with lena Boisd. (—adnata Boisd.) and decia Boisd., both of which
had been described in the genus Lithosia,’ and a new species, which
he called dimidiata. These forms he tabulated as follows:

Bonded Gypbovuiss 1iXelae Han o gue eb COUGodnDoonb op oDieSaqadoD5C L. decia
bower svitigs yellowtwe: cen ee ote eer ees ies eee ae oie L. lena
ower swans blacks. arin ci cisctelecheseienel-eyerotcre orto L. dimidiata

These three species we find depicted on plate 5, nine figures of
lena, three of decia, and four of dimidiata being given. Stretch
was evidently aware of the great amount of variation displayed in
Leptarctia, as he remarks on page 121, under L. lena, ‘““The wonder-
ful variations of this species, show how necessary it is to have a long
series of many insects before it is possible to determine the limits
of the species. It is possible to select three or four types of the
insect under consideration, so unlike each other, that in the absence
of intermediate intergradations they might readily be considered
specifically distinct; it was indeed a long time before I could satisfy
myself of their identity, especially as the shape of the primaries is
by no means constant, but the past summer has supplied so many
intermediate links that there can be no longer any reasonable doubt.”
In 1855, however, Walker had described in the British Museum

1Five species of Cithene were also placed in the same genus by Boisduval.
Subsequently he remarks that the three former (lena, adnata and decia) “should
perhaps be placed in a new genus near Nemeophila.”’

1910] Coolidge — Notes on Leptarctia california 167

Catalogue Lepidoptera Heterochroa, Nemophila california, which,
as Stretch showed in his addenda and corrigenda (p. 240), is the
same as lena Boisd., of which adnata Boisd. was a synonym, and
as it has priority, lena must itself drop into synomical rank. Pack-
ard, Synopsis of the Bombycide of the United States, 1864, does not
record any of the forms of Leptarctia. Stretch, under L. lena,
wrote, “I strongly suspect that Pltaarctia modesta, Packard, is one
of the many varieties of this species, although a specimen forwarded
to Doctor Packard was returned with this query, ‘What is it?’ That
it is congeneric is, I think, beyond doubt, as the peculiar thoracic
markings are minutely given in the diagnosis of P. modesta.”
Pltaarctia modesta has, however, turned out to be only a form of
Parasemia plantaginis Linn., another very confusing and variable
species. In 1882 Grote (New Check List of North American
Moths) gives decia, lena and dimidiata specific rank, with califor-
nie as a synonym of lena. This arrangement concurs with that of
the list of the Brooklyn Entomological Society (1881), except that
there is no mention of californie in the Brooklyn list. In 1881
Butler (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. VIII.) describes four more
varieties, namely: Stretchii, Boisduvalii, latifasciata and fulvofas-
ciata, his descriptions being based on the specimens figured by
Stretch. He also retains as valid, the four names already proposed.
In 1889 Prof. G. H. French published in the Canadian Entomologist,
Vol. XXI., a paper on the “Preparatory Stages of Leptarctia cali-
fornie Walker, with Notes on the Genus.” In this paper all of
these eight names are retained and in addition three new varieties
are described. His arrangement may be summarized as follows:

Leptarctia californiae Walker.

stretchii Butler.
boisduvalii Butler.
dimidiata Stretch.

Wiel lls
2.
’
, albifascia French.
’
’
’

Var. 2
Var. 3
Var. 4&
Var. 5, occidentalis French.

6, latifascia Butler.

7, fulvofascia Butler.
Var. 8, californie Walker (Typical).
Var. 9, wrightii French.
Var. 10, decia Boisd.
Var. 11, lena Boisd.

Var.
Var.

-

168 Psyche [August

Wood engravings are given of all these, together with a brief
description of each form. Later writers have considerably cut down
this list. Dyar (Cat. N. Amer. Lepid., 1902) lists but three forms
as valid, these being californie Walker, decia Boisd. and dimidiata
Stretch, the last two being placed as varieties. Holland, in his
Moth Book (p. 121, 1903) places lena, decia and dimidiata as forms
of california. Thus, according to Dyar’s list, we find again the
three forms originally listed by Stretch, viz.: californie Walker
(lena Boisd.), decia Boisd. and dimidiata Stretch.

The principal variation in the coloration of Leptarctia california
is in the secondaries, and the amount of black on the same wings
is also very variable, from a few black points to uniformity. The
variation even extends to the shape of the wings, the primaries
being by no means constant. But it is the color variations that have
brought L. californie to grief. The numerous varieties described
were but individual variations of a single species as I can find all of
the forms now recognized, with all intergradations, and in addition
some which would certainly be worthy of being described as new
if we were to go by some former standards, in this series of thirty-
eight specimens, all from the same female. There is no doubt that
we have but a single species of the genus Leptarctia, and the
synonomy must stand as follows:

Leptarctia californiae Walker.

. lena Boisd. 1868-69.

. adnata Boisd. 1868-69.

. dimidiata Stretch. 1872.

. stretchii Butler. 1881.
boisduvalii Butler. 1881.
. latifascia Butler. 1881.
fulvofascia Butler. 1881.
. albifascia French. 1889.

. occidentalis French. 1889.
. wrightii French. 1889.

ail gil allel allel allallalls

Stretch’s remarks as to how necessary it is to have a long series of
specimens before it is possible to determine the limits of a species,
are particularly applicable to the protean members of the family
Arctiide, of which the present species is a member, and the test of
breeding will also be found to be an essential in such forms. Lep-
tarctia californie is a rather common and wide-spread, though

1910] Reviews 169

somewhat local, species in California. It flies in the hot sunshine
and seems to have a preference for open plots in wooded localities
and along the roadsides. Professor French, in his paper already
alluded to, has fully described the preparatory stages, there being
but one brood a year. The food-plant is Pentestemon and Professor
French has also fed the larve on Ribes aureum (Missouri Currant).
In fact, the larve, like other Arctians, should prove to be quite
general feeders. About San Francisco Bay, the adult insect emerges
in late April and May. I have taken specimens in the Sierra
Nevadas in Placer County, early in April.

REVIEWS.
Meunier, F. Monographie der Leptiden und der Phoriden des Bernsteins.

Jahrb. d. kénigl. Preuss. Geolog. Landenanstalt, Vol. 30, pp. 64-90, pls.
3-7. Berlin, 1909.

Meunier has given in the present paper descriptions of a number of
species of Leptidz and Phoride (principally the latter) occurring in Baltic
Amber. Of Leptidz, he recognizes two genera, Leptis and Atherix, seven
species of the former and three of the latter, while in the Phoride three
genera are recorded, Phora, Aphiochewta and Conicera with fourteen, five
and one species respectively. A comparison of the Phorids with recent
species is rather difficult as their describer fails to mention many of the
characters used for the separation of living forms, and lays great stress
upon the comparative length of the tarsal joints which have not been
hitherto extensively used in the classification of recent species.

There are several species, however, which are of especial interest. One,
Phora vincta Meun. resembles greatly in the armature of the legs, species
of the section Dorniphora Dahl, represented in both the American and the
Malayan regions and the antiquity of this very minor group may explain
its present wide distribution. Another, Phora concinna* has a_ peculiar
flattened space on the hind tibia resembling a structure seen in certain
Platypezide and Dolichopodide, but known among the Phoride only in
three species of Aphiocheta (4. smithii Brues from America and A. hirti-
ventris Wood, and A. derasa Wood from Europe). Five tolerably well exe-
cuted plates accompany the paper. C. T. Brues.

Banks, Nathan. Catalogue of Nearctic Spiders. Bull. U. S. National
Museum, No. 72, pp. 80. Washington, 1910.
The little attention which systematic zodlogists have bestowed upon
spiders in this country has undoubtedly been due in great measure to the

*Not the Phora concinna of Meigen (1830) which is a common European
species, and entirely different from this one to which Meunier inadvertently
gives the same name.

170 Psyche [August

lack of a satisfactory catalogue of the group. This want has been filled in
the present paper which should serve to call the attention of entomologists
to this interesting group of Arthropods as well as to furnish them with
some basis for taxonomic work. Although, as the author says, the cata-
logue presents no changes in nomenclature or classification it cannot fail
to find a field of usefulness. Over 1300 species are included, belonging to
nearly 275 genera in 28 families. C. T. Broes.

Howard, L. O. Preventive and Remedial Work against Mosquitoes. Bull.

U. S. Bureau of Entomology, No. 88, pp. 126 (June, 1910).

This is a very complete account of the methods of mosquito prevention
and destruction, and also contains a most instructive account of the re-
sults accomplished by mosquito crusades in a number of countries. At-
tention is called particularly to the fact that while the United States has
done much toward exterminating mosquitoes in Cuba and the Canal Zone,
measures relating to mosquito control within its own territory have been
received with most deplorable indifference. C. T. Bross.

Snodgrass, R. E. The Anatomy of the Honey Bee. Bull. U. S. Bureau

of Entomology, Tech. Ser., No. 18, pp. 162, fig. 57.

Aside from its especial usefulness to those interested in bee-keeping,
the present account will be of value to many others on account of its most
excellent illustrations and good descriptions of both the external and in-
ternal anatomy. The several parts of the paper are preceded by short
general considerations of the structure of more generalized insects, which
will serve to make the whole intelligible to those unfamiliar with insect
anatomy. C. T. Brues.

Forbes, William T. M. A Structural Study of Some Caterpillars. Ann.

Entom. Soc. Amer., Vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 94-132, pls. X—XX.

This is a systematic account of the characters present in the caterpil-
lars of a large series of Lepidoptera belonging to many families. The
major part of both text and illustrations deals with the comparative ex-
ternal anatomy of the head and the disposition of its sets, although some
attention has been given to the body sete and armature of the prolegs.
The author finds many useful classificatory characters and reaches a num-
ber of conclusions regarding the phylogeny and relationships of certain of
families and genera. C. T. Brves.

Muttkowski, Richard A. Catalogue of the Odonata of North America.

Bull. Public Museum, Milwaukee, Vol. I, pp. 207.

This important catalogue adds another group of considerable size to
the series of North American insects which have been listed within the past
few years and forms a welcome addition. Although the list primarily in-
cludes only Nearctic species found north of Mexico, a number of Mexican
and all Cuban species are included, the southern limit being placed at 20°
latitude, which, with a few exceptions, the author believes “closely ap-
proximates the natural zoogeographical limit.” Such a treatment should
avoid the omission of many species found in the southwestern states, as

1910] Reviews 171

these become more thoroughly explored. Nearly 500 forms are included
with full synonymic references and also an extensive series of ethological
references. Useful innovations are the citation of the present location of
all types, so far as this could be ascertained; the mention of both actual
places of capture of species and their zonal distribution; and the listing
in a separate series of all fossil species. Matters of nomenclature have
been dealt with by a conservative application of the International Zo-
ological Code. Co Bruns:

Hewitt, C. Gordon. The House Fly; A Study of Its Structure, Develop-
ment, Biconomics and Economy. pp. ix, 195; pls. 10. Manchester,
1910. Sherratt and Hughes.

Doctor Hewitt has put together in the present book his three valuable
papers on the house fly, which appeared in the Quarterly Journal of Micro-
scopical Science during 1907, 1908 and 1909, and has added several short
appendices dealing mainly with matters of practical importance. The ap-
pearance of this book just at present is very timely, when general inter-
est is awakening in the economic importance of the house fly and it is
to be hoped that Doctor Hewitt’s fine work may find many appreciative
readers. C. T. Brves.

THE POMONA JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY.

PuBLISHED BY THE BroLoGicaL DrpartTMENT oF PoMONA COLLEGE.

The only entomological journal published on the Pacifie slope. A
well established, high class quarterly in its second year, fully il-
lustrated, and devoted to original investigations in economic, bio-
logic and taxonomic entomology. Indispensable to working ento-
mologists everywhere. Price merely nominal — $1.00 to domestic
and $1.25 to foreign postal countries. Separates of any articles
always available. Address,

Pomona JouRNAL oF ENtToMmMoLoGy, Claremont, California.

R. FriepLANDER & Soun, BooksEeLiers, Bertin N. W. 6, GERMANY.

Just out: Catalogue No. 473 : Lepidoptera—86 pages with 3,500
titles of books and pamphlets comprising the whole library of Doc-
tor Staudinger of Dresden.

Previously published: No. 461, Diptera; No. 462, Neuroptera
and Orthoptera; No. 463, Rhyncota; No. 464, Coleoptera; No.
464, Entomologia Generalis.

Any Catalogue sent postpaid upon application.

172 Psyche [August

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE

By the Cambridge Entomological Club.

Orders, accompanied by remittances, should be sent to C. T. Brues, Bus-
sey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, Mass.

PsyCHE.

Vols. 1-2; Vols. 5-10, each, $3.00.

Vols. 11-16, each $1.00.

The following articles, originally published in Psycue, are to be had
separately, at the prices indicated:

Lepidoptera.

Anon. On the Relation between European and American Noc-
tuina. 4 pp., 1875, $.15

Beutenmuller, W. Descriptions of some New North American
Moths. 3 pp., 1890, 05
Chambers, V. T. The Classification of the Tineide. 5 pp., 1883, .10

Dimmock, George. Notes on Pterophoride of North America,
1 p., 1882, 05
The Cocoons of Cionus scrophularie. 4 pp., 1882, .10

Dyar, H. G. Notes on Two Species of Datana, with Descrip-
tions of Their Larval Stages. 6 pp., 1890, 10
———. Preparatory Stages of Cerura multiscripta. 3 pp., 1890, 05

Edwards, W. H. The Number of Molts in Butterflies, with some
History of Callosamia promethea. 5 pp., 1881, 10
Elwes, H. J. The Argynnides of North America. 10 pp., .20

Field, W. L. W. The Offspring of a Captured Female of Basil-
archia proserpina. 3 pp., with plate, 1910, 05

Forbes, S. A. The American Plum-borer, Huzophera semi-
funeralis. 5 pp. 05
Fernald, C. H. Note on Phowopteris angulifasciana. 1 p., 1880, .05

Holland, W. J. Descriptions of New West African Lycenide.
8 pp. 1890, 10

Jones, J. M. On an Immense Flight of Small Butterflies (Terias
lisa) in the Bermudas. 5 pp., 1875, ; 15

Lintner, J. A. A New Sexual Character in the Pupe of Some
Lepidoptera. 4 pp., 1883, 10
Morrison, H. K. Notes on White Mountain Noctuide. 3 pp., 1875, .10

. Summer Butterflies at the White Mountains. 4 pp.,
1874, 15
Varieties of Cleora pulchraria. 3 pp., 1875, .10

Newcomb, H. H. Argynnis cybele Fabr. var. baal Streck., melanic,
1 p., with plate, 1910, .05

Packard, A. S. Notes on the Early Stages of Two Sphingide. 5 pp., 05

1910] Advertisements

The Life History of Sierarctia echo. 3 pp., 1890,
Scudder, S. H. Early Spring Butterflies at the White Mountains.
4 pp., 1874,
Scudder, S. H. The Introduction of Danaida plexippus into the
Pacific Islands. 4 pp., 1875,
Notes on Melitta cucurbite and a Related Species.
2 pp., 1885,
A North Greenland Butterfly. 3 pp., 1875,
Cosmopolitan Butterflies. 3 pp., 1889,
Pieris rape in Midocean. 1 p., 1876,
The Natural History of Anosia plexippus in New Eng-
land. 4 pp., 1888,
The Means Employed by Butterflies of the Genus Basil-
archia for the Perpetuation of the Species. 7 pp., 1888,
The Arrangement of the New England Species of
Thanaos. 2 pp., 1888,
Soule, C. G. Notes on the Early Stages of Some Heterocera.
11 pp.
Description of the Larva of Sphinx luscitiosa. 2 pp.,
1888,
Description of Egg and Larva of Apatelodes torrefacta.
2 pp. 1888,
Sprague, F. H. Notes on Butterflies of Massachusetts. 4 pp., 1879,
Thaxter, R. List of Sphingide taken about Newton, Mass., 2
p. 1874,
Hibernation of Amphipyra pyramidoides. 2 pp., 1875,

Coleoptera.

Austin, E. P. Rediscovery of Cicindela limbata Say. 2 pp., 1875,

Austin, E. P. Geographical Distribution of North American Cole-
optera. 7 pp., 1879,

Blanchard, F. Some Account of Our Species of Geotrupes.
8 pp.

—.. Livus rubellus Randall. 2 pp., 1876,

Dimmock, George. The Scales of Coleoptera. 25 pp., 1883,

Edwards, H. On the Localities and Habits of the Various Species
of Omus. 3 pp., 1875,

Forbes, S. A. The Life Histories and Immature Stages of Some
Eumolpini. 8 pp., 1884,

Gissler, C. F. The Anatomy of Amblychila cylindriformis Say.
11 pp., 1 plate, 1879,

Henshaw S. List of Coleoptera Collected in the Vicinity of Clifton-
dale, Mass. 4 pp., 1874,

Hubbard, H. G. Notes on the Habits of Magdalinus armicollis
Say. 2 pp., 1874,

Description of the Larva of Galerita janus. 3 pp., 1875,

173

10

10

.10

10
10

174 Psyche [August

Schwarz, E. A. List of Coleoptera Collected in Michigan in 1874, 5
pp. 1876,
Diptera,
Brauer, F. The Larve of Oestride. 6 pp., 1885,
Coquillett, D. W. The Systematic Position of the Genus Apiocera.
2 pp., 1885,
Gillette, C. P. A New Cecidomyid Infesting Box Elder. 2 pp.,
Smith, J. B. Notes on the Structure and History of Hamatobia
serrata. 5 pp., 1890,
Snow, F. H. Hominivorous Habits of Chrysomyia macellaria.
4 pp., 1883,
Wheeler, W. M. Descriptions of Some New North American
Dolichopodide. 22 pp., 1890,
Williston, S. W. The Screw-worm Fly (Chrysomyia. macellaria).
3 pp., 1883,
Collection and Preservation of Diptera. 3 pp., 1884,
Notes on Asilide. 5 pp., 1889,
Hilarimorpha and Apiocera. 5 pp., 1888,

Hymenoptera.
Bassett, H. A. On the History of a Cynipidous Gall-fly. 4 pp.,
1889,
Brues, C. T. A New Species of Telenomus Parasitic on the Eggs
of 'Tussock Moths. 2 pp., 1910,
Cockerell, T. D. A. Some Bees of the Genus Nomada from Wash-
ington State. 8 pp., 1910,
Dimmock, George. Salivary Glands in Bees. 3 pp., 1883,
Gillette, C. P. Notes on Certain Cynipide, with Descriptions of
New Species. 14 pp., 1889,
Lintner, J. A. An Egg Parasite of the Currant Saw-fly. 4 pp.
1883,
Weed, C. M. Biological Notes on Some North American Ichneu-
monide. 3 pp., 1888,
Wheeler, W. M. Colonies of Ants Infested with JLaboulbenia
formicarum. 4 pp., 1910,
Homoptera.

Van Duzee, E. P. Synonomy of the Homoptera Described by Say,
Harris and Fitch. 5 pp., 1890,
A New Species of Pediopsis. 4 pp., 1889,
Weed, C. M. Contribution to a Knowledge of the Autumn Life
History of Certain Little Known Aphidide. 12 pp.,
Life History of Certain Little Known Aphidide. 3 pp.,
Woodworth, C. W. Synopsis of North American Cicadide. 2 pp.,
1888,
On the Genus Cicadula. 2 pp., 1888,
———. North American Typhlocybini. 4 pp., 1889,

15

$.10

1910] Advertisements

Orthoptera.

Scudder, S. H. Some Genera of Oedopodide Rescued from the
Tryaxalide. 12 pp., 1890,
The Note of the Katydid. 2 pp., 1875,
Synoptical Table of Groups of United States Orthoptera
and Species of Forficulariz. 5 pp.,

Neuropteroid Insects.

Banks, Nathan. Some Neuroptera from Australia. 7 pp., 1910,
Hagen, H. A. The Tarsal and Antennal Characters of the Psocide.
1 p., 1883,
Notes and Descriptions of Some North American Libel-
lulina. 5 pp., 1890,
Two Species of Aeschna. 3 pp., 1890,
Synopsis of the Genus Anax. 6 pp., 1890,
Hagen, H. A. Descriptions of Some North American Cordulina.
7 pp., 1890,
Synopsis of the Odonata of North America. No. 1.
10 pp., 1889,
The Female of Hutermes rippertii. 6 pp.,
Grassi, B. A Contribution Towards a Knowledge of Termites.
6 pp., 1889, ;
Moody, H. L. The Larva of Chauliodes. 2 pp., 1877,
The Aborted Wings of Boreus. 2 pp., 1876,
Scudder, S. H. On the Structure of the Head of Atropos. 3
pp., 1877,
General and Structural Entomology.

Barrett, C. G. The Influence of Meteorological Conditions on
Insect Life. 5 pp., 1883,
Dimmock, A. K. The Insects of Betula in North America. 5
pp-, 1885,
———. Variable Number of Molts of Insects. 2 pp., 1888,
Dimmock, George. The Trophi and Their Chitinous Supports in
Gracilaria. 4 pp., 1880,
Bleaching the Wings of Lepidoptera. 3 pp., 1875,
Edwards, W. H. Experiments upon the Effect of Cold Applied to
Chrysalids of Butterflies. 4 pp., 1880,
Chemical Change of Coloration in Butterflies’ Wings.
2 pp., 1880,
Effects of Cold Applied to Chrysalids of Limenitis dis-
ippus. 1 p., 1881,
Forbes, S. A. On the Present State of Our Knowledge Concerning
Contagious Insect Diseases. 10 pp., 1888,
Grote, A. R. On the Insect Fauna of the White Mountains. 2
pp., 1875,

176 Psyche [August

Mark, E. L. The Nervous System of Phylloxera. 7 pp., 1879,
Moody, H. L. The Mandibles of the Larva of Eros. 3 pp., 1876,
Morrison, H. K. On an Appendage of the Male Leucarctia acrea.
2 pp., 1874,
Packard, A. S. On the Occurrence of Organs, Probably of Taste,
in the Epipharynx of the Mecaptera. 6 pp., 1889,
Packard, A. S. The Epipharynx and the Epipharyngeal Organs
of Taste in Mandibulate Insects. 14 pp., 1889,
Scudder, S. H. The Chirp of the Mole Cricket. 2 pp., 1875,
Odoriferous Glands in Phasmide. 4 pp., 1876,
The Work of a Decade on Fossil Insects. 9 pp., 1889,
Smith, J. B. Notes on Some Aphid Structures. 6 pp., 1890,
Trelease, W. Myrmecophilism. 10 pp., 1889,
Van Duzee, E. P. Mimicry in Hemiptera. 2 pp., 1888,

Myriapoda and Arachnida.

Atkinson, G. F. Notes on Protective Resemblances in Spiders.
2 pp., 1888,

Emerton, J. H. Spiders Common to New England and Europe.
3 pp., 1876,

Scudder, S. H. The Geological History of Myriapods and Arach-
nids. 6 pp., 1885,

20
10

10
15
.20
10
15
10
10

AS
05

-05
10

10

Locality Pin Labels 206. per 1000. Any Number of Lines

Printed from smallest type made, on Best Heavy White Paper.
Something new. 30 or more labels on a strip; no trimming; 1 cut
of scissors makes a label. Orders must be in multiples of 1000.
Not less than 1000 printed. Please send money orders—not
postage stamps.

C. V. BLACKBURN (Member Cambridge Entomological Club),
STONEHAM, MASS.

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY

Price List of Lepidoptera No. 6, ready for distribution December 1, 1904
Classification of Lep. of Boreal Am. according to Smith List, 1903
Coleoptera List of Boreal Am. No. 2

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added.

List of School Supplies, Collections, Mimicry, Color protection, Dimor-
phism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The only genuine Schmitt Insect Boxes. Insect Cabinets and Exhibition
Cases. The new improved Metal Cabinet for Schmitt Boxes. The A. E. Co.
Insect Pins, which in very short time have gained the favor of almost every
Entomologist of prominence.

ELBOW PINS IN VARIOUS STYLES.
Price of List 10 cents. Request for list without remittance will not

receive attention. To our patrons lists will be mailed free of charge after
issue. All previous lists cancelled.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN ENTOMOLOGY
A substantially bound book of 155 pages, with definitions of over 4500
terms used in Entomological work, three plates illustrating body structure
and venation, and one plate illustrating color terms.
PREPARED BY
PROF. JOHN B. SMITH, Sc. D., of Rutgers College and State

Entomologist of New Jersey, and published by
THE BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

An indispensable book for collectors as well as working entomologists and
students. Will be sent, postpaid, on receipt of price, $2.00,
by the selling agents,

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY
55 STUYVESANT AVENUE, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

THE OHIO NATURALIST

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of
Ohio. The official organ of Tor BrotocicaL CLus oF THE OxIO
Strate University, and of Tor Onto STaTE ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
Published monthly during the academic year, from November to
June (8 numbers). Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Man-
aging Editor, J. S. Hine.

Address, THE OHIO NATURALIST
Ohio State University, COLUMBUS, OHIO

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

A regular meeting of the Club is held on the third Tuesday
of each month (July, August and September excepted) at 7.45
p. M. at the Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston. The
3ussey Institution is one block from the Forest Hills Station of
both the elevated street cars and the N. Y., N. H. & H.R. R.

Entomologists visiting Boston are cordially invited to attend.

SOCIETAS ENTOMOLOGICA

JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published semi-monthly. Original articles in German, English,
and French on all classes of Insects, Reviews, literature, bibliogr.
notices. Subscribers wishing to buy, sell or exchange Insects are
granted 125 lines gratis per annum for advertising. Lines in excess
5 Pf. (14 cents). To non-subscribers 20 Pf. or 5 cents. Yearly
subscription 8 Marks or $2. Sample copies sent on request. Back
volumes at reduced prices.

Manuscripts and scientific correspondence to be directed to the
Editor: Miss M. Rtihl, Ztirich, V, Switzerland. Applications for
ubscriptions, specimen-numbers, advertisements, and all business
correspondence address :

FELIX L. DAMES, STEGLITZ-BERLIN, GERMANY

Second-hand Catalogues sent on application

2456

PSYCHE

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

ESTABLISHED IN 1874

VOL. XVII OCTOBER, 1910 NUMBER 5

Prodryas persephone Scudder.

CONTENTS

The Prosopidide of Southern Maine. J. H. Lovell . : : ‘ 177

A Gynandromorphous Mutillid. W.M. Wheeler. . ieee ‘ 186
List of Sphingidz of America North of Mexico. Wm. Barnes and

J. McDunnough : : : A : : , 3 : : 190
Notes on the Species of Anytus Grt. J. B. Smith . ° F ‘ 206

Synonymical and Other Notes on Diptera. W. R. Thompson .

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF.

C. T. Brures, Harvard University.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS.

C. W. Jounson, V. L. KEt1LoGe,

Boston Society of Natural History. Stanford University.
A. L. MELANDER, A. P. Morse,

Washington State College. Weliesley College.
J. H. Emerton, J.G. NEEDHAM,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. WHEELER,
Harvard University.

PsycHE is published bi-monthly, i. e. in February, April, June, August, October and
December.

Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $1.00 to subscribers in the U. §.
and its Territories and Dependences or in Mexico; $1.15 to those in other countries.

Manuscripts intended for publication, and books, etc., intended for review should be
sent to the editor-in-chief. All material for a given issue must be received before the
first of the month preceeding the month of publication.

To Contributors:

Copy should be typewritten whenever possible, and must te legibly written on only
one side of the paper.

Separates, if desired, must be ordered in advance of publication.

25 separates of leading articles will be furnished gratis; additional copies will be
supplied at cost.

ADVERTISING RATES:

1 insertion 2 insertions one year (6 insertions)
1 page $2.00 $3.00 $6.00
Ye page 1.25 1.75 3.75
14 page 75 1.10 2.25
1-8 page 40 -60 1.20
1-16 page «20 235 75

Notices not to exceed four lines in length concerning exchanges desired of specimens
or entomological literature will be inserted free for subscribers, to be run as long as
may be deemed advisable by the editors.

Exchange of publications with other scientific societies and institutions throughout
the world which publish articles relating to entomology is desired. Requests for ex-
change should be addressed to the editor-in-chief.

Correspondence should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,
BussEY INSTITUTION, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, FOREST HILLS,
BOSTON, MASS.

Entered as second-class matter, Dec. 21, 1906, at the Post Office at Boston, Mass., under
the Act of Congress of March 3, 1879.

rene Oia le

VOL. XVII. OCTOBER, 1910. NO ans

THE PROSOPIDIDZ OF SOUTHERN MAINE.
By Joun H. Love tt.

Waldoboro, Maine.

The various species of Prosopis indigenous to southern Maine
have been collected from June 16 to August 25. Of the
eight local species enumerated in this paper only P. pygmea and
P. modesta are common, while P. variifrons, verticalis and basalis
are very rare. Specimens of these bees have been taken most
frequently on the flowers of Aralia hispida and the garden black-
berry (Rubus villosus), to both of which they are common visitors.
They are also often found on the inflorescence of the golden-rods,
and less frequently on many other blossoms. The local species
may be separated by means of the following key:

FEMALES.
pmitirelyablackamlargeyspecicuw Onininass see iya as cal ee ee) basalis.
Black with yellow marks........... Be acaahebin ch cota ni Aenea il,
ito Collars blackvormunspottedi wha 7.5 acta ero ee Peas ere oh seer tate a.
Collarzwithmunosy.cllowaspotseen oie e rier) asters nears ors cee 4.
2. Face-marks subtriangular, yellow spots on tubercles,
andloftent tegulses4<prmnm ss. 7 eek rae se ae be pysmaea.
Face-marks narrow, tubercles and tegule dark,
PEO\S LION B g citro Gnd D ctol ahold brs Heo EE MOTO eC Le eer ree ICER aot SCI saniculae.
Face-marks bow-shaped, larger size,6 mm...................-000eeeees 3.
3. A transverse mark on clypeus, tegule spotted, marks nearly white..variifrons.
A transverse mark on clypeus, tegule dark, marks pale yellow..... elliptica.
Clypeus wholly black, tegulee usually dark, marks yellow.......... verticalis.
4. A yellow spot on base of costal nervure and on each tegula.......... ziziae.
Base of costal nervure, or wing base, without a yellow spot, tegule
usually> dank. cy ant ae eee ome RR Scat PRN. fe 2 Cee NR modesta.
MALES.
Collarswhollyo black: sepa ee mere sey ee ee net oC yates ane Maye Ueda § il
Collar with twovellow Sitipes Grspotses sok aes oc ee aes fous cnc e ee ees b.

177

178 Psyche [October

1.’ Scape ‘dilated; larger’ (size .o).2 1.2 a sites he ise ee see eis el ee eee 2.
Scape notidilated:ismallersizetnnsiece = 2 eee oes oer lees ae eee 4,

2. Scape broader than long, cordate, concave beneath, the frontal half
vellow,atubercles darks <7 amin. hye wcrc tek psec aiern tee basalis.
SeapeJlongermthanbrodd iat. ge. ee ceeitace a sess) syeca she coe eiee ale eee eee 3.

3. Scape triangular in form with a yellowish white spot in front, the
upward extensions of lateral face-marks obliquely truncated the
inner angle prolonged to a point above the insertion of antenne..variifrons.
(antennata).
Scape obconical, black, upward extensions of lateral face-marks
diverging from the eye-orbit, and ending on a smooth, shining,
rounded space above the insertion of antenne................. verticalis.
4. Face below sockets of antennze lemon yellow, upward extensions
of lateral face-marks diverging from eye-orbit and club-shaped
Orerounded Fat wapex, or scepter hele ee et ole Geieceneie cine cious pygmaea.
Four separate marks upon face, a subquadrate spot on clypeus, a
smaller one on supra-clypeal piece, and a stripe on each side, 4-5

MEET Re es iS RESP SRI APE CPO ES OIE GEE Ee Te cen saniculae.
5. Scape arcuate, a yellow spot on base of costal nervure and on each
tegula, upward extensions of lateral face-marks truncate........ ziziae.

Scape normal, unspotted, base of costal nervure or wing-base
without a yellow spot, upward extensions of lateral face-marks
obtuselyjpointed..: sie Sees sacssete escciets ova < slob eo RYe Se rake DOS modesta.

Prosopis pygmaea Cr.

1869. Prosopis pygmea Cr. (not Schenck), o, Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 12:272.
1896. Prosopis pygmea Robt. 9 o, Can. Ent. 28:137.

1901. Prosopis pygmea Lov. 9 o’, Ent. News, 12:5.

1907. Prosopis cressoni Ckll. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, 20:131.

Specimens of the female were collected on the garden black-
berry, June 19-25; Solidago, August 19-September 8; Aralia
hispida, July 15; of the male on the garden blackberry, June
19-21; Solidago, August 9-25. A common and widely dis-
tributed species, reported also from Connecticut, Indiana, Illinois,
and Colorado. At Falls Church, Va., it has been taken May
30 on chinquapin, and July 6 on Ceanothus by Dr. Nathan Banks.
As the European P. pygmea Schenck, according to Dalla Torre,
is a synonym of P. brevicornis (Nyl.) Schenck, the long established
specific name given by Cresson has been retained.

Variations in the yellow marks are common; in the female
there is usually a spot on each tegula but it may be absent, occa-
sionally there is a spot on the clypeus, the lateral face-marks may
be reduced to a stripe or a spot, while in one male the tubercles

1910] Lovell—Prosopidide of Southern Maine 179

are dark. In the male the Ist abdominal segment may be nearly
impunctate, or sparsely and finely punctured. In this species as
well as in P. zizie, P. modesta and other forms mounted specimens
sometimes have the marks red. At first I supposed that this was
a natural variation in color, but I have recently ascertained experi-
mentally that this change is caused by leaving the specimens for
too long a time in the cyanide jar. When a number of wasps
belonging to the genus Vespa were left in the cyanide jar for some
weeks, on examination the yellow marks were found to have all
changed to bright red. Specimens of P. modesta with yellow marks
were then exposed to the action of cyanide of potassium, and in a
few days they became red. Even dried specimens were similarly
effected. It is important that this artificial change of coloration
should be generally known since it might easily lead to erroneous
conclusions.

Prosopis saniculae Robt.
1896. Prosopis sanicule Robt. 2 o, Can. Ent. 28:137.
1901. Prosopis sanicule Lov. 9, Ent. News, 12:5.

Three females taken on Aralia hispida, July 15-16. I havea
male from Point Abbaye, Mich., collected by Morgan Hebard,
July 24, 1903, for which I am indebted to Mr. H. L. Viereck.

Prosopis affinis Sm.
1853. Prosopis affinis Sm. Q (not co’), Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. 1:24.

Many attempts have been made to identify P. affinis Sm.,
none of which appear to have been correct. Fortunately the
types are still preserved in the British Museum, and through the
kindness of Col. C. T. Bingham I have obtained new descriptions
of both sexes accompanied by very excellent figures. The de-
scription of the female is as follows:

“Q —Black. Head: the sides of the face with a triangular yellow patch extend-
ing from the level of the base of the mandibles to a little above the level of the inser-
tion of the antennz; antenne castaneous brown. Thorax: a medially interrupted
line on the pronotum, the tubercles and a spot in front of the tegule yellow; wings
hyaline and iridescent, tegule, stigma and nervures castaneous brown, the nervures
of a paler tint than the tegule or stigma; legs castaneous brown, the coxe black,
the basal half of the tibiz of the anterior and posterior legs and the basal third of
the tibiz of the intermediate legs yellow. Abdomen: the apical margins of the
segments 1-5, obscurely castaneous. Head about as broad as the thorax, trans-

180 Psyche [October

verse, more than twice as broad as long, very closely, finely and evenly granulate;
mandibles coarsely rugose in the middle on the outer side; clypeus trapezoidal,
much longer than broad and about half the width at its posterior margin from what
it is at apex; space between the base of the mandibles and the eyes very short;
the eyes narrow and elongate, the cheeks behind the eyes not much developed;
front between the base of the antenne triangularly raised, the surface flat; antennz
short and robust, the basal two or three joints of the flagellum moniliform; the
ocelli in a shallow arch on the vertex. Thorax, closely, finely and evenly granulate,
broadly oval; pronotum transverse very narrow; mesonotum with longitudinal
parallel short impressed lines; scutellum crescentic; median segment short roundly
and obliquely truncate, the triangular area at base coarsely longitudinally rugose;
pro-, meso- and metapleure rather flat. Abdomen: comparatively massive, smooth,
the basal segment with very sparse minute punctures, posterior segments with
scattered erect hairs. Length of 9 6 mm.; expanse 11mm. The labels on the
specimens bear no precise locality— simply ‘‘U. S. America,’ ”

The more important characters in which the female of P.
affinis Sm. differs from the female of P. zizi@ Robt., which was
formerly identified as Smith’s species, are the much broader head
and the absence of a yellow spot on the base of the costal nervure.
They also appear to differ in distribution. Smith described three
species of Prosopis from North America: P. basalis was from
Hudson’s Bay and was collected by G. Barnston; P. confluens
was from St. John’s Bluff, East Florida, and was collected by E.
Doubleday; while the label of P. affinis gives only “U.S. America”
as the locality, the British Museum Catalogue gives the locality
as “Hab. North America, (E. Doubleday, Esq.),”’ from which it
may be inferred with much probability that it was collected in
East Florida in the same locality as P. confluens. If this supposi-
tion is correct, then we may have been looking for P. affinis in a
part of the country in which it does not occur. The characters
and distribution of P. zizie, therefore, appear to differentiate it
from P. affinis, though undoubtedly the species are closely allied.

Prosopis binghami sp. nov.
1853. Prosopis affinis Sm. @ (not 9), Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. 1:24.

The male assigned to P. affinis evidently does not belong to it,
but is a distinct species. After a careful comparison of the male
and female types Colonel Bingham writes under date of November
5, 1907, “I am disposed to agree with you that o@ and 9 P. affinis
Smith belong to distinct forms.” Itake great pleasure in dedicat-

1910] Lovell—Prosopidide of Southern Maine 181

ing this species to Colonel Bingham in acknowledgment of his
kindness in redescribing and figuring Smith’s types.

“1, Differs from the female (P. affinis which Smith regarded as the female of this
bee.—J. H. L.) conspicuously in color of the abdomen, which is exactly the color
of a peeled horse-chestnut, in the more slender shape of the body and in the head
and thorax being clothed somewhat thickly with short, erect, whitish hairs. The
more minute differences in color and sculpture are as follows: Clypeus and the
raised triangular area above it, the tibize of the fore- and the tarsi of all the legs,
yellow; the pronotum without the yellow transverse line above. Head slightly
wider than the thorax not so long as in the female; antenne proportionately longer,
the basal joints of the flagellum not markedly moniliform. Thorax: the mesono-
tum without the impressed lines, the triangular space at base of the median segment
very closely and coarsely punctured, not longitudinally rugose as in the female.
Abdomen: basal segment with more minute and scattered punctures and on its
basal half somewhat thickly covered with erect hairs. Length 6 mm.; expanse
10 mm.”

For the two excellent figures of Smith’s types illustrating this
paper I am indebted to Colonel Bingham. Fig. 1. represents the
female of P. affinis, and Fig. 2 the form wrongly supposed by Smith
to be the male of this species, to which I have given the name P.
binghami.

Prosopis ziziae Robt.

1896. Prosopis affinis Robt. (not Smith), 2 o’, Can. Ent. 28:136.

1896. Prosopis zizie Robt. Can. Ent. 28:136. (Proposed as an alternative
name.)

1898. Prosopis zizie Ckll. o, Ent. 31:187.

1901. Prosopis affinis Lov. 2 o, Ent. News, 12:6.

1904. Prosopis zizie Robt. 9 o, Can. Ent. 36:274.

This species occurs throughout the northeastern states, and
I have before me specimens of both sexes taken at Falls Church,
Va., by Dr. Nathan Banks. I am not aware that it has ever been
reported from Colorado, New Mexico, or the extreme southern
states. It is not a common species in this locality. The female
has been collected on the garden blackberry, June 24-25; Soli-
dago, August 9-20; male on the garden blackberry, June 24;
and Solidago, August 9-21. This species has been repeatedly
identified as P. affinis Sm., but as has already been shown the two
forms not improbably occupy different areas.

182 Psyche [October

Prosopis modesta Say

1837. Hyleus modestus Say, 2 (not o’), Bost. Jour, Nat. His. 1:392.
1859. Hyleus modestus Lec. ed. Say’s Writ. 2:771.

1869. Prosopis affinis Cr. 2 o, Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 12:270.
1882. Prosopis affinis Prov. 9 o, Faun. ent. Can. Hym. p. 727.
1901. Prosopis modesta Lov. 2 o’, Ent. News, 12:5.

Say’s description of P. modesta is so brief and indefinite that the
correct determination of the species has long been regarded as
problematical. Unfortunately the types are no longer in existence.
But the name has been so widely used that to reject the species
as indeterminable is open to serious objection, since it will long
linger on in lists and synonomies and continue to prove a source
of error. The elimination of P. affinis Sm., greatly simplifies the
problem, as-it was with this species that P. modesta was most
frequently confused.

In 1825, Say left Philadelphia, his native city, and joined Wil-
liam Maclure’s community at New Harmony, in Indiana, where
he remained until his death in 1834. His description of “‘Hyleus
modestus’’? was published in 1837, so that it is probable that his
specimens were collected in Indiana; and that, as he described
only one species, they were common forms. Some years ago Mr.
R. J. Weith collected for me at Elkhart, Indiana, a large number
of bees, among which were three species of Prosopis: two of these
were P. pygmea, and P. zizi@, and the third the most common
form, I believe was the P. modesta of Say. Of the four or five
other species of Prosopis occurring in this state there is little
probability that any one of them can be Say’s species, so that
there would seem to be no objection to the acceptance of this
identification of P. modesta.

Say’s description of the female of P. modesta is as follows:—* . Black, opake;
abdomen polished; hypostoma on each side with a triangular spot; collar with an
abbreviated, transverse, yellowish line on each side; pleura with a yellowish spot
under the humerus; wings hyaline, with blackish nervures; feet with whitish knees.
Length over one fifth of an inch.”

It will be noticed that there is no mention of a spot on the edge
of the wing base, or on the tegule, so that the description cannot
apply to P. zizie. To suppose that Say omitted to mention these
marks would be a gratuitous assumption, the burden of proving
which would rest upon the person suggesting it. I give below

1910] Lovell—Prosopidide of Southern Maine 185

the more important characters of the two sexes drawn from
material collected at Elkhart, Indiana.

9 .—Length 644 mm. Black, with lemon yellow marks on the face, collar,
tubercles and legs. Head a little longer than broad, the clypeus minutely roughened
with sparse very faint punctures; face above the insertion of the antenne closely
and finely punctured; the yellow mark on each side of the face triangular with a
small notch opposite the socket of the antennz, the upward extension pointed, but
in a large Maine series variable in form. Two spots on the collar; mesothorax
closely and strongly punctured; the tubercles yellow. Wings hyaline tinged
with fuscous, nervures, stigma and tegule chestnut brown, or the tegule darker.
Legs black, the anterior and intermediate tibiz in front at base, and the entire
basal half of posterior tibize yellow, tarsi chestnut brown. Enclosure on disc of
metathorax distinct, the base coarsely ridged. Abdomen smooth and shining, the
first segment very finely and sparsely punctured, the apical margins of the segments
brownish.

o'.—Length 51% to 6 mm. Clypeus, supra-clypeus, and sides of face lemon
yellow, the upward lateral extensions obtusely pointed. Two spots on the collar,
the tubercles, the anterior tibize in front, the intermediate and posterior tibize at
base, and all the tarsi pale yellow. The antenne black, the flagella light brown
beneath. The face finely, the mesothorax strongly punctured; the enclosure of
the metathorax coarsely and irregularly pitted. Wings nearly hyaline or tinged
with fuscous, nervures, stigma and tegulze chestnut brown, or the tegule piceous.
First abdominal segment smooth and shining, finely and sparsely punctured.

The male described by Say does not belong to this species,
and can not be determined with much certainty. P. illinoiensis
Robt. is closely allied to P. modesta, but the male is described
as having the first abdominal segment impunctate. P. pennsyl-
vanica Ckll. has the marks chrome yellow. P. modesta is a very
common species in the eastern states, and in a large series of speci-
mens exhibits considerable variation. The interrupted yellow
line on the collar is wanting in a few specimens, and rarely there is
a yellow dot on the tegulee. The males sometimes have a spot on
the labrum and yellow lines on the mandibles; the punctation of
the 1st abdominal segment also exhibits considerable variation.
Specimens of the female have been taken on Rubus strigosus,
June 16; Aralia hispida, July 16; Solidago, August 19; Eupa-
torium perfoliatum, August 25; of the male on Rubus strigosus,
June 25; Spirea salicifolia, July 16; Aralia hispida, July 28;
and Solidago, August 19.

184 Psyche [October

Prosopis variifrons Cr.
1869. Prosopis variifrons Cr. 9, Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 12:270.
1869. Prosopis antennata Cr. & , Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 12:271.

It is probable that P. antennata is the male of P. variifrons.
Both forms have been found in New Mexico and Colorado, but
there is no record of the capture of the opposite sex of either species.
The possibility that they represented the sexes of a singles species
was pointed out by Professor Cockerell in the Entomologist,
in 1898, and after examining specimens from both of the localities
mentioned I am inclined to believe that this is the case. They
agree in the following characters: deep black color with nearly
white marks, immaculate color, tubercles and tegule spotted,
longitudinal crenulate rugze covering the entire enclosed area
upon the metathorax, head and thorax opaque, finely and closely
punctured, and color of the wings. The female often has a trans-
verse trilobed mark upon the clypeus, but in some instances only
the two lateral lobes are present and in others only the central
lobe. At Waldoboro I have taken only one male on Crataegus
coccinea, June 14, 1905.

Prosopis elliptica Kirby.
1837. Prosopis elliptica Kirby, 9, Faun. Bor—Am. 4:266.

This species is very closely allied to P. variifrons. Through
the kindness of Mr. H. L. Viereck I have three specimens, which
I refer to P. elliptica 2, collected by Morgan Hebard at Pequa-
ming, Mich., July 1, 3, and 12, 1903. They differ from P. varii-
frons in having the marks lemon yellow instead of nearly white,
while the tegulz are unspotted. As in P. variifrons the collar is
wholly dark, the tubercles spotted, the face-marks bow shaped,
and there is a transverse mark on the clypeus sometimes reduced
to a central spot. The differences are evidently varietal rather
then specific and it is not improbable that P. elliptica replaces
P. variifrons northward, as the type locality is British America.
Until the male is definitely known its position can hardly be de-
termined with certainty. I have taken one female at Waldoboro,
July 2, which I refer doubtfully to this species.

Prosopis verticalis Cr.
1869. Prosopis verticalis Cr. &, Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 12:271.
1909. Prosopis verticalis Lov. 9, Ent. News, 20:413.

1910] Lovell—Prosopidide of Southern Maine 185

I have taken one male at Waldoboro on an umbelliferous plant,
July 14, which agrees with the description in all respects except
that there is a small spot on each tegula. From Falls Church,
Va., from Dr. Nathan Banks, I have one male and two females.
In all three specimens the tegule are unspotted. The face-marks of
the 2 are bow-shaped and the collar is dark as in P. variifrons,
but the mark on the clypeus is absent. The anterior and inter-
mediate legs are wholly black, but the posterior tibie, are ringed
with yellow. The ruge of the enclosure upon the metathorax are
longitudinal.

Prosopis basalis Sm.
1853. Prosopis basalis Sm. 9 o, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. 1:23.

1869. Prosopis basalis Cr. 2 co’, Pr. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 12:269.
1901. Prosopis basalis Lov. 2, Ent. News, 12:4.

Female taken on the wild rose, July 10, 1905; and on Aralia
hispida. The type locality is Hudson’s Bay. A widely distri-
buted species also reported from Colorado and New Mexico. I
have a female from Point Abbaye, Mich., July 10, and a male
from Pequaming, Mich., July 1, both collected by Morgan Hebard.
The form of the dilated scape in the male is very remarkable,
but no explanation of its ecological significance seems ever to have
been suggested.

186 Psyche [October

A GYNANDROMORPHOUS MUTILLID:!
By Wituiam Morton WHEELER.

On the first day of August, 1910, while I was collecting in a dry
upland pasture near Colebrook, Litchfield County, Connecticut,
my attention was attracted by a small Mutillid with wings only
on one side. It was running over the ground very rapidly, and on
being captured proved to be a very handsome lateral gynandro-
morph of Pseudomethoca canadensis Blake, the right half of the
body, including the appendages, being purely male and black,
whereas the left half was largely of a rich red color and, except
in a few insignificant details, purely female. Although the legs
on the left side are stouter than those on the right the insect did
not move in a circular but in a rectilinear path and was therefore
able to compensate the difference in the strength of the appendages
on the two sides of the body. The specimen was not dissected,
since, owing to the small size of the abdomen and the hardness
of the integument, I was sure of injuring the specimen and by
no means sure of gaining an adequate conception of the structure
of the reproductive organs. There can be little doubt, however,
that these organs consist of an ovary on the left and a testis on the
right side. The accompanying camera drawing of the insect in
dorsal view, and of the head as seen from the front, together with
the following description, will give an idea of the external structure:

The specimen is a little over 5 mm. in length. The two halves
of the body, owing to the pronounced sexual dimorphism, are
asymmetrical. The head is much smaller on the right than on
the left side. The eyes are of nearly equal size; two ocelli are
present on the male side, namely the anterior, or median, and the
right lateral ocellus. The right mandible is tridentate, the left
simply faleate. The right antenna is 13-jointed and much longer
than the left, which is 12-jointed. The sharp line which separates
the black coloration of the right from the red of the left side of
the head begins at the middle of the occipital border, runs forward
just a little to the left of the median ocellus, and terminates
a little to the right of the middle of the clypeus. The clypeus

1€ontributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Harvard
University. No. 27.

1910] Wheeler—A Gynandromorphous Mutillid 187

is black on both sides; the right mandible is black, the left red.
The scape of the left antenna and the two basal joints of the
funiculus are red. The tip of the second funicular joint, together
with the third and fifth joints, are dark brown and the remainder
of the funiculus is black. The palpi on the right side are black,
on the left side red, with their terminal joints infuscated. The
left side of the head bears on the lower side the peculiar tooth
and carina so characteristic of the female, whereas these structures
are lacking on the right side. The left half of the thorax is typi-

Fig. 1. Pseudomethoca canadensis Blake, lateral gynandromorph; a, dorsal
aspect; 6, head seen from the front.

cally female, without sutures and deep red; the right half is
somewhat longer and of the male type and black, with the sharp
line separating the two halves rather sinuous or indentated to-
wards the right in two places which correspond with the transverse
suture between the mesonotum and scutellum and with that
between the scutellum and metanotum. The epinotum is dis-

188 Psyche [October

tinctly more convex and rounded on the right than on the left
side. The tegula is well developed and the wings are normal
on the right but completely lacking on the opposite side. The
right legs are entirely black, except the spurs, which are white,
and lack the spines on the extensor surfaces of the tibize. On the
left side the legs have distinctly incrassated femora and somewhat
clavate tibie. They are red, except the distal halves of the femora
and tibiz and the tips of the tarsal joints, which are black. The
middle and hind tibiz have the prominent spines so characteristic
of the female on their extensor surfaces. The abdomen has six
complete segments and apparently a vestige of a seventh on the
right. It is asymmetrical owing to the enlargement of the second
segment on the left, or female side. It is black, except for a large
red spot on the left side of the middle line on the first and another
similar but larger spot on the second segment. ‘The line separa-
ting the male from the female half of the abdomen on the dorsal
side runs a little to the right of the middle line but on the ventral
surface it is very nearly median. The appendages at the tip
of the abdomen are represented by the left half of the sting sheath,
the left stylet and the left half of the gorgeret which is very long
and slender, fully exerted and curved over to the right. The
hypopygial area of the female is also recognizable on the left side.
The male appendages are much less distinct, but it seems to be
possible to detect what corresponds to the right stipes. The
sculpturing on the two sides of the body corresponds to that of
the respective sexes, the punctation being nearly the same on
both sides of the head but decidedly coarser on the pro- and
mesonotum of the right than on the corresponding regions of the
left side of the thorax. The left pleure are concave and glabrous,
on the right side they are convex and coarsely punctuate. The
reticulate rugosity of the right half of the epinotum is coarser
than that on the left half. The hairs on the right half of the head
and thorax are distinctly longer than on the left half of these
regions. Those on the entire male half are glistening white.
They are also glistening white on the female half except on the
second abdominal segment where those at the base and apex are
black and those in the middle are yellow. The hairs on the legs
are not appreciably longer or more abundant on the right than
on the left side.

1910] Wheeler—A Gynandromorphous Mutillid 189

This description shows that the only particulars in which the
left or female side departs from that of the normal female is in
the coloration of the clypeus and the base of the third abdominal
segment. Both of these regions are red in the normal female. At
any rate, I find them to be of this color in some thirty specimens
which I have examined, in twenty-eight collected by Mr. C. T.
Brues at Woods Hole, Mass., several years ago, and in two
taken by myself at Forest Hills, Mass., and Colebrook, Conn.,
during the past summer. In the mounted gynandromorphous
specimen the third abdominal segment may be red at the extreme
base, but it is drawn into the second segment so far that I am
unable to determine its complete coloration.

Reference to the work of Dalla Torre and Friese on gynan-
dromorphous Hymenoptera! shows that up to 1898 only one
gynandromorphous Mutillid had been seen, and I have been
unable to find that any others have been described within more
recent years. The specimen mentioned by these authors is a
Mutilla europea L. var. obscura Nyl. which was described and
figured by Maeklin in 1856.2, This specimen, which was taken
at Helsingfors, Finland, was a very perfect lateral gynandro-
morph, in which, however, the sex of the two sides was the
reverse of that in the above described specimen of Pseudomethoca,
being female on the right and male on the left side. Owing to
the fact that the female Mutilla obscura has a dark head and
the male a very similar coloration of the abdomen to that of
the female the contrast between the two sides in Maeklin’s
specimen is less striking than in the one described above, and, as
shown in his colored plate, shows strongly only in the thoracic
region. ‘There is, however, a distinct asymmetry of the abdomen,
owing to the more bulging outline of the second abdominal
segment on the female side. The specimen also shows the wings
beautifully developed on the male side, and the strong contrast
between the two antenne.

Pseudomethoca canadensis is apparently a parasite on certain

1 Die hermaphroditen und gynandromorphen Hymenopteren. Ber. naturwiss. med. Ver.
Innsbruck, XXIV, 1808 (1899), pp. 1-96, 1 pl.

2 Om hermafroditism bland insekterna, samt beskrifning Ofver en i Helsingfors funnen
hermafrodit af Mutilla obscura Nyl. Ofvers. af Finska Vetensk. Soc. Forhandl. III 1856,
pp. 106-112, 1 pl.

190 Psyche [October

of our burrowing bees of the genus Halictus. Some years ago
Melander and Brues published an interesting account of H.
pruinosus Robertson.! In this they showed that the most for-
midable enemy of the bee is the Pseudomethoca. They found
that the female Pseudomethoca hangs about the burrows and
attacks the female bee, and they have given a very entertaining
figure and description of a battle between the bee and the
Mutillid. Fully fifty specimens of the latter insect were taken
from one square meter of Halictus colony during a single sum-
mer. In the dry pasture in which I found the gynandromorph
there were many Halictus colonies, so that, in all probability,
the specimen had passed through its larval and pupal develop-
ment in one of the nests.

LIST OF SPHINGIDZ OF AMERICA NORTH OF
MEXICO.

By Witui1amM Barnes, M. D., anp J. McDunnovuen, Pu. D.
Decatur, Illinois.

Since Rothschild & Jordan issued their Revision of the Lep-
idopterous Family Sphingidez in 1903, no attempt has been made
to give a complete list of our North American species based upon
this monograph. Holland in his Moth Book follows their work
but his list does not pretend to be complete; as several new ad-
ditions to our fauna have lately come under our notice, and as
we bave been made aware of several slight errors in the revision
relating to North American species, it has occurred to us that
an annotated list would perhaps be of service to collectors and
future catalog makers. We have followed the revision as regards
nomenclature in nearly every case, basing our remarks upon ma-
terial in Coll. Barnes, which is practically complete in North
American Sphingide. The list of localities is not intended to be
exhaustive, but in most instances merely mentions localities from
which we actually possess specimens.

For the benefit of those unfamiliar with Rothschild & Jordan’s

1 Guests and Parasites of the Burrowing Bee Halictus. Biol. Bull. V, No. 1, June 1903,
pp. 1-27, 6 figs.

1910] Barnes and McDunnough—S phingide of North America 191

monumental work, we might state that the trinomial system
of nomenclature here adopted is based on the fact that all species
are more or less liable to geographical variation; taking the first
geographical race described as the name for the whole species,
the names of the different racial forms are merely added to this
name without intervention of the term var. Thus chersis oreo-
daphne would be equivalent to chersis var. oreodaphne, and, since
the first described race is as much a geographical variety as all
others, the name chersis chersis must be used to indicate the typi-
cal race. Variations within the limits of a single race are termed
forms; thus we have P. modesta imperator f. t. kwnzet which
indicates the summer form (kunzei) of the imperator race (Ariz.)
of P. modesta Harris.

In conclusion we might state that we are thoroughly in sym-
pathy with the system of nomenclature advocated so ably by
Rothschild & Jordan. The making the first species mentioned
under a given generic name the type of that genus may seem at
first sight rather radical, but it at least possesses the advantage
of being absolutely infallible, besides saving an enormous amount
of misspent labor in searching through ancient and musty vol-
umes, as is involved under the “restriction” principle, a prin-
ciple only capable of being carried out with any fairly assured
certainty of success when one has the entomological literature
of the world at one’s command. Surely a system which will
assure a lasting stability and uniformity in our only too involved
entomological nomenclature should be hailed with acclamation
by all those who have the true welfare of entomology at heart;
like a dose of purging medicine it may cause considerable dis-
comfort for a time, but if the result will be to free our successors
from all the difficulties we are at present contending with, then
let us submit with cheerful spirits to any such slight personal
inconvenience as it may entail.

List of Sphingidae north of Mexico.

Subfamily ACHERONTIINE.

Tribe ACHERONTIICE.
Genus Herse Oken.
(1) H. cingulata Fabr. N. Y. to Tex.
ab. decolorata Hy. Edw.

192 Psyche [October

Tribe SPHINGIC.
Genus Cocytius Hbn.

(2) C. antaeus Drury.
(a) antaeus medor Stoll. Fla.

Typical anteus is taken in the Antilles, not in N. America.

Genus Protoparce. Burm.
(3) P. sexta Johanns. U.S:
syn. carolina.

Holland mentions P. occulta R. & J. from Texas. We do not,
however, know of any authentic specimens from this locality.
It occurs in Mexico.

(4) P. quinquemaculatus Haw. Nearctic Region.
syn. celeus.
(5) P. rustica Fabr. N. Y. southward.
(6) P. brontes Dru.
(a) brontes cubensis G. & R. Southern Florida.

The typical brontes is confined to Jamaica, and Drury’s cita-
tion of New York as habitat was doubtless due to an error. The
form found in South Florida, of which Dr. Barnes has 4<’s, is
cubensis G. & R. and differs from brontes only in its clearer mark-
ings and slightly more variegated appearance.

(6a) P. muscosa R. & J. Tex., Ariz.

Recorded by Doll from Texas; 1 in Coll. Barnes from Pres-
cott, Ariz. ex.—larva.

(7) P. brevimargo. Butl. Ariz.

This species has been placed by Rothschild & Jordan in the
synonomy of P. florestan, which species is characterized by the
possession of a pulvillus on the claw segment. Dr. Barnes has,
however, recently received a single co’ specimen from Huachuca
Mountains, Ariz., in which the pulvillus is not present on any of
the claws. According to Rothschild & Jordan this would place it
under P. corallina Druce. Druce in his Biol. Cent. Amer. figures
both species, and the specimen in question agrees so exactly in
all particulars with his figure of brevimargo that we have had no
hesitation in identifying it as this species. Until further material
is forthcoming we consider it advisable to treat brevimargo as a

1910] Barnes and McDunnough—S phingide of North America 193

separate species. There is no doubt about the authenticity of
the locality, and we are in hopes of receiving further specimens
another year, which may throw some light on the synonomy of
this difficult group.

Genus Chlaenogramma 5m.

(8) C. jasminearum. Guer. Ohio, N. J., D. C.
Genus Dolba Walk.

(9) Dolba hylaeus. Drury. N. Y., Md., Ill., Tex.
Genus Dolbogene R. & J.

(10) D. hartwegi Butl. Ariz.

1 in Dr. Barnes’ collection taken by O. Poling in Southern
Arizona.

Genus Isogramma R. & J.

(11) I. hageni Grt. Tex.
Genus Ceratomia Harris.

(12) C. amyntor Hub. N. Y., Penn:,,S. Dak.

(13) C. undulosa Walk. S. Dak., Ill., Penn.

(14) C. catalpae Bdv. IND YS; sty
Genus Isoparce R. & J.

(15) I. cupressi Bdv. Geo., Fla.

Not in Dr. Barnes’ Coll.
Genus Dictyosoma R. & J.

(16) D. elsa Stkr. Arizona.
Genus Atreus Grt.

(17) A. plebeja Fabr. N. Y., N. J., Ala., Tex.
Genus Hyloicus Hbnr.

(18) H. lugens WIk. S. Western States?

syn. andromede. Bdy.

We do not know of any authentic record of this species having
been taken in the United States, but Neumcegen mentions that
a few specimens have been captured in the southwestern states.
Possibly he was in error regarding the species.

(19) H. geminus R. & J. Tex.

Two Specimens in Coll. Barnes labelled Galveston, Texas,
received as lugens, correspond with this new species. It may be
separated from the foregoing by the large black markings on
underside of abdomen.

(20) H. eremitus Hub. Ned NE Yes nVid en
(21) H. eremitoides Streck. Tex.

194 Psyche [October

This species, so frequently confused with lugens and separatus,
may at once be separated from the former by its much smaller
size and gray color, and from separatus by the fact that “the
prothoracic tegule have no obviously yellow marginal spots.”
In Coll. Barnes are 4 &@ and 4 9 from Kerrville, Texas.

(22) H. separatus Neum. New Mexico.

This species was long regarded as equivalent to andromede
Bdv.—lugens Walk. It is however smaller and lighter in color
than this form, and is most readily distinguished by the presence
of a distinct yellow marginal spot on each side of the collar; these
spots are always vestigial in the nearly allied species. Dr. Barnes
possesses 2 o and 3 Q from New Mexico.

(23) H. istar R. & J. Tex.

This is the largest species of the group and is represented in
Coll. Barnes by 2 “and 2 2, from Kerrville, Texas. Apart from
difference in the genitalia it is separated from its near allies by
the fact that the interspace between the black middle stripe of
the prothoracic tegule and the black upper edge is dark brown,
much deeper in color than the thorax and adjacent parts. It
also lacks the black longitudinal line in the upper portion of
cell on primaries.

(24) H. chersis Hbn.

(a) chersis pallescens R. & J. N. Mex., Ariz
(b) chersis oreodaphae Hy. Edw. Cal.
(c) chersis chersis Hbn. Eastern States.

A careful examination of the specimens in Coll. Barnes named
oreodaphe revealed the fact that with the exception of 2 2 they
were all referable to the form asellus of perelegans. These 2 Q’s
belong to the new form, pallescens. Apart from their larger size
and the marked difference in genitalia they may be most easily
distinguished from asellus, to which they bear a strong super-
ficial resemblance, by the fact that the gray color of primaries
is much less even than in asellus and always shows whitish mark-
ings below the black dashes, exactly as in typical chersis. The
broader white band distal to the black marginal line on prim-
aries, as well as the faint black middle line on patagia by which
Rothschild & Jordan differentiate asellus, are not always very

1910] . Barnes and McDunnough—S phingide of North America 195

prominent in this species, but may, however, often be used as a
means of separation.

(25) H. vancouverensis Hy. Edw.
(a) form albescens Tepp. Utah, Colo., Wash., B. C., Man.

The specimens in Dr. Barnes’ Coll. do not seem to verify Bruce’s
statement that vancowverensis and albescens are two seasonal
forms. We have specimens of vancouverensis dated May 8
(Colo.), May 10 (Wash.), June 16 (Colo.), June 9 (Mani-
toba), July 8, 24, (Colo.), and albescens dated May 1 and 5
(Colo., B. C.), June 24 (Colo.), and July 26 (Colo.).

(26) H. libocedrus Hy. Edw.
(a) libocedrus libocedrus Hy. Edw. Ariz.
(b) libocedrus insolita Lint. Tex.

Rothschild & Jordan separate these two geographical races by
the color of the abdominal side spots, in libocedrus they are white,
whilst in insolita they have a yellowish tinge. Lintner in his
original description of insolita states, however, that “elongated
patches (bands) of clear white scales extend over nearly half of
each of the segments on its anterior half.’’ Of the two specimens
we have seen from Texas, both 2’s, one has the spots of a dis-
tinct yellowish tinge, in the other they are almost pure white,
so we are inclined to think that Rothschild & Jordan’s diagnosis
will hardly hold. The material of libocedrus, however, at our dis-
posal is too much worn on the abdomen to allow of our forming
a definite opinion in this respect.

(27) H. perelegans Hy. Edw.
(a) form asellus R. & J. Colo., Ariz.
(b) “ perelegans Edw. Cale ba Cs

Apart from the difference in genitalia it is almost impossible
to separate asellus from a small gray form of chersis. The form
of the harpe is, however, so markedly different in both species
that even a superficial examination of the genitalia serves to
separate them. Whether asellus is a form of perelegans or may
prove to be a good species we do not feel competent to decide.
As far as our own experience goes, the two forms occur in differ-
ent territory, which would at least point to a geographical sub-

196 Psyche [October

species. Asellus seems fairly common in Colorado and Arizona,
much more so than the form pallescens of chersis.

(28) H. canadensis Bdv. N. Hamp.
(29) H. francki Neum. Baltimore, Md.
Two specimens in Coll. Barnes.
(30) H. kalmiae Ab. & Sm. N. Y., Penn., Va.
(31) H. gordius Cram.
(a) gordius oslari R. & J. Colo.
(b) gordius gordius Cram. N. H., N. J., Va., Minn., Ill.

The Colorado race is easily distinguishable from the eastern
specimens by its much greater size and the paler color of pri-
maries.

(32) H. luscitiosa Clem. INE YS Nees
(33) H. drupiferarum A. & 5S.
(a) drupiferarum drupiferarum A. & S. Atlantic Subregion.
(b) drupiferarum utahensis Hy. Ed. Pacific States.

The western form utahensis is said to be whiter than the eastern
form. Dr. Barnes has however a long series from Colorado, Oregon
and British Columbia which it is impossible to separate from the
ordinary drupiferarum of the east. In fact New York specimens
in the same collection are considerably whiter than some of the
western species. One 92, however, from British Columbia corres-
ponds exactly with Hy. Edwards’ original description, having the
primaries much more suffused with whitish gray, and the median
band of the secondaries much broader, both of which points of
difference do not hold for the remaining western specimens. We
would be inclined to consider utahensis as merely an aberrant
form of drupiferarum and not a geographical subspecies as treated

by Rothschild & Jordan.

(34) H. dolli Neum.
(a) dolli coloradus Sm. Colo., Utah.
(b) dolli dolli Neum. Ariz.

We consider Rothschild & Jordan correct in treating these as
merely geographical varieties of the same species. Dolli lacks
the black submarginal line and the dashes of the posterior por-
tion of the disk, corresponds, however, in all other respects with
coloradus.

1910] Barnes and McDunnough—S phingide of North America 197

(35) H. sequoiae Bdv. Cal.
(36) H. pinastri Linn.

Dr. Barnes has two specimens of this species, one labelled Cal-
ifornia, the other Waghorn, Alberta. The Californian specimen
lacks the black dashes usually found in pinastri and has further
the brown crossbands of primaries more strongly developed than
in the Alberta specimen.

Genus Lapara Walk.

(37) L. coniferarum A. & S. ING PY aie Ie
(38) L. bombycoides WIk.
syn. harristi Clem. Me., N. Y., Minn.

(39) L. pineum Lint.

Rothschild & Jordan regard this as an extreme aberrant form
of coniferarum. We do not know the species, and believe that
only two specimens have ever been taken.

Genus Exedrium Grt.
(40) E. halicarniae Stkr. Fla.

Subfamily AMBULICIN.
Genus Protambulyx R. & J.
(41) P. strigilis L.
ab. rufipennis Btlr. Fla.?

In Dr. Barnes’ collection is a specimen labelled Palm Beach,
Fla., received as P. carteri R. & J. This on a careful exam-
ination proved to be P. strigilis, ab. rufipennis. We cannot
however vouch for the correctness of the locality label.

(42) P. carteri R. & J. Fla.

Rothschild & Jordan give Florida as a locality for this new
species on the strength of a single o, received from the Kny
Scheerer Co.

Genus Sphinx L.
(43) S. cerisyi Kirby.

(a) cerisyi cerisyi Kirby. Man., Ont., Me., N. Y.
(b) cerisyi astarte Stkr. Colo., Utah
(c) cerisyi ophthalmica Bdv. Cal., Wash., Nev., B. C.

(a) form pallidulus Edw.
(d) cerisyi saliceti Bdy. Ariz.

198 Psyche [October

Two o’s in Dr. Barnes’ collection labelled Catskill Mountains
differ so decidedly from typical cerisyi in shape of wing and post-
discal lunules, approaching in this respect, as well as in the browner
ground color, the form ophthalmica, that one wonders if an error
in labelling has not occurred somewhere. Both these <’s are
further remarkable for the entire lack of the white dash at end
of cell.

Saliceti Bdy. is a brown form from Arizona in which the second
blue spot of the eye mark on secondaries is straight and not curved
towards the third spot. All three blue spots are present and dis-
tinct from each other.

(44) S. jamaicensis Drury.
(a) form norm. geminatus Say. NiJdoae
(b) f. ab. jamaicensis Dru.
(c) f. ab. tripartitus Grt.

In Dr. Barnes’ collection is a remarkable aberration Jacking
all markings on both primaries and secondaries with the excep-
tion of the apical lunules.

Genus Calasymbolus Grt.

(45) C. excaecatus A. & S. Il.,, Colo:, BUG:
(46) C. myops A. & §. Mass., Pa., Ohio, Colo.
(47) C. astylus Dru. IN, yee

Genus Pachysphinx R. & J.
(48) P. modesta Harris.

(a) modesta modesta Harris. Hi. Bae
syn. occidentalis Edw.
(b) modesta imperator Stkr. Colo., Ariz.

(a’) f. t. kunzei R. & J.

The form kunzei is the extremely pale summer brood of im-
perator Stkr.

Genus Cressonia G. & R.
(49) C. juglandis A. & S. N. Y., Mass., Ohio, Ark., Tex.
Subfamily SESITIN.

Tribe DILopHoNoTIC”.
Genus Pseudosphinx Burm.

(50) P. tetrio L. Fla., Tex.
Genus Erinnyis Hbn.
(51) E. alope Dru. Fla.

syn. edwardsii Butl.

1910] Barnes and McDunnough—S phingide of North America 199

(52) E. lassauxi Bdv.
f. merianae. Fla.

The typical lassauai Bdv. occurs only in South America. The
Florida form with the red area of hind wings prominent is f. mer-
1ane.

(53) E. oenotrus Stoll. Fla.
(54) E. crameri Schaus. Fla.
(55) E. ello L. Fla., N. Mex.
(56) E. obscura Fabr. Fla., Tex., Ariz.
(57) E. domingonis Butl. Tex.

syn. festa Hy. Edw.

Rothschild & Jordan treat this as a good species.
Genus Grammodia R. & J.
(58) G. caicus Cram. Fla.

Tribe Sestcm.
Genus Pachylia Walk.
(59) P. ficus L. Fla.

In Coll. Barnes is also a specimen of P. resumens Wlk. labelled
Florida. We fear however to add this species to the list as we
cannot vouch for the authenticity of the label. Rothschild &
Jordan, however, give Florida as a locality.

Genus Madoryx Bdv.
(60) M. pseudothyreus Grt. Fla.

In Coll. Barnes two specimens from Chocoloskee, Fla. Also
reported by Laurent from Miami, Fla. (Ent. News, XIV, 59
& 305.)

Genus Hemeroplanes Hbn.
(61) H. parce Fabr. Fla., Tex.

Rothschild & Jordan give Florida as a locality for this species.
In Coll. Barnes are three specimens labelled Texas. It probably
occurs in all the southwestern states.

Genus Epistor Bdv.
(62) E. lugubris L. Ga., Fla.

Among a long series of this species in Coll. Barnes we also
discovered a pair of E. ocypete L. the 2 of which was labelled
Florida. We refrain however from adding this species to the list
until more authentic data can be secured.

200 Psyche [October

A

Genus Cautethia G. & R.
(63) C. grotei Edw. Fla.
Genus Sesia Fabr.
(64) S. tantalus L.
syn. ixion L.
(a) tantalus zonata Dru. Fla.

The typical tantalus is the South American form. The form
clavipes with protarsal segments 3-5 club shaped is the Mexican
form and may possibly occur as a wanderer farther north. The
form zonata with normal tarsi and reduced white spots on pri-
maries occurs in Florida and the West Indies.

(65) S. titan Cram. Tex.

This species which has been so frequently confounded with
tantalus is characterized by Rothschild & Jordan as follows:
*Discal spots of forewing always simple, never divided, white
scaling at anal angle of hind-wing more extended and denser, fore
leg of & with two conspicuous black tufts, one at end of femur,
the other near the apex of the tibia.””. In Coll. Barnes two speci-
mens from Shovel Mountain, Texas.

(66) S. fadus Cram. Fla.

Occurs as a wanderer in the southern states. The white dis-
cal spots of primaries are always partly double in this species.

Genus Haemorrhagia G. & R.
(67) H. thysbe Fabr.

(a) form fuscicaudis Walk. Southern States.

(b) form thysbe Fabr. Tex., Ill., Ark.
syn. ruficaudis Kirby.

(c) form cimbiciformis Steph.
syn. uniformis G. & R. = ruficaudis Walk.

buffalensis G. floridensis G.

We have adopted the synonomy of Rothschild & Jordan in
dealing with this species; fuscicaudis is the southern form with
dentate margins of wings and the abdomen from fourth segment
on of a chestnut-red color. Thysbe is the well-known form with
olive markings on last abdominal segments and dentate margins
of primaries, whilst cimbiciformis has the margins of wings not
dentate.

1910] Barnes and McDunnough—Sphingide of North America 201

(68) H. gracilis G. & R. INANE
(69) H. diffinis Bdv.
(a) diffinis diffinis Bdv. Atlantic States.

(a’) f. vern. tenuis Grt.
(b’) f. est. diffinis Bdv.
(c’) f. est. axillaris G. & R.

(b) diffinis aethra Stkr. Me., Montreal, Que., Nipigon, Ont.

(c) diffinis ariadne n. nov. Colo., Man.
syn. senta R. & J. (non Strecker).

(d) diffinis thetis Bdv. Pacific Subregion.
(d’) f. thetis Bdv. Cal!
syn. palpalis Grt.

(e’) f. cynoglossum Edw. Cale
(f’) f. rubens Hy. Edw. Ore., B. C., Ariz., Utah.

We have been obliged to differ from Rothschild & Jordan in
the above arrangement as an examination of Strecker’s types
has convinced us that his two species ethra and senta have never
been properly recognized. In Group A., diffinis diffinis, we have
followed the revision; the various seasonal forms of this eastern
race are well known; tenuis, with non-dentate border of fore wing,
represents the spring brood, whilst diffints and azillaris, which
only differ from each other in the more or less prominent denta-
tion of the border on primaries, constitute two summer forms.

Aithra Stkr. has been placed by Rothschild & Jordan as a syno-
nym of avillaris G. &. R., due probably to a statement of Smyth’s
(Ent. News, 1900, p. 585) that he has bred the form e@thra from
tenuis ova. While we recognize the fact that some specimens
of tenuis tend to lose the dark abdominal band and develop a
red apical spot, we consider the true ethra well distinct from such
specimens. The type specimen, which we have examined, is from
Montreal, Que.; besides this there are in the Strecker Coll. sev-
eral very perfect specimens from Bangor, Me., and in Coll. Barnes
5 oo, 12 from Nepigon, Ont. These all agree exactly with
one another and differ from other eastern forms of diffinis in the
roughness of the body squamation. The yellow of thorax and
abdomen is not the pale yellow of diffinis or tenwis but rather an
orange-brown, bordered narrowly with a pale yellow extending
along patagia and sides of abdomen; the red apical patch is
sharply defined and not continued along outer margin; the red
of anal angle on secondaries is bright and the base of primaries

202 Psyche [October

is also largely suffused with same color; the type specimen has
a slightly dentate margin on primaries, not nearly so marked as
in avillaris; the remaining specimens are almost smooth. ‘The
localities would point to the fact that this is a well-marked north-
ern race, probably occuring in only one generation, our Nepigon
specimens being taken July 8-15. The race has not the slightest
resemblance with azillaris.

An examination of Strecker’s type of senta has shown us that
it is identical with the species hitherto known as brucei French.
Rothschild & Jordan are in error in giving this name to the form
with yellow centre to anal tuft dorsally. Strecker in his descrip-
tion distinctly states “anal tuft black,” and the type agrees with
the statement. In the Streck. collection this form with yellow
centre is placed under brucei Fr. but this is evidently wrong, for
the original description of this latter species states “terminal
joint with its tufts, both lateral and central, jet black.” As the
type of brucei has been destroyed by Dermestes, the description
is all that remains to us for purposes of identification; in Coll.
Barnes, however, are several specimens labelled bruce and taken
by Bruce himself in the same locality as the type specimen;
these agree with senta, so we consider our reference fairly cer-
tain. As senta Stkr., having priority, must be retained in place
of brucei Fr., we propose the name ariadne for the above form
and append following description.

H. diffinis ariadne n. nov.

Palpi black above, pale yellow beneath; front, sides of thorax and patagia
lemon yellow; centre of thorax darker, shaded with olive brown, which color
extends over dorsal portion of abdomen to anal tuft; the black banding of 4th
and 5th abdominal segments, characteristic of tenuis, not present; only in worn
specimens does it seem to occur. Abdominal segments 1-5 broadly bordered
laterally with black with traces of a few white scales intermixed; segments 6 and
7 somewhat lighter dorsally than preceding with pale yellow lateral tufts, extend-
ing sometimes to 5; anal tuft centrally orange yellow, laterally black; beneath
black. Pectus yellow, legs black, with yellow tufts on tibiee; abdomen beneath
black with very slight sprinkling of yellow hairs on posterior segments, differing
markedly in this respect from senta, in which the abdomen is grayish yellow be-
neath. Primaries hyaline with narrow brown-black terminal border, broadest
at apex; the border is more or less suffused with rusty-red and contains a distinet
apical spot of same color; base of wings deep red-brown with scattered yellow
hairs; costal border slightly reddish with a few yellow scales. Secondaries,
with very narrow border, distinctly reddish; anal patch reddish, intermixed with

1910] Barnes and McDunnough—Sphingide of North America 203

yellow along inner margin. Beneath as above, slightly paler, base and costa of
fore wing and costa of hind wing largely pale yellow; anal patch of secondaries
broadly black along inner margin. Expanse 1/4 in. = 38 mm.

Habitat: Denver, Colo., described from 14 specimens. Types,
Coll. Barnes.

All the forms of thetis differ from the eastern races in having
the anal tuft entirely black.

Diffinis thetis Bdv. is found typical in certain regions of Cal-
ifornia along the coast. It lacks all trace of red on wings, having
the margins and patches deep chocolate brown. The form cyn-
oglossum Edw. is similar to thetis but can at once be separated by
the entirely black hind tibia, lacking the yellow hair of thetis.
Holland’s description of thetis (Moth Book, p. 64) is obviously
incorrect; he seems to have confused this form with our ariadne.
We consider rubens Hy. Edw. perfectly worthy of being retained
as a form name; in fact it seems the most widely spread of the
western forms, judging by the material at our disposal. It is
readily separated from the two preceding by the red apical spot
and more or less pronounced red shading at base of primaries
and on anal patch of secondaries. The typical locality is Oregon
and we have specimens from Victoria, B. C., which agree exactly
with the type specimen. A long series from Utah differ from our
British Columbia specimens in larger size, smoother squamation,
and brighter red, while other specimens from Arizona are still
larger, attaining a size of 50 mm. wing expanse. We hardly
consider these forms, however, worthy of a separate name.

(70) H. senta Stkr. Colo., Utah.
syn. brucei Frch.

This species is most easily recognized by the entirely yellow
abdomen on underside and black anal tuft. For the synonomy
we would refer to our remarks under the preceding species.

Subfamily PHILAMPELINE.

Tribe PHILAMPELIC®.

Genus Pholus Hbn.
(71) P. anchemolus Cram. Tex.

204 Psyche [October

Dr. Barnes has received one specimen from Kerrville, Texas.

72) P. satellitia L.

(a) satellitia pandorus Hbn. Hl., Tex:
(73) P. achemon Dru. N. Y., Dll., Tex., Ariz.
(74) P. typhon Klug. Ariz.

Dr. Barnes has several bred specimens received from his col-
lector in Palmerlee, Ariz.
(75) P. vitis L.
(a) vitis vitis. Tex.
syn. linnei G. & R.

This species, known since Grote & Robinson’s revision as linnev
is placed once more under vitis L. by Rothschild & Jordan. Any
one interested in the elaborate proof as to the correct identifica-
tion of Linné’s species is referred to their work.

(76) P. fasciatus Sulzer.

syn. vitis Dru. (non Linn.) Tex.

(77) P. labruscae L. Tex.
Genus Ampeloeca R. & J.

’ (78) A. versicolor Harr. N. Y.

(79) A. myron Cram. Ill., Tex.

(a) f. cnotus. Fla.

Genus Darapsa Walk.
(80) D. pholus Cram.

syn. cherilus Cram. Ne: YicNoes le

Genus Sphecodina Blanch.

(81) S. abbotti Swainson. Ny Jee ee
Genus Deidamia Clemens.

(82) D. inscriptum Harr. N. Ys
Genus Arctonotus Bdv.

(83) A. lucidus Bdy. Wash., Cal.
Genus Amphion Hbn.

(84) A. nessus Cram. N.Y ex:

Genus Proserpinus Hbn.
(85) P. gaurae A. & S.
(a) form gaurae A. &S. Tex.
(b) form circae Edw. Ala.

We consider Rothschild & Jordan in error in placing circe
Edw. as a synonym of gaure A. &. S. and their remark that
“Edwards, considering the following species (juanita) to be the
true gaure, described a specimen of the present species as circe”’

1910] Barnes and McDunnough—Sphingide of North America 205

shows a rather careless reading of the original description. Ed-
wards knew both gaure and juanita and distinguished circe from
both these species by the fact that the secondaries were dull
chestnut red with no traces of a darker marginal band. In Coll.
Barnes are two specimens from Alabama corresponding with
Edwards’ description, and agreeing with the type specimen in
Coll. Neumcegen; these we place for the present as form. circe of
P. gaure.
(86) P. juanita Stkr.

(a) juanita juanita Stkr. Tex.
(b) juanita oslari R. & J. Ariz.

We do not know the form oslari which differs from juwanita in
the paler color of wings and the vestigial character of the stigma
of primaries.

(87) P. clarkiae Bdv. Colo., Ore., Cal.
(88) P. flavofasciata Walk.
(a) flavofasciata flavofasciata Walk. New England.
(b) flavofasciata ulalume Stkr. Bac:
(ce) flavofasciata rachel Bruce. Colo.

A long series of ulalume from British Columbia in Coll. Barnes
shows a considerable amount of variation; some specimens
(especially @’s) show very little trace of the yellow band of
secondaries, although none are so black as depicted in Strecker’s
original figure; others (mostly o’s) possess a clear orange yellow
band on secondaries and are scarcely to be distinguished from
flavofasciata from the east. We do not know the Colorado form
rachel Bruce.

Genus Euproserpinus G. & R.
(89) E. phaeton G. & R. Cal.
(90) E. euterpe Hy. Edw. Cal.
Subfamily CHOAROCAMPIN &.

Genus Xylophanes Hbn.
(91) X. pluto Fabr. Fla.
syn. thorates Hbn.

This is presumably the same species as that referred to by
Laurent (Ent. News XIV, 305) under the name of Thorates
pergesa (!). In Coll. Barnes is a long series from Florida.

(92) X. porcus Hbn.

(a) porcus continentalis R. & J. Fla.

206 Psyche [October

Typical porcus is restricted by Rothschild & Jordan to Cuba.
The form continentalis differs, apart from variation in the geni-
talia, in the less prominent stigma of primaries, as well as the more
pronounced discal dots; the olive green shading outside the cell
is also reduced. Dr. Barnes has one specimen ex larv. from

Florida.
(93) X. falco Walk. Ariz.

Dr. Barnes has received three specimens of this species, bred
by his collector in Arizona.

(94) X. tersa Linn. Fla., Tex.
Genus Celerio Oken.
(95) C. gallii Rott.
(a) gallii intermedia Kirby. Me., Colo., Wyo., B. C., Alta.
syn. chamenerwi Harr.
(96) C. lineata Fabr.
(a) lineata lineata. N. Y., Ill., Colo., Ariz., Fla.

NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF ANYTUS GRT.
By Joun B. Smit, Se. D.
Rutgers College, New Brunswick, N. J.

A recent re-arrangement of the genus made necessary by the
accumulation of material has led to a somewhat closer study of
the species, particularly with the view of fixing more accurately
the standing of certain species. In Hampson’s monograph Ha-
dena evelina French, is included under the generic term, in my
opinion erroneously; altho I am probably no nearer right in
placing it with Fishia. ‘The other species recognized in the mono-
graph are atristrigata Smith, privata Wlk., with monstrata Wlk.,
sculpta Grt., and plana Grt., as synonyms, profunda Sm., and
obscura Sm. More recently I have described A. tenwilinea from
a single example received from Stockton, Utah.

Anytus atristrigatus Smith, is from Texas and differs from all
the other species by having a conspicuous and continuous black
streak through the submedian interspace from base to the outer

1910] Smith—Notes on the Species of Anytus 207

margin above the anal angle. The type of maculation is like
that of privatus, but heavier, and the median lines are distinctly
geminate, The types are both males.

Anytus privatus Wlk., better known as sculptus Grt., is of wide
distribution throughout the eastern United States. While not
one of the common species in most localities, it is by no means
rare and flies in August and September. The squared, somewhat
flattened thorax with its low divided creast recalls the Xyliniod
genera and the type of maculation adds to this resemblance.
But the wings are shorter and broader and the abdomen is not
flattened. The colors are very light gray, resembling Acronycta
so much that Walker described it once under the specific term
monstrata, and the characteristic feature of the maculation is
the indentation of the median lines in the sub-median interspace,
supplemented by their connection through the black-edged and
shaded claviform. The amount of black varies, so that there
may be a very complete heavy bar dividing the median space,
or there may be only a narrow line: the latter a somewhat rare
form. There is little variation in other respects and the species
once known is recognized with ease. The secondaries in the
male are soiled white, outwardly powdery, with a blackish terminal
line and some powdering on the veins. In the female the entire
wing is a little smoky, an extra-median line is visible and usually
also a discal spot.

The variety planus I have never seen. Mr. Grote describes
it as having the median lines lost and the wing longitudinally
shaded with whitish on median space, along internal margin,
and diffusely beyond the reniform. None of the examples that
I have seen even remotely approach this.

I have had under examination a series of 22 males and 25 fe-
males, most of them taken near Elizabeth, N. J., by Mr. Otto
Buchholz, and they bring out nicely all variations that I have
ever seen in the species.

Among my material, however, I picked out a series of five
males and six females, that seemed different, and these I have
named.

Anytus teltowa sp. nov.
Size and habitus of privatus, but darker throughout, the ground color of pri-
maries being dark blue-gray instead of light ash-gray. In the male the secondaries

208 Psyche [October

are like those of female privatus, while in the female they are smoky throughout,
darker outwardly, with the exterior line and discal spot obscured. The black
markings of primaries are heavier and more diffuse throughout, and the s. t. line
is practically eliminated, the black shade which precedes the line in privatus con-
tinuing into and sometimes filling the terminal space.

Habitat: Hampton, N. H., IX, 20; Cohasset, Mass., IX, 3;
Elizabeth, N. J., IX, 2-20; Lakehurst, N. J., [X, 27; Vineland,
Nad.) VILL 129:

The structure of the genitalia in this genus so far as I have
studied them, gives little help in the separation of the species.
The harpes are very strong, highly chitinized, somewhat twisted
and asymmetrical. As a result no two mounts lie in exactly
the same plane and no two figures are entirely alike. There is,
however, a somewhat marked difference in the width of the harpes
as between teltowa and privatus, and a difference in outline which
is especially marked in the right harpe as seen in the picture.
Several specimens of privatus were studied, but only one of teltowa,
and the figure given of privatus is like all the specimens of that
form examined. Aftristrigatus was not studied for lack of suffi-
cient material.

Anytus tenuilinea Smith, was described from a single female
sent in by Mr. Spalding of Stockton, Utah, and derives its name
from the slender transverse lines and other markings. Other
differences exist and are pointed out in the original description;
but the creamy gray base and very narrow maculation are suffi-
cient for its ready recognition. The interesting point is that
I find in the material received from Cohasset, Mass., through
Mr. Bryant, an almost exact duplicate of the type, also a
female, under date of September 6. There were a dozen
examples, representing both teltowa and privatus, but only this
one female stood out from all the rest as tenwilinea.

In 1900 I described, in the Canadian Entomologist XXXII,
p- 218, Anytus obscurus from a single Calgary male sent in by Mr.
Dod, and Anytus profundus, from two Brandon, Man., males,
sent in by Mr. Hanham. These species seemed to me distinct from
the eastern privatus and from each other, though I realized that
my material was scant. More material came in later, from the
type and other localities, and I became distinctly doubtful of the
validity of the separation. Sir George F. Hampson kept the

1910] Smith—Notes on the Species of Anytus 209

species distinct in his monographic work; but Mr. Dod who has
collected many examples, asserted that he had both forms repre-
sented in his captures and claimed that there was one species
only.

A series of 28 & and 23 92 from De Clair, Maan., secured
through Mr. H. H. Brehme, added to what I had from other
sources, gave me a series of 65 examples of the two forms and,
at first sight, separation seemed hopeless. More careful sifting,
however, made matters easier, and I finally sorted out 5 o& and 4
2 as obscurus, all from Calgary, and the remainder, from Brandon,
Cartwright, Miniota and De Clair, Manitoba, were all profundus.
Obscurus is really well named and in the male differs obviously
from profundus in a distinct brownish tinge, in the lack of con-
trasts, especially in the s. t. space, in the much more even, powdery
suffusion over the whole wing, and in the lack of definition to the
median lines.

Two males of obscurus and six of profundus were examined for
genital structure and six figures, showing all noted variations,
were made and are reproduced here for comparison. The harpes
are asymmetrical and there is some little difference in each case;
but the two obscurus stand out against the four profundus in the
shorter, broader tip. The left harpe at tip shows in all profundus
the little finger-like process at outer side below the level of tip
which rises at once from the incision, while in obscurus the finger
extends beyond the level of the border next adjoining. The
differences are slight and perhaps not important; but for the
present the superficial and other characters lead me to hold the
two species as distinct.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 11.

. Anytus privatus: New York specimen.

. Anytus teltowa: New Jersey specimen.

. Anytus obscurus: Calgary specimen.

. Anytus obscurus: Calgary specimen.

. Anytus profundus: Brandon, Manitoba.

. Anytus profundus: De Clair, Manitoba.

. Anytus profundus: Meiniota, Manitoba.

. Anytus profundus: Cartwright, Manitoba.

COn-k® Or Se OO TO

210 Psyche [October

SYNONYMICAL AND OTHER NOTES ON DIPTERA.

By W. R. TuHompson.

Bureau of Entomology, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture.

Li

In Vol. II, No. 4 of the “Annals of the Entomological Society
of America,”’ a number of species and genera of North American
Tachinids are described as new by Mr. C. H. T. Townsend.
While working in the National Museum some time ago, I had
occasion to make a careful study of the types of some of these
forms, with the results given herewith.

Paragermaria autumnalis Towns.

This species has been described by Mr. D. W. Coquillett in Proce.
Ent. Soc. Wash., VI., p. 186, 1904, as Distichona auriceps. The
species is a well-marked one and there can be no question as
regards the specific synonymy. ‘The question of the synonymy
of the three genera Distichona v. d. Wulp, Pseudogermaria B. &
B., and Mr. Townsend’s new genus Paragermaria, is a more
difficult one and I do not care to express an opinion upon it at
the present time. It must be noted, however, that in the speci-
mens of this species which IJ have examined, there are a couple of
hairs below the lowest frontal bristles and a row of similar fine
hairs extends up the parafacials to a short distance below the
upper ones just mentioned so that the parafacials cannot be
termed bare. On this account Distichona auriceps Coqt., will
not run to the genus Distichona in either the key to the genera
in Mr. Coquillett’s “Revision,” nor in Mr. Adams’ in Williston’s
“Manual,” but will run out to Winthemia, from which it is easily
distinguished by the reclinate ocellar bristles, the ciliate facial
ridges, the broad cheeks, etc.

Sisyropa hemerocampae Towns.

Mr. Townsend gives as a synonym of this species, Exorista
griseomicans Coq. (non v. d. Wulp), but has apparently over-

1910] Thompson—Notes on Diptera 211

looked the fact that what is apparently the same form has been
described already by Mr. Coquillett in the “Revision of the Tach-
inide,” pp. 97-98, as Exorista amplera. An examination of the
series of specimens referred by Mr. Coquillett in the “Revision,”
to griseomicans v. d. Wulp, of those described by him as amplexa,
and of the specimens included by Mr. Townsend under hemero-
campe, has disclosed the fact that the number of post-sutural
macrocheetze is variable within the species, many specimens
having three post-suturals on one side and four on the other.
No other differences between the three forms are perceptible and
consequently they must be referred to one and the same species.
It is doubtful if the species is the one described by van der Wulp
in the Biologia as griseomicans. His description omits several
of the important characters but the legs are described as “black”’
whereas in all of the specimens of this form which I have examined,
the tibize and often the femora as well, are reddish-yellow. Until
it can be positively determined by an examination of van der
Wulp’s type that the species are not distinct the synonomy must
stand as follows:

Exorista amplexa Coqt.

1897. E. amplexa Coqt., in Revision of the Tachinide, pp. 97-98.
E. griseomicans Coqt. (non van der Wulp), loc. cit., p. 98.
1909. Sisyropa hemerovampe Towns., in Ann. Am. Ent. Soc., Vol. II, no. 4,
p. 248.

Mr. Townsend gives no reasons for referring the species to the
genus Sisyropa and until such reasons are forthcoming it must
remain in the genus Exorista.

Eumasicera coccidella Towns.

The type of this species, which is a single female from Massa-
chusetts, agrees perfectly with types and co-types of Stwrmia
sternalis Coqt., described from Missouri, and the forms seem to
be without doubt identical. The genus Eumasicera certainly
cannot stand since the species runs to the genus Sturmia in Mr.
Townsend’s own key to the genus Argyrophylax and its allies,
in the “Taxonomy of the Muscoidean Flies,” p. 98.

Rileyella Towns.

212 Psyche [October

This genus is proposed by Mr. Townsend to include a single
species,—Frontina aletie Riley, and as I understand it, to separate
this form from Frontina frenchii Will., and F. archippivora Will.,
both of which have marginal macrochetz on the first two abdom-
inal segments in both sexes. After a careful comparison of the
characters afforded by the puparia, which it may be remarked,
are frequently of great assistance in the study of the Tachinide,
and of the adult characters, including those afforded by the geni-
talia of the males, I have come to the conclusion that there is no
good reason for the generic separation of aletie and frenchitv.
In the “Taxonomy of the Muscoidean Flies,” p. 88, Mr. Town-
send himself included aletie in the same genus with hesperus
B. and B. which Mr. Coquillett in his “Revision”’ gives as a syn-
onym of frenchit.

Cordyligaster septentrionalis Towns.

This form, described by Mr. Townsend from specimens from
Plummer’s Island, Md., is evidently C. minuscula v. d. Wulp,
which was described from various localities in Mexico. A long
series of specimens of this species is in the U. 8. N. M. collections,
and a careful study of the series and comparison with the types
and co-types of Mr. Townsend’s species, failed to disclose any
specific differences. The description given by Mr. Townsend
differs very little from that given by van der Wulp in the Biologia
Centrali Americana, and there can be no doubt as to the specific
identity of the two forms.

In the “Taxonomy of the Muscoidean Flies,” p. 80, Mr. Town-
send has described a new genus and species, Oedemasoma nuda,
from a male specimen collected in Nevada, and remarks upon
its close resemblance to Wahlbergia brevipennis Loew, to which
Mr. Coquillett had referred this specimen with a query. The
only differences which Mr. Townsend was able to find were slight
differences in the position of the hind cross-vein, in the length of
the petiole of the apical cell, and in the distribution of the pollen
on the head and thorax. Through the kindness of Mr. Samuel
Henshaw, I have been able to examine Loew’s type in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology in Cambridge. To all appearances
Loew’s type is somewhat greased, which undoubtedly accounts
for the absence of the slight silvery pruinosity on the parafrontals

1910] Thompson—Notes on Diptera 213

and anterior part of the mesonotum which Mr. Townsend de-
scribes as present in Oedemasoma nuda. Loew’s specimen is a
female whereas Mr. Townsend’s is a male. In view of these facts
it seems scarcely reasonable to separate them specifically. At
Mr. Coquillett’s request I drew up a description of the type of
Wahlbergia brevipennis Loew, and forwarded it to him for com-
parison with the type of Oedemasoma nuda 'Towns., and he has
come to the conclusion that the differences in the sex of the two
specimens and the greased condition of Loew’s type were sufficient
to account for the differences which exist between them. Mr.
Coquillett considers that the generic reference to Wahlbergia was
correct, so that the generic synonymy will stand as follows:

Besseria Desvoidy, 1830.

Wahlbergia Zetterstedt, 1842.

Apostrophas Loew, 1870.
Oedemasoma Townsend, 1908.

In the other questions of synonymy discussed above Mr. Co-
quillett substantially agrees with me, and I wish to express my
gratitude to him for his kind and courteous assistance in this and
many other matters.

i:

In the keys to the genera of the Sarcophagide and Muscidee
in Williston’s ““Manual”’ there exists a slight but misleading error
to which it may be well to call attention. If I do not mistake,
these keys are adapted from those drawn up by Brauer and v.
Bergenstamm in “Die Zweifliigler des k. k. Museums zu Wien.”
As Mr. Townsend has already pointed out in his “Taxonomy,”
the “genz”’ or “Wangen”’ of Brauer and v. Bergenstamm do not
correspond to the “cheeks,” as the latter term is commonly under-
stood, and as it is used in the keys to the Tachinide and Dexiidee
in the “Manual,” but correspond to the “sides of the face”’ or
“parafacials.”” The differences between the genera Calliphora
and Lucilia, and between Phormia and Protocalliphora, are not
in the presence or absence of hairs on the cheeks but on the sides
of the face. Therefore, on page 343 of Williston’s “Manual,”
the words “sides of the face,” or ‘“‘parafacials”’ should be substi-
tuted for “cheeks,” in lines 2,5, 8 and 11, and the same correction
should be made on page 351, lines 4, and 5.

214 Psyche [October

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE
By the Cambridge Entomological Club.

Orders, accompanied by remittances, should be sent to C. T. Brues, Bus-
sey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston, Mass.

PsyCHE.

Vols. 1-2; Vols. 5-10, each, $3.00.

Vols. 11-16, each $1.00.

The following articles, originally published in Psycue, are to be had
separately, at the prices indicated:

Lepidoptera.
Anon. On the Relation between European and American Noc-
tuina. 4 pp., 1875, $.15
Beutenmuller, W. Descriptions of some New North American
Moths. 3 pp., 1890, 05

Chambers, V. T. The Classification of the Tineide. 5 pp., 1883, .10
Dimmock, George. Notes on Pterophoride of North America,

1 p., 1882, 05
The Cocoons of Cionus scrophularie. 4 pp., 1882, 10

Dyar, H. G. Notes on Two Species of Datana, with Descrip-
tions of Their Larval Stages. 6 pp., 1890, -10

————. Preparatory Stages of Cerura multiscripta. 3 pp., 1890, 05
Edwards, W. H. The Number of Molts in Butterflies, with some

History of Callosamia promethea. 5 pp., 1881, 10
Elwes, H. J. The Argynnides of North America. 10 pp., .20
Field, W. L. W. The Offspring of a Captured Female of Basil-

archia proserpina. 3 pp., with plate, 1910, 05
Forbes; 8. A. The American Plum-borer, EHuzophera semi-

funeralis. 5 pp., 05
Fernald, C. H. Note on Phoxopteris angulifasciana. 1 p., 1880, .05
Holland, W. J. Descriptions of New West African Lycenide.

8 pp., 1890, .10
Jones, J. M. On an Immense Flight of Small Butterflies (Terias

lisa) in the Bermudas. 5 pp., 1875, 15
Lintner, J. A: A New Sexual Character in the Pupe of Some

Lepidoptera. 4 pp., 1883, -10
Morrison, H. K. Notes on White Mountain Noctuide. 3 pp., 1875, 10
————. Summer Butterflies at the White Mountains. 4 pp.

1874, 15

Varieties of Cleora pulchraria. 3 pp., 1875, 10
Newcomb, H. H. Argynnis cybele Fabr. var. baal Streck., melanic,
1 p., with plate, 1910, 05

Packard, A. S. Notes on the Early Stages of Two Sphingide. 5 pp., 05

1910] Advertisements

The Life History of Sierarctia echo. 3 pp., 1890,
Scudder, S. H. Early Spring Butterflies at the White Mountains.
4 pp. 1874,
Scudder, S. H. The Introduction of Danaida plexippus into the
Pacific Islands. 4 pp., 1875,
Notes on Melitta cucurbite and a Related Species.
2 pp., 1885,
A North Greenland Butterfly. 3 pp., 1875,
Cosmopolitan Butterflies. 3 pp., 1889,
. Pieris rape in Midocean. 1 p., 1876,
. The Natural History of Anosia plexippus in New Eng-
land. 4 pp., 1888,
The Means Employed by Butterflies of the Genus Basil-
arehin for the Perpetuation of the Species. 7 pp., 1888,
The Arrangement of the New England Species of
Thanaos. 2 pp., 1888,
Soule, C. G. Notes on the Early Stages of Some Heterocera.
1l pp.
Description of the Larva of Sphinx luscitiosa. 2 pp.
1888,
Description of Egg and Larva of Apatelodes torrefacta.
2 pp. 1888,
Sprague, F. H. Notes on Butterflies of Massachusetts. 4 pp., 1879,
Thaxter, R. List of Sphingide taken about Newton, Mass., 2
p. 1874,
Hibernation of Amphipyra pyramidoides. 2 pp., 1875,

Coleoptera.

Austin, E. P. Rediscovery of Cicindela limbata Say. 2 pp., 1875,

Austin, E. P. Geographical Distribution of North American Cole-
optera. 7 pp., 1879,

Blanchard, F. Some Account of Our Species of Geotrupes.
8 pps

——.. Livus rubellus Randall. 2 pp., 1876,

Dimmock, George. The Scales of Coleoptera. 25 pp., 1883,

Edwards, H. On the Localities and Habits of the Various Species
of Omus. 3 pp., 1875,

Forbes, S. A. The Life Histories and Immature Stages of Some
Eumolpini. 8 pp., 1884,

Gissler, C. F. The Anatomy of Amblychila cylindriformis Say.
11 pp., 1 plate, 1879,

Henshaw S. List of Coleoptera Collected in the Vicinity of Clifton-
dale, Mass. 4 pp., 1874,

Hubbard, H. G. Notes on the Habits of Magdalinus armicollis
Say. 2 pp. 1874,

Description of the Larva of Galerita janus. 3 pp., 1875,

.10
10

216 Psyche [October

Schwarz, E. A. List of Coleoptera Collected in Michigan in 1874, 5
pp. 1876,
Diptera.
Brauer, F. The Larve of Oestride. 6 pp., 1885,
Coquillett, D. W. The Systematic Position of the Genus Apiocera.
2 pp., 1885,
Gillette, C. P. A New Cecidomyid Infesting Box Elder. 2 pp.,
Smith, J. B. Notes on the Structure and History of Hematobia
serrata. 5 pp., 1890,
Snow, F. H. Hominivorous Habits of Chrysomyia macellaria.
4 pp., 1883,
Wheeler, W. M. Descriptions of Some New North American
Dolichopodide. 22 pp., 1890,
Williston, S. W. The Screw-worm Fly (Chrysomyia macellaria).
3 pp., 1883,
. Collection and Preservation of Diptera. 3 pp., 1884,
Notes on Asilide. 5 pp., 1889,
Hilarimorpha and Apiocera. 5 pp., 1888,

Hymenoptera.

Bassett, H. A. On the History of a Cynipidous Gall-fly. 4 pp.
1889,

Brues, C. T. A New Species of Telenomus Parasitic on the Eggs
of Tussock Moths. 2 pp., 1910,

Cockerell, T. D. A. Some Bees of the Genus Nomada from Wash-
ington State. 8 pp., 1910,

Dimmock, George. Salivary Glands in Bees. 3 pp., 1883,

Gillette, C. P. Notes on Certain Cynipide, with Descriptions of
New Species. 14 pp., 1889,

Lintner, J. A. An Egg Parasite of the Currant Saw-fly. 4 pp.
1883,

Weed, C. M. Biological Notes on Some North American Ichneu-
monide. 3 pp., 1888,

Wheeler, W. M. Colonies of Ants Infested with Daboulbenia
formicarum. 4 pp., 1910,

Homoptera.

Van Duzee, E. P. Synonomy of the Homoptera Described by Say,
Harris and Fitch. 5 pp., 1890,
A New Species of Pediopsis. 4 pp., 1889,
Weed, C. M. Contribution to a Knowledge of the Autumn Life
History of Certain Little Known Aphidide. 12 pp.,
Life History of Certain Little Known Aphidide. 3 pp.,
Woodworth, C. W. Synopsis of North American Cicadide. 2 pp.
1888,

On the Genus Cicadula. 2 pp., 1888,
North American Typhlocybini. 4 pp., 1889,

15

$.10

05
05

05
10
.30
.10
05

10
10

$.05

$.05

1910] Advertisements

Orthoptera.

Scudder, S. H. Some Genera of Oedopodide Rescued from the
Tryaxalide. 12 pp., 1890,
The Note of the Katydid. 2 pp., 1875,
Synoptical Table of Groups of United States Orthoptera
and Species of Forficulariz. 5 pp.,

Neuropteroid Insects.

Banks, Nathan. Some Neuroptera from Australia. 7 pp., 1910,
Hagen, H. A. The Tarsal and Antennal Characters of the Psocide.
1 p., 1883,
Notes and Descriptions of Some North American Libel-
lulina. 5 pp., 1890,
Two Species of Aeschna. 3 pp., 1890,
Synopsis of the Genus Anax. 6 pp., 1890,
Hagen, H. A. Descriptions of Some North American Cordulina.
7 pp. 1890,
Synopsis of the Odonata of North America. No. 1.
10 pp., 1889,
The Female of Eutermes rippertii. 6 pp.,
Grassi, B. A Contribution Towards a Knowledge of Termites.
6 pp., 1889,
Moody, H. L. The Larva of Chauliodes. 2 pp., 1877,
————. The Aborted Wings of Boreus. 2 pp., 1876,
Scudder, S. H. On the Structure of the Head of Atropos. 3
pp., 1877,
General and Structural Entomology.

Barrett, C. G. The Influence of Meteorological Conditions on
Insect Life. 5 pp., 1883,
Dimmock, A. K. The Insects of Betula in North America. 5
pp. 1885,
————. Variable Number of Molts of Insects. 2 pp., 1888,
Dimmock, George. The Trophi and Their Chitinous Supports in
Gracilaria. 4 pp., 1880,
Bleaching the Wings of Lepidoptera. 3 pp., 1875,
Edwards, W. H. Experiments upon the Effect of Cold Applied to
Chrysalids of Butterflies. 4 pp., 1880,
Chemical Change of Coloration in Butterflies’ Wings.
2 pp., 1880,
Effects of Cold Applied to Chrysalids of Limenitis dis-
ippus. 1 p., 1881,
Forbes, S. A. On the Present State of Our Knowledge Concerning
Contagious Insect Diseases. 10 pp., 1888,
Grote, A. R. On the Insect Fauna of the White Mountains. 2
pp., 1875,

217

218 Psyche [October

Mark, E. L. The Nervous System of Phylloxera. 7 pp., 1879,
Moody, H. L. The Mandibles of the Larva of Eros. 3 pp., 1876,
Morrison, H. K. On an Appendage of the Male Leucarctia acrea,
2 pp., 1874,
Packard, A. S. On the Occurrence of Organs, Probably of Taste,
in the Epipharynx of the Mecaptera. 6 pp., 1889,
Packard, A. S. The Epipharynx and the Epipharyngeal Organs
of Taste in Mandibulate Insects. 14 pp., 1889,
Scudder, S. H. The Chirp of the Mole Cricket. 2 pp., 1875,
Odoriferous Glands in Phasmide. 4 pp., 1876,
The Work of a Decade on Fossil Insects. 9 pp., 1889,
Smith, J. B. Notes on Some Aphid Structures. 6 pp., 1890,
Trelease, W. Myrmecophilism. 10 pp., 1889,
Van Duzee, E. P. Mimicry in Hemiptera. 2 pp., 1888,

Myriapoda and Arachnida.

Atkinson, G. F. Notes on Protective Resemblances in Spiders.
2 pp. 1888,

Emerton, J. H. Spiders Common to New England and Europe.
3 pp., 1876,

Scudder, S. H. The Geological History of Myriapods and Arach-
nids. 6 pp., 1885,

- 20

-10

10

15

20
10
15
-10
.10
15
05

05

10

Locality Pin Labels 20c. per 1000. © Any Number of Lines

Printed from smallest type made, on Best Heavy White Paper.
Something new. 30 or more labels on a strip; no trimming; 1 cut
of scissors makes a label. Orders must be in multiples of 1000.
Not less than 1000 printed. Please send money orders—not
postage stamps.

C. V. BLACKBURN (Member Cambridge Entomological Club),
STONEHAM, MASS.

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY

Price List of Lepidoptera No. 6, ready for distribution December 1, 1904
Classification of Lep. of Boreal Am. according to Smith List, 1903
Coleoptera List of Boreal Am. No. 2

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added.

List of School Supplies, Collections, Mimicry, Color protection, Dimor-
phism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The only genuine Schmitt Insect Boxes. Insect Cabinets and Exhibition
Cases. The new improved Metal Cabinet for Schmitt Boxes. The A. E. Co.
Insect Pins, which in very short time have gained the favor of almost every
Entomologist of prominence.

ELBOW PINS IN VARIOUS STYLES.

Price of List 10 cents. Request for list without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons lists will be mailed free of charge after
issue. All previous lists cancelled.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN ENTOMOLOGY

A substantially bound book of 155 pages, with definitions of over 4500
terms used in Entomological work, three plates illustrating body structure
and venation, and one plate illustrating color terms.

PREPARED BY
PROF. JOHN B. SMITH, Sc. D., of Rutgers College and State
Entomologist of New Jersey, and published by
THE BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
An indispensable book for collectors as well as working entomologists and
students. Will be sent, postpaid, on receipt of price, $2.00,
by the selling agents,

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY
55 STUYVESANT AVENUE, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

THE OHIO NATURALIST

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of
Ohio. The official organ of THe BroLtocicaL CLuB OF THE OHIO
Strate University, and of Tor Onto STtaTE ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
Published monthly during the academic year, from November to
June (8 numbers). Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Man-
aging Editor, J. S. Hive.

Address, THE OHIO NATURALIST
Ohio State University, COLUMBUS, OHIO

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

A regular meeting of the Club is held on the third Tuesday
of each month (July, August and September excepted) at 7.46
p. M. at the Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston. The
Bussey Institution is one block from the Forest Hills Station of
both the elevated street cars and the N. Y., N. H. & H.R. R.»

Entomologists visiting Boston are cordially invited to attend.

SOCIETAS ENTOMOLOGICA

JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published semi-monthly. Original articles in German, English,
and French on all classes of Insects, Reviews, literature, bibliogr.
notices. Subscribers wishing to buy, sell or exchange Insects are
granted 125 lines gratis. per annum for advertising. Lines in excess
5 Pf. (14 cents). To non-subscribers 20 Pf. or 5 cents. Yearly
subscription 8 Marks or $2. Sample copies sent on request. Back
volumes at reduced prices.

Manuscripts and scientific correspondence to be directed to the
Editor: Miss M. Riihl, Ziirich, V, Switzerland. Applications for
subscriptions, specimen-numbers, advertisements, and all business
correspondence address :

FELIX L. DAMES, STEGLITZ-BERLIN, GERMANY

Second-hand Catalogues sent on application

AX Ys Y

A JOURNAL OF ENTOMOLOGY

ESTABLISHED IN 1874

VOL: XVII DECEMBER, 1910 NUMBER 6

Prodryas persephone Scudder.

CONTENTS

The Aquatic Caterpillars of Lake Quinsigamond. Wm. T. M. Forbes

Some Additions to the Dipteran Fauna of New England. Charles W.
Johnson . , ‘

The North American Horna, of ‘ie sius Lbietiis NWelasider: Wheeler

Some Bees From Eldora, Colorado. TJ. D. A. Cockerell

A Few New Psammocharide. Nathan Banks . :

Argynnis cybele Fabr. Forma bartschi. William Reiff

Geometrid Notes. L. W. Swett . : ;

Ethological Notes on Elaphrus cicatricosus Ties (@bleopteray: CA.
Frost . ; ! ; : : i

Reviews.

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF.
C. T. Brurs, Harvard University.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS.

C. W. JouHnson, V. L. KEttoee,

Boston Society of Natural History. Stanford University.
A. L. MELANDER, A. P. Morse,

Washington State College. Wellesley College.
J. H. Emerton, J. G. NEEDHAM,

Boston, Mass. Cornell University.

W. M. WHEELER,
Harvard University.

PsyYCcHE is published bi-monthly, 7. e. in February, April, June, August, October and
December.

Subscription price, per year, payable in advance: $1.50 to subscribers in the U. S.
and its Territories and Dependencies in Canada or in Mexico; $1.65 to those in other
countries.

Manuscripts intended for publication, and books, etc., intended for review should be
sent to the editor-in-chief. All material for a given issue must be received before the
first of the month preceeding the month of publication.

To Contributors:

Copy should be typewritten whenever possible, and must ke legibly written on only
one side of the paper.

Separates, if desired, must be ordered in advance of publication.

25 separates of leading articles will be furnished gratis; additional copies will be
supplied at cost.

ADVERTISING RATES:

1 insertion 2 insertions one year (6 insertions)
1 page $2.00 $3.00 $6.00
12 page 1.25 1.75 3.70
4 page dD 1.10 2.25
1-8 page -40 -60 1.20
1-16 page 25 35 -75

Notices not to exceed four lines in length concerning exchanges desired of specimens
or entomological literature will be inserted free for subscribers, to be run as long as
may be deemed advisable by the editors.

Exchange of publications with other scientific societies and institutions throughout
the world which publish articles relating to entomology is desired. Requests for ex-
change should be addressed to the editor-in-chief.

Correspondence should be addressed to

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB,
BussEY INSTITUTION, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, FOREST HILLS,
BOSTON, MASS.

Entered as second-class matter, Dec. 21, 1906, at the Post Office at Boston, Mass., under
the Act of Congress of March 3, 1879.

ene Co be

VOL. XVII. DECEMBER, 1910. No. 6

THE AQUATIC CATERPILLARS OF LAKE
QUINSIGAMOND.

By Wm. T. M. Fores.

Worcester, Mass.

Lake Quinsigamond is situated in the center of Massachusetts,
on the boundary between Worcester, Shrewsbury, and Grafton.
It is long, resembling a river, with a number of shallow inlets,
especially along the east shore. The main part of the lake is
clear of vegetation, and most of the inlets have been disturbed
by man, but beyond the “Stringer Dam,” which cuts off the
southeast corner, and in Flint’s Pond, which is in all but name
the south end of the lake, the water is mostly only three or four
feet deep, and overgrown with the water lilies, Nymphza and
Castalia, Floating Shield, Floating Heart, Pond-weeds, Bladder-
worts, Pickerel weed, Elodea, and many other plants. This part
swarms with Nymphule, of the following species:

N. maculalis, common especially over waterlilies, but flying freely and often
found even on shore; also ab. masculinalis.

N. seminealis, equally common where Limnanthemum (Floating Heart) is dom-
inant.

N. obscuralis. A single specimen.

N. allionealis, rather rare, and found only at a single spot, on the north shore
of ““Cuba”’ Island.

N. badiusalis, earlier than the preceding, except perhaps the last, and found
mostly nearer shore; not very common.

N. gyralis, common, especially in Flint’s Pond.

N. icciusalis, quite common.

‘Pyrausta nelumbialis, not commoni. Jx' "

Larve were found of four species; maculalis and seminealis in
large numbers, two of gyralis (?); and one of icciusalis.
Generic characters of the caterpillar. N.(Nympheella) maculalis

may be taken as a type, but obscuralis and gyralis (?) were com-
219

220 Psyche [December

pared, also nymphaata of Europe. Head somewhat wider than
high; small compared with width of body; front somewhat higher
than wide, reaching more than two-thirds way to the vertex; the
sete far apart and high up, the punctures only a third as far apart
as the setze, and much lower; adfrontals slender, not entirely well
defined from the epicrania; reaching vertex, but not quite com-
pletely separating front from epicrania below, with setz close
together and decidedly below the puncture. Labrum with w
rather higher than 7, 72 much below w, moderately notched.
Epicrania with 7 near to adfrontals; with five ocelli, the posterior
one being wanting. Antenne with second joint four to seven
times as long as wide, longer in Nympheeella and Paraponyx than
in Hydrocampa, with one seta at about two-thirds its length, the
long seta only about three-fifths as long as the joint; third and
fourth joints equally long. Body very variable in shape in life,
when preserved, short and broad, with tracheal gills in the sub-
genera Nympheella and Paraponyx. Ventral prolegs rudimen-
tary, with an ellipse of crotchets, alternatelyof two or three lengths,
hardly interrupted in the first two genera, but broadly inter-
rupted at the inner and outer ends in Hydrocampa. Anal pro-
legs with an ellipse of hooks in the former, broadly interrupted
behind; in the latter, a single short straight band.

Spiracles of segments A2, 3, and 4, enlarged, the others rudi-
mentary.

1. N. (Nympheella) maculalis was very common wherever either
of the waterlilies grew, and for some distance about on the shore
males were plentiful. The male varied but little; but of the female,
beside the typical ash-gray form some were pale brown, marked
almost as in female obscuralis or with dark bands; some were
gray with paler costa; and one or two white, with a few fragments
of black lines (ab. masculinalis). Plenty of caterpillars were bred;
and they are undoubtedly those noted by Dyar as gyralis (?).

The caterpillar forms a nest on leaves of the two waterlilies,
Castalia and Nymphea (Nuphar), and also on Brasenia, by cut-
ting out a piece of the margin, and attaching it by silk to either the
upper or under surface of the leaf. This nest is a broad oval, and
when full sized is about an inch to an inch and a half long, and
forms a rounded hump in the leaf when on the under side. (These
were caterpillars of the first brood, in July.) When taken into

1910] Forbes—Aquatic Caterpillars O21

the house, into warmer water, they mostly cut out the portion
of leaf on which their nests were made, and so made of then
portable cases, much like those of N. gyralis, but filled with water.
Pupation took place in the last nest, which was lined with a
translucent layer of silk, and then showed a distinct central ridge
from the outside. If the caterpillar was in a portable case (in the
laboratory), it was anchored to the edge of a leaf. Late in August
young caterpillars about an eighth of an inch long, or a little
larger, had the same habits, but very soon the cases were cut
away, as happened with the first brood in the laboratory, and the
caterpillars were found to be only on the young submerged leaves.
Apparently when very young they eat one epidermis and the
parenchyma of the parts of the leaf forming their nests, but by
the time they are a quarter of an inch long they feed only outside
of the nest which is of uninjured pieces of leaf.

Eggs were laid in captivity, but not in a regular egg-mass. They were oval and
flattened; .65 x .5 mm., and had no decided longitudinal ridge. Duration of stage
about ten days.

Stage I. (From these eggs.) Slightly larger than N. gyralis? described below,
with proportionately much larger anal sete, without a trace of gills. Head nearly
.3mm.; length of large anal setee 1 mm.

Stage II. Not seen; and no sign of leaf-mining was noticed.

Stage III (?). A transparent caterpillar, essentially like the full-grown ones.
The maximum number of gill-filaments is two, and the anterior suprastigmatals
and the last three pedals have but one. Length about 4mm.; head .6 mm.

Stage IV. Length 4 to 6 mm.; head .4 to .56mm.; maximum number of gill-
filaments three.

Stage V. Length 6 to 10mm.; head 1 to 1.5 mm.; maximum number of gill-
filaments four. (Possibly two stages are confused here, or the wide range in size of
head may be sexual.

Last Stage. Length fully extended may reach 25mm.; head 1.5mm. Trans-
parent, the only appearance of marks being due to the internal organs showing
through. Head pale chitin-yellow, with darker mouth-parts. The gills are 100
in number, each with from two to five filaments, as shown in the diagram.

Segments. 2 SUA aa Se Alby \ Grd 8) SD
Anterior suprastigmatal: .3..5..2.:2-5-.- BF co ae Se Ay A aie Ay 8) Sl) =
Posterionsuprastigmatallsser yee ee eee Bi, 4B) 85.6) 65) A, Ai) 4m
Weatteralls:c cic yeascenys stories clay eape coos Sine
Anterior intrashigmatalee cecal es = Se Ol OE OMmOr i Onl L Oma
Posterior infrastigmatal..............-- Say oy GY BOG B GAG!! SG } -

222 Psyche [December

The characters that distinguish N. maculalis from N. obscuralis
are, then, the equal number of filaments on the anterior and
posterior infrastigmatals, and the fact that the seventh abdomi-
nal segment has one less pedal gill-filament than the more anter-
ior ones. The filaments are also proportionately longer and the
unbranched basal portion is longer. These characters will hold
at least as early as the stage with two gill-filaments. From
Hydrocampa gyralis (?) and icciusalis, it can be easily distin-
guished by the gills, and also by the spiracles, of which those on
segments, 2-4, of the abdomen are equal, but minute (the size of
the smallest in N. gyralis (?); and that of the first segment and
the posterior ones are equal and rudimentary. The caterpillar
becomes pale yellow just before pupation. Food Nympheacee.

Fig. 1. Front and labrum of Nymphula maculalis.
Fig. 2. Antenna of N. maculalis.
Fig. 3. Tracheal gill of Nymphula.

Pupa similar in general form to that of obscuralis, as described by Dyar, but of
the seven ridges near the tip of the abdomen beneath, only the central one remains,
and the anal opening is not distinctly Y-shaped. The case for the hind legs varies
considerably in length.

2. N. seminealis. Was not quite so common as the last;
and the males did not rove as widely. No specimens were taken
far from Limnanthemum.

o&. Whitish, powdered with dark brown, giving a chocolate brown effect. Trans-
verse posterior line broad, even and white, strongly contrasting; running from the

1910] Forbes—Aquatic Caterpillars 223

costa to the submedian space, and then turning inward as far as the middle of the
wing; preceded by an equal band of brilliant bronze. Subterminal fine, even,
black, not reaching either costa or inner edge, and preceded by a broader line of
grayish white. Subterminal space dark bronze; terminal space tawny, with a
golden reflection. Fringe lead-colored. Hind wing not differing from that of the
female. The wings are rather broader.

2. Groundcolor, dull tawny brown, about the color of the subterminal space
of the male, but not brilliantly bronzy. T. p. band grayish, not contrasting, sub-
terminal line preceded by a less brilliant gray band; wings narrower.

Seminealis is an exceedingly close relative of N. obscuralis and
badiusalis, and if juncealis is equally close, as Guénée’s figure would
suggest, Oligostigma will have to be widened to include the two
former species, and will at best be a very subordinate subgenus
of Nymphula, group Paraponyx. The slight truncation of the
hind wings, given in the definition of Oligostigma, is shared by the
other two. Vittatalis and the East Indian species have, however,!
quite a different appearance.

Caterpillars were common, and were bred through. ‘They come
nearest to those of N. obscuralis, described by Hart, but the adult
caterpillar has but four filaments to a gill, while maculalis has six.
They have also a different food-plant; and none were found on
Potamogeton which is common intermingled with the Limnan-
themum. Four stages were seen, and the first was proba-
bly missed, as the head of the smallest found was too large for a
normal Nymphula egg. It will probably resemble those of macu-
lalis and gyralis (?) and be without gills.

Stage II. Maximum number of filaments one; width of head 4mm. At this
stage the caterpillar is a leaf-miner, lying close to the lower epidermis, and forms
a somewhat trumpet-shaped mine.

Stage III. Maximum number of filaments two, the anterior subdorsals and
stigmatals with but one; head .7mm. The caterpillar now removes the lower
epidermis as well as the parenchyma, and covers itself with a fragment of leaf.
It forms a path continuous with its previous mine.

Stage IV. Maximum number of filaments three; head .9mm. A case is now
formed between a leaf and a piece cut out, or between two neighboring leaves.
The red lower surface is eaten in a series of bands within the nest, forming a very
characteristic marking; a habit which persists till the caterpillar is full grown,
unlike maculalis, which after an early stage does not feed within the nest.

Last Stage. Maximum number of filaments four; head 1.3mm. Habits as in
the preceding stage, but the case is more often made between two complete leaves,

1] am indebted to Mr. W. D. Kearfott for the opportunity of seeing specimens of this genus.

.

224 Pysche [December

or is occasionally detached and carried about, especially in captivity. In my full
grown caterpillars the filaments were arranged as follows:

Segment. D2" SAL S2r Sava 5 6 i oe
Anterior suprastigmatal............... 44 3'53' SS 8 38) sae
Posterior suprastigmatal.............. 82°83 (4 4) A AAD Ae eS
Bateralin, soto ete oea seep ine Be ET, Bas
Antertorintrastigmataleis de. - eee S43 030878 or oes ; 3
Posteriorinirastigmatal a. specie: ele 4444444 4 4 4
J eee I Aer bs ts ER AE Ned oh Ie iS oe -444444443 =

From N. maculalis it may be distinguished by the fact that the
anterior infrastigmatal has constantly one less filament than the
posterior; and that the number of filaments in the pedal row is
not reduced until the last one if at all. This distinction holds in
the two-gilled and all later stages, and also applies to the other
members of the subgenus, obscuralis and stratiotata.

Food Limnanthemum; will eat Potamogeton in captivity.

The pupa seems identical with that of N. obscuralis; but the hind-
leg case is quite variable, sometimes as long as the body.

3. N. obscuralis. I have a single specimen of this species, caught
at Worcester, but probably not coming from Lake Quinsigamond.

Ground color, whitish powdered with black-brown like male seminealis, but even
duller, the powdering forming a darker median shade. T. p. line white, narrow,
forming deep inward cusps opposite apex of cell and on vein 4, lost below vein 4;
subterminal space rather warmer brown, but terminal space concolorous. Sub-
terminal line sharply and deeply serrate on the veins. Wings entirely without
bronzy reflections, but the hind wing is marked exactly as in N. seminealis.

4. N. badiusalis. Not common, with N. allionealis, and nearer
shore. The caterpillar may possibly feed on some submerged
plant.

5. N. allionealis. Not common, and only in a single station.
Judging by the related European species stratiotata the caterpillar
will feed on such a plant as Elodea, and will have one more fila-
ment in the posterior subdorsal gills than in either of the infras-
tigmatals.

6. N. gyralis. Was common enough, especially in Flint’s Pond,
to the south of the lake proper. It was the only member of its
group (typical Hydrocampa) that was seen at the lake, so I place

1910] Forbes—Aquatic Caterpillars 225

with it, with some doubt, the following early stages. At any rate
they do not seem to belong to the described species, N. obliteralis.
The larve noted by Dyar as perhaps of this species are almost
certainly those of N. maculalis.

Eggs. The eggs were quite like those of N. obliteralis, as described by Hart;
.55 x .4.mm.

Stage I. (From these eggs.) Head dark brown, body pale yellow, not differing
from the adult; without gills. ‘ Sete proportionately longer than later, especially
those at the posterior end, the subprimaries absent. Prolegs with fifteen crotchets,
all of the same length, in a transverse ellipse. The alternation of lengths evidently
appears with the second stage in Nymphula. Tracheze empty. The head seems
about the same as later in structure, but the antenna apparently lacks the terminal
joint. Length at hatching 2.5 mm.; diameter of head .2mm. They all died with-
-out eating, though provided with leaves of Nymphza and Limnanthemum (laid
on the latter), but they gathered on the Nymphea leaf in numbers. Possibly in
the first stage they may feed on submerged stems. Immediately on hatching they
scattered and swam toward the light, spinning a tangle of silk threads.

Full-grown caterpillar. The full grown caterpillar is found in a nearly circular
case, formed of two pieces of leaf of the yellow waterlily. It was large and roomy,
and one piece of leaf was much larger than the other. It was filled with air. Before
pupation the case was cut down to a diameter of less than 12 mm., and was more
-densely lined with silk. It was left freely floating. The caterpillar did not differ
in structure from that of N. obliteralis (Dyar); with crotchets of ventral prolegs
widely interrupted inwardly and outwardly; and anal prolegs with a single short
bar of 12 crotchets. It was pale yellow, with light brown head without any dark
band. The first abdominal spiracle was considerably larger than the fifth, and
the second was intermediate in size between the first and the third. Diameter of
head 1.25 mm.

Pupa. Deeper, brighter yellow than that of N. maculalis and N. obscuralis,
the first of the open spiracles somewhat smaller than the other two. The hind
leg cases reach but one third way to the tip of the body; the anal end apparently
without any decided modification.

7. N. vectusalis. I had the good fortune to breed through a
single specimen of this species, which was described, with some
doubt, by Packard in the American Naturalist, xviii. The cater-
pillar is as described by him, so far as my notes go, with blackish
brown head, and dirty gray body. It makes a case with decidedly
rectangular shape, living the entire last stage and pupating in a
single case. The figure by Packard exactly resembles my speci-
men. The caterpillar is extensible, like that of the other Nymphule
and Packard’s figure would represent it in full extension; when
retracted it is no slenderer than the others. Before pupation the

226 Psyche [December

case is anchored beneath the water on the submerged stem, and
remains there. The moth evidently swims or walks up through
the water before expanding, and so is more or less amphibious.
My specimen was found on Potamogeton, in comparatively deep.
water, and did not eat Limnanthemum, so far as I could tell,
though that is much more closely related to the food plant that
Packard reported, Menyanthes. It was quite surprising to find
that this moth, the one generally found nearest shore, had a
caterpillar just as aquatic as that of gyralis; and a pupa that is.
actually submerged.

8. Pyrausta nelumbialis. The caterpillar was found on yellow
pond lily; in the top of the petiole.

SYNOPSIS OF THE AQUuATIC NYMPHULINE CATERPILLARS.

With tracheal gills; second and third abdominal spiracles equal
Anterior and posterior infrastigmatal gills with the same numberof
filamentsrn ee vusteee ae atthe rae eee (subgenus Nympheella Grote)
Maximum number of filaments five; on Nympheacee....... N. maculalis
Anterior infrastigmatal gills with one less filament
Posterior subdorsal gills with one more filament than infrastig-
TNA TALS RM aay tee AA cree iors ees Olen (subgenus Paraponyx Hiibner)
N. stratiotata of Europe and probably N. allionealis of America
Posterior subdorsal, and infrastigmatal, and pedal gills with the same

Humbersofmilamentsiewieie vee + eee (subgenus Oligostigma Guénée)
With a maximum of six filaments in adult; usually on
Wallisneriant? Stabs es Satie eae ee eee N. obscuralis
With a maximum of four filaments; usually on Limnan-
Planeta 4.) oh ae of ti ek ee N. seminealis
Wn eri yaya tee teseet A, ee Pe RON ieee | Ran He N. badiusalis.

Without tracheal gills

Second abdominal spiracle decidedly smaller than the third; stout

and flattened; head darker than body (subgenus Hydrocampa Latreille)
Head dark chitin-yellow; in a nearly circular case

Body whitish; thoracic tubercles more distinct than abdominal

ones; head with a lateral dark brown stripe; on Potamo-
[Lol 5) Seats A AoE Res Oe a Sa PI ROM SEROL UREA ADS Aba N. obliteralis

Body pale yellow; tubercles all similar; head without dark
brown except in mouth-parts; on Nuphar (Nympha)...N. gyralis (?)

Head dark brown; body dirty gray; in an oblong case on Potamo-

geton and probably Menyanthes....................0-6- N. icciusalis.
Cylindrical and moniliform; head paler than body; forming a cylin-
drical or ellipsoidal case of a mosaic of Lemna plants............ Elophila

The American species have not been described.

1910] Forbes—Aquatic Caterpillars dal f
SYNOPSIS OF THE Pupm or NYMPHULA.

The three open spiracles equal in size; ninth abdominal segment with
a median longitudinal carina below.

With but one median longitudinal carina .......... (subgenus Nympheella
Cocoonstons Nymphreacesstey eras Hees eee N. maculalis
With seven longitudinal carinz on a transverse ridge... . (subgenus Paraponyx
‘ onsVallisnenias eles: oes soccer aoe N. obscuralis

Cocoons floating : : 5
on) Limnanthemumibeen eerie ae N. seminealis
Unknown, possibly submerged.......... N. badiusalis and N. allionealis

The first open abdominal spiracle distinctly smaller than the other
two; no distinct median carina on ninth segment below

(subgenus Hydrocampa
Cocoon floating, nearly circular

Pupa pale yellow; first open spiracle much smaller than the

Othertwo:skotamoretone cette ee ioe ee oes secede: N. obliteralis
Pupa bright yellow; first open spiracle hardly smaller than the
otherstwoseNivamp hea ee) ney: hea spon ianee Setters oe N. gyralis (?)
Cocoon submerged, oblong; first open spiracle much smaller than
the other two; on Potamogeton and Menyanthes.......... N. icciusalis
UU ea kcea wasps ack syne Pas ese sere At ae RAE N. ekthlipsis
Bibliography.

Dyar, H. G.: Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xiv, 77, with full bibliography, and
descriptions.

Packard, A. S.: American Naturalist xviii, 824. Caterpillar of N. icciusalis.

Hart, Bull. Il. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. iv, 167. Caterpillars of N. obscuralis and
N. obliteralis.

Zool. Jahrb.: Ab. Syst. vi, 626. Caterpillars of European and exotic species.

Spuler, A.: Schm. Eur. ii, 221. The European Caterpillars.

228 . Psyche [December

SOME ADDITIONS TO THE DIPTERAN FAUNA
OF NEW ENGLAND.

By CuHarixes W. JOHNSON.

Boston Society of Natural History.

Pogonosoma dorsatum Say.

A specimen of this species was obtained by Mr. F. A. Sherriff
at the base of Mt. Washington near Fabyan, N. H., July 7, 1910.
I am not aware that the species has been collected east of the Rocky
Mountains since it was described by Say from “near Philadel-
phia.”” It has been recorded from Washington (Williston) and
Idaho (Aldrich). Specimens are in the writer’s collection from
Bear Creek Cajfion, Colo., June 8, 1897 (Oslar), and Estes Park,
Colo., July, 1892 (Snow).

Pogonosoma melanoptera Wiedemann.

In the collection of the American Museum of Natural History
is a specimen of this species collected by Prof. W. M. Wheeler at
Woods Hole, Mass., July 18. The distribution of the species
would indicate an austral form. It has been recorded from Flor-
ida (Williston), South Carolina (Schiner), Maryland (Mus. Comp.
Zool.) and New Brunswick, N. J. (Dr. J. B. Smith). Specimens
are in the writer’s collection from Alabama, Pendleton, N. C.,
June 7, 1895, and Philadelphia, Pa., July 5, 1898.

Ceraturgus nigripes Williston.

One specimen collected on the side of Mt. Equinox, near Man-
chester, Vt., June 5, 1910, at an elevation of about 2,000 feet.

The specimen agrees with the description of C. nigripes, except
in two minor details. The wings are not “pure hyaline,” but
grayish with a distinct brownish tinge along costa and the outer
half. The legs of C. nigripes are described as “pitchy black, the
tibia and tarsi fulvous pubescent,’ while in this specimen the
femora only are “pitchy black,” the tibize and tarsi yellow, all

1910] Johnson—Diptera of New England 229

the joints of the latter annulated with black, with an apical band
of black on the tibize. In the closely allied species C. cruciatus
Say, the color of the legs is extremely variable. There seems there-
fore to be little doubt but that this represents only an extreme
variation of C. nigripes although the species has not been recorded
north of the Black Mountains, N. C.

Phthiria borealis n. sp.

Black, covered with a dense yellowish gray pollen; the frontal orbits, occiput,
humeri, scutellum and a narrow posterior margin on the abdominal segments, dull
yellow; antennz and proboscis black, the latter slightly more than double the
length of the head; legs black, tips of the coxze and femora yellow; halteres light
yellow with a brown spot on the side of the knob. Wings pure hyaline. Length
3.5 mm.

Type @, Fort Kent, Maine, August 7, 1910. Two specimens were
also collected by Dr. J. A. Cushman at Little Black River Rapids,
Maine, September 13, 1907. This is the most northern representa-
tive of the genus thus far discovered in North America.

Phthiria sulphurea Loew.

A specimen of this species from Horse Neck Beach, Mass.,
collected August 9, by Dr. G. de N. Hough is in the collection of
the American Museum of Natural History.

Phthiria coquilletti Johnson.

Two specimens were collected by Dr. J. A. Cushman on Nan-
tucket, Mass., July 4, 1906. They are slightly smaller than the
types from southern New Jersey.

Phthiria cyanoceps Johnson.

In addition to the type locality (Cohasset, Mass.) this species
has been taken at Barbour’s Heights, R. I., September 19, 1908,
by Prof. John Barlow.

Chalcomyia aerea Loew.

This interesting species was taken at Auburndale, Mass.,
May 8, 1905. I have also collected it near Clifton, Delaware
County, Pa., May 5, 1895, on an old log in the bright sunlight.

230 Psyche [December

Brachyopa vacua Osten Sacken.

Cohasset, Mass., June 5, 1904 (Owen Bryant). It has also
been taken at North Saugus, Mass.

Brachyopa media Williston.

A specimen was captured on the summit of Mt. Greylock, Mass.,
June 15, 1906; on the flowers of the wild cherry. Mr. E. J. Smith
also collected a specimen at Sherborn, Mass. A peculiar variation
of this species, in which the abdomen is entirely black, was obtained
by Mr. E. Daecke at Castle Rock, Delaware County, Pa.,
May 19, 1901.

Sphegina campanulata Robertson.

This species seems to be quite generally distributed throughout
New England:—Branford, Conn., May 25, 1905 (Rev. H. W.
Winkly); Hampton, N. H., June 25, 1908 (S. A. Shaw); Machias,
Maine, July 17-22, 1909 (C. W. Johnson).

Xanthogramma tenuis Osburn.

A single example of this western species was obtained by the
writer at Ethan Allen Park, Burlington, Vt., June 24, 1906.

Eumerus strigatus Fallen

Pipiza strigata Fall., Dipt. Seuc. Syrphici, 61, 8, 1817.

Eumerus grandicornis and funeralis Meigen, Syst. Beschr., IIT, 208, 1822.

E. lunulatus and planifrons Meigen, Syst. Beschr., III, 209, 1822.

E. eneus Macq., Soc. Sci. Lille, 1827, p. 269; Hist. Nat. Ins. Dipt. I, p. 528, 1834.

Two specimens of this European species have come under the
writer’s observation. The first was obtained at Brookline, Mass.,
June 1909; the second was received from Mr. M. C. Van Duzee
who collected it at Buffalo, N. Y., June 3, 1908. The genus has not
been recorded from America, but the presence of this species in
such widely separated localities seems to preclude the possibility
of recent introduction. The above synonomy is that given (in
part) in the Katalog der Paliiarktischen Dipteren, III, 137.

1910] Johnson—Diptera of New England 231

Xylota (?) tuberans Williston.

This interesting species has been collected at a number of places
during the past few years: Squam Lake, N. H., June 22, 1907
(Dr. G. M. Allen); Mt. Equinox, Manchester, Vt., June 5, 1910.

Hypoderma bovis De Geer.

The ox-bot seems to have been unusually prevalent the past
season. Mr. Wm. Merrill of West Newbury, Mass., in a letter
dated May 17, 1910, says: “I have never seen the ox-bot so
numerous; of our eight head of cows every one is affected with
from six to over sixty each. Other cows in the neighborhood are
also affected.’’ I visited West Newbury, May 27, and saw the
cows referred to but obtained only one larva; most of the larvee
having already left the cattle. The larva was apparently full
grown, but light brown in color.

During the early part of June while at Manchester, Vt., I found
the cattle slightly affected, about half of the cows having from
one to four bots. Three larvee were obtained June 9, one of which
was white, about half grown, I should judge, but the swelling
was just as large due to the presence of a large amount of pus;
the second specimen was a light brown apparently full grown,
but like the one from West Newbury failed to pupate; the third
was evidently ready to leave the cow, the opening was large and
the larva blackish in color. It was placed in damp earth and
pupated June 11, the imago emerging June 30. From these obser-
vations I am inclined to doubt the statement that “‘the full-grown
larva when escaping from the back is of a grayish-white color.”

In comparing the above-mentioned fly with specimens of H.
lineatum De Villiers, from Texas and Colorado, I find that the
species is H. bovis, the occurrence of which in North America has
been doubted. Whether all of the larve referred to belong to
this species I cannot say, as both species probably occur in New
England. H. bovis can be readily distinguished from H. lineatum
by yellow pile of the thorax extending to the suture, the broader
and less conspicuous polished ridges on the thorax, the wings
slightly darker, the entirely black metanotum and black tibie.
It is also noticeably larger and more robust.

232 Psyche [December

Ceratinostoma ostiorum Haliday.

Scatophaga ostiorum Halid., Curtis Brit. Entom., 405, 1832.

Scatomyza boreale Zett., Ins. Lapp., 721, 4, 1838.

Scatophaga oceana Macq., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, VII, 423, pl. 11, fig. 2, 1838.
Lispa lestremense Bigot, Anna. Soc. Ent. France, IV, (Ser. 6) 292, 1884.
Ceratinostoma maritimum Meade, Ent. Monthly Mag., XXII, 152, 1885.

This European species has not been recorded from North Amer-
ica although it is quite generally distributed along the New
England coast. I first received several specimens from Mr. S. A.
Shaw, collected at Hampton Beach, N. H., May 24. Mr. Owen
Bryant captured a specimen at Cohasset, Mass., September 9, and
Dr. C. S. Minot a specimen at Northeast Harbor, Maine, July 4
1909. On July 25, 1907, the writer obtained a number of specimens
at Orr’s Island, Maine, on the wet rocks at low tide. A number
were also obtained on the rocky shore at Shackford’s Head near
Eastport, Maine, July 14, 1909.

Mead refers to this genus as occupying an intermediate position
between Scatophaga and Cordylura. “It has the elongated
horny proboscis with the numerous vibrissz of the species in the
former genus and the sub-cylindrical incurved clubbed male
abdomen of those of the latter.”

The species can be readily recognized by the following char-
acters: Face white, front dark brown, antenne and proboscis
black, palpi yellow. Thorax, abdomen and legs slate-gray in
color, the former having three wide obscure stripes. Tegule and
halteres yellow. Hairs and bristles noticeably shorter than in
most of the Scatophagi. Length 8 mm. The synonomy is that
given in the Katalog der Paliarktischen Dipteren, IV, 12.

Scatophaga volucricaput Walker.

Cordylura volucricaput Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. pt. 4, p. 977, 1849; Ald-
rich, Cat. N. A. Dipt., p. 566.
Hydromyza volucricaput Slosson, Ent. News, Vol. VI, p. 320, 1895.

Specimens agreeing with the description of this species (which
proves to be a Scatophaga) are represented from the following
localities: Mt. Washington, N. H., (Mrs. Slosson); Durham,
N. H., July 17, 1905 (J. Randall); Buffalo, N. Y., October 25 (M.
C. Van Duzee).

1910] Johnson—Diptera of New England 233

Palloptera similis n. sp.

Head and antennz yellow, arista brown, ocellar triangle blackish. Thorax and
scutellum shining, reddish yellow, plure yellow, opaque. Abdomen shining, yel-
low, the posterior edges of the segments narrowly and the sides broadly margined
with black. Legs and halteres light yellow. Wings with the broad anterior of
dark brown, as in P. superba Loew, but the brown at the posterior cross vein is not
connected. Length, 6 mm.

One 2 collected by the writer at Fort Kent, Maine, August 17,
1910. Type in the New England Collection of the Boston Society
of Natural History.

This species closely resembles P. superba but is readily separated
by its shining thorax and abdomen, with the black margins of the
segments continuous and not punctate. From P. jucunda it is
distinguished by its larger size and by the marginal cell being
entirely brown.

Palloptera arcuata Fallen.

Two specimens of this species were collected by Dr. C. S. Minot
at Northeast Harbor, Maine, July 1, 1909. It has previously
been recorded in America only from the White Mts., N. H.
Sapromyza inusta Meigen given as a synonym in Aldrich’s Cat-
alogue (p. 582) is a good species and a true Sapromyza. Figure 15,
page 80 of Williston’s Manual North American Diptera, repre-
sents Palloptera superba and not P. jucunda Loew.

ORTALIDAE.

The following species of this family have been collected in
various parts of New England, extending considerably their
recorded distribution.

Rivellia brevifasciata Johns., Tuckernuck Isl., Mass., July 21, 1910 (Dr. G.
M. Allen).

Rivellia conjuncta Loew, New Haven, Conn., June 8 (Dr. W. E. Britton);
Barnstable, Mass., July 4; Woods Hole, Mass., July 24 (C. W. Johnson).

Rivellia quadrifasciata Macq., New Haven, Conn., Aug. 1, Springfield,
Mass., July 13 (Dr. Dimmock).

Rivellia pallida Loew, Mt. Greylock, Aug. 8, 1907 (Owen Bryant); Auburn-
‘dale, Aug. 9, and Plymouth, Mass., July 27 (C. W. Johnson).

Tritoxa incurva Loew, East Hartford, Conn., Aug. 9, 1904 (P. L. Butrick).

234 Psyche [December

Tephronota canadensis Johns., Eastport, Maine (C. W. Johnson).

Tetanops luridipennis Loew, New Haven, Conn., June 26 (H. L. Vierick).

Euxesta scoriacea Loew, Bourne, Mass., June 17 (P. G. Bolster).

Chaetopsis apicalis Johns., Common along the salt marshes at Edgartown,
Chatham, and Cohasset, Mass.

Seoptera colon Loew, Northeast Harbor, Maine, July 16, 1906 (Dr. C. S.
Minot).

Stenomyia tenuis Loew, North Haven, Conn., Nantucket, Barnstable and
Woburn, Mass. This is now placed in the genus Chetopsis by Hendel (Gen. Ins.,
Muscaridee, Ulidine, p. 35).

Eumetopia rufipes Macq., New Haven, Conn., July 27, 1904 (P. G. Butrick);.
Kingston, R. I., June 23, 1905 (Barlow); Now placed in the genus Ewmetopiella

Hendel 1907.

Tanypeza longimana Fallen.

This species, although not recorded from North America, seems.
to be quite generally distributed: Algonquin, Ill., June 8, 1895.
(Dr. W. A. Nason); Niagara Falls, N. Y., June 28, 1901; Nor-
wich, Vt., July 8, 1908.

Saltella scutellaris Fallen.

Piophila scutellaris Fall., Heteromyzides, 10, 3, 1820.

Nemopoda ferruginea Desv., Myodaires, 744, 2, 1830.

Saltella nigripes Desv., Myodaires, 747,2, 1830.

Nemopoda scutellata and ruficova Macq. Hist. Nat. Dipt., I, 481, 1835.
Saltella pectoralis Zett., Dipt. Scand., IV, 2515, 8, 1847.

A single specimen of this European species was taken by Mr. M.
C. Van Duzee at Hamburg, N. Y., June 20, 1909.

Eusiphona mira Coquillett.

Hanover, N. H., July 14-6, 1908. It was found only on the
flowers of the cone-flower (Rudbeckia hirta).

Odinia maculata Meigen.

Milichia maculata Meig., Syst. Beschr., VI, 132, 1830.
Milochia ornata Zett., Ins. Lapp., 787, 1, 1838.
Odinia trinotata Desv., Myodaires, 648, 1, 1830.

Dauphine County, Pa., April 20, 1897 (Dr. D. M. Castle);
Cambridge, Mass., June 11, 1908 (Dr. G. M. Allen).

a

1910] Wheeler—North American Forms of Lasius umbratus 235

Odinia picta Loew.

There seems to be no record of the occurrence of this species
since it was described from Georgia. A specimen was taken by
the writer at Glenside, Pa., June 2, 1895. A second specimen
from Branford, Conn., June 23, was collected by Mr. H. L.
Viereck.

THE NORTH AMERICAN FORMS OF LASIUS UMBRA-
TUS NYLANDER.!

By Witu1am Morton WHEELER.

Like many other ants that are peculiar to the north temperate
zone, Lasius umbratus is very widely distributed and presents a
number of local subspecies and varieties. In the Old World it
ranges from England to Japan, through northern and central
Eurasia; in North America from Nova Scotia and the Atlantic
States to the Rocky Mountains and will probably be found on the
Pacific Coast, at least in the mountains of California or at lower
elevations in Washington and Oregon. According to Forel and
Emery the species is represented in Europe by four subspecies,
namely, the typical wnbratus Nyl., mixtus Nyl., affinis Schenk and
bicornis Forster. To these Ruzsky has added a fifth, exacutus, from
Oriental Russia. To judge from a female specimen in my collection,
the Japanese form is indistinguishable from the typical wmbratus.
Transitional forms which Forel has called mixto-wmbratus occur in
Switzerland, and others which Ruzsky has called wmbrato-affinis
have been taken in eastern Russia. Mayr cited three forms from
the United States: miztus, affinis and bicornis, but Emery has
shown that the first of these differs slightly from the European
mixtus and had been previously described by Walsh as Formica
aphidicola, and that the last is a distinct subspecies which he has
called minutus. He was unable to find affinis among his American
material and I have been equally unsuccessful. This form, there-
fore, is probably not represented on our continent. More recently

1Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Harvard
University, No. 30.

236 Psyche [December

Viereck has described from New Mexico a new subspecies as
subumbratus, and another subspecies, vestitus, from Idaho, is
added in the present paper. This form may prove to be the
hitherto unknown female of Emery’s L. speculiventris, which, I
believe, is merely a subspecies of umbratus.

All the various forms that constitute the species wmbratus may
be readily distinguished in the worker and female phases from
the other species of Lasius, by the following peculiarities: the
maxillary palpi are 6-jointed and this character places the species
in the genus Lasius sensu stricto and removes it from the exclu-
sively North American subgenus Acanthomyops, which includes
species with 3-jointed maxillary palpi and a strong odor like that
of lemon verbena or oil of citronella. The joints of the maxillary
palpi in wmbratus are not long and subequal as in L. niger and
its various forms, but grow successively shorter towards the tip.
It differs from our two other Lasvi with yellow workers and dimin-
ishing maxillary joints (L. flavus nearcticus Wheeler and L. brev-
icornis Emery) in having the antennal scapes extending a consid-
erable distance beyond the posterior corners of the head, the
larger size of the eyes in the worker, and in being more or less
tinged with brown in this phase. Moreover, the female wmbratus
has the head as broad as the thorax, whereas in nearcticus and
brevicornis it is distinctly narrower. It is by no means easy to
separate the various subspecies or races of wumbratus on morpholog-
ical characters, such as the size of the eyes of the worker, shape of
the petiole of the worker and female, dentition of the mandibles
of the male, etc., since these characters are rather inconstant.
More satisfactory distinctions are furnished by peculiarities of
stature, pubescence, pilosity and color.

Notwithstanding its wide distribution LZ. wmbratus is by no
means as common as other species of the genus. In North America
however, it is much more frequently met with than in Eurasia;
but even in our country it is sporadic, being abundant in certain
localities and totally lacking in others. It prefers rather damp,
shady spots like those occupied by L. nearcticus and the species of
Acanthomyops. Like the species of this sub-genus it forms populous
colonies under stones, in rotten stumps or logs or constructs large
masonry dome nests. These dome nests I have seen only in
meadows or in clearings in the woods where the soil is covered

1910] Wheeler—North American Forms of Lasius umbratus 237

with grass and is more or less exposed to the sun. The subspecies
subumbratus is an exclusively boreal form, occurring only in Brit-
ish America and at elevations above 7,500 ft. in the Rocky
Mountains. The same is probably true of vestitus. The sub-
species minutus and speculiventris and the variety aphidicola occur
in the transition zone and of these only aphidicola is at all common.
Like our other yellow Lasii, wmbratus is subterranean in its habits
and devotes itself to the care of root-aphids and -coccids, all or
nearly all of its food consisting of the sweet excreta of these
insects.

The sexual phases are rarely found in the nests of wmbratus,
apparently because they are not retained by the parental colonies
for days or weeks during the latter part of the summer or early
fall but escape for their marriage flight very soon after reaching
maturity. Recent studies in Europe indicate that the just-
fertilized wmbratus queen is unable to establish her colony inde-
pendently after the manner of L. niger and flavus, but becomes a
temporary parasite on a colony of niger or of one of its subspecies
or varieties after the manner of certain species of Formica of the
rufa and exsecta groups. Our American umbratus forms apparently
behave in the same manner. De Lannoy and Wasmann, moreover,
have collected some evidence to show that wmbratus is in turn the
temporary host of the palearctic L. fuliginosus. The rare or
sporadic occurrence of wmbratus on both continents certainly
points to parasitic habits on the part of the queen and her incip-
ient colony.

The following tables will facilitate the identification of workers
and females of our North American forms of wmbratus:

WORKERS.

1. Antennal scapes and tibize with very few or no erect hairs; gaster

With appressed pubeESGeNCe a paey. ns cles ovenwe at Reto case) es otecele 6 fieiaiehe ie: faa s g
Antennal scapes and tibize with abundant erect hairs; gaster with-
Out pubescenceMer es ace stole: wae ee subsp. speculiventris Emery.
2. Gaster with sparse pubescence and short erect hairs, shining; aver-
agelength ofbodyiomer4immy enters. th tee. le ome. ate ae ete ats 3
Gaster very densely pubescent, with long erect hairs, subopaque;
average length of body less than4mm............ subsp. minutus Emery.
3 Paletyellows eyes!smalleeome ste. socee ieee subsp. subumbratus Viereck.

Brownish yellow; eyes larger....subsp. mixtus Nyl. var. aphidicola Walsh.

238 Pysche [December

FEMALES.
1. Length not exceeding 4.5mm..................... subsp. minutus Emery.
hengthmotilessithani 6 ymin ye, 2) «i, h es teptes oe roe tee oes tiene ae ee ee 2
2. Scapes and legs covered with dense, erect hairs; length
GN Si a hensl oye Sire roa ale ios2) sis. woe noe bet ee eta subsp. vestitus subsp. nov.
Scapes and legs naked or with only a few scattered erect hairs;
average) lengthimore than) Gimamiics ene fe tree eet oe eee eee 3
3. Body dark brown above; erect hairs on the gaster very short or
Bbsenti Ante es eee subsp. miatus Nyl. var. aphidicola Walsh.
Body light brown or reddish; hairs on gaster very long, reclin-
pe pine Mele VaR An Lae re ech oa eT DRL Se ne gy subsp. subumbratus Viereck.

1. Lasius umbratus subumbratus Viereck.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Phila. XXIX, 1902, p.'72. 9.

Worker. Length 4-5.5 mm.

Very similar to the typical wmbratus. Body shining and rather smooth, especially
the clypeus and gaster. Pubescence and pilosity abundant, the former more so on
the head and thorax than on the gaster. Erect hairs on the femora few and scat-
tered, absent on the tibiz and scapes. Eyes small. Petiole high and much com-
pressed anteroposteriorly, its sides and upper border rounded, the latter entire or
with a very feeble notch. Pale yellow throughout, except the mandibles, which are
reddish brown, with black teeth, and the articulations of the antennal funiculi
which are fuscous or blackish.

Female. Length 7-8.5 mm.

Differing from the true wmbratus as follows: Color paler, being a light brown or
reddish, with the lower surface and the legs more yellowish. Pubescence much
longer and more abundant. Hairs on the head, thorax and abdomen very long,
slender and reclinate; absent on the legs and scapes. In some specimens the hairs
on the head are short and sparse. Border of the petiole bearing a fringe of long
hairs, its upper border much less deeply notched than in the true wmbratus. Wings
gray, with basal halves distinctly infuscated as in the other forms of the species.

Male. Length 3.5-4.5 mm.

Differing from the true wmbratus only in its somewhat paler color and in lacking
erect hairs on the legs and scapes. Eyes hairy as in that form and with the man-
dibles furnished with two larger apical and several minute basal teeth.

This subspecies was originally and rather inadequately described
by Viereck from two females taken at Beulah, N. M. (about 8,000
ft.), one August 17 by Dr. H. Skinner, and one July 27 by Prof. T.
D. A. Cockerell. These are in the type collection of the Phila.
Acad. Nat. Sci. In my own collection the form is represented
from the following localities:

1910] Wheeler—North American Forms of Lastus umbratus 239

New Mexico: Beulah (Cockerell; topotype), one deiilated
female.

Colorado: Two females, one deiilated, taken by P. J. Schmitt;
one deiilated female taken by myself in Cheyenne Cafion (about
8,000 ft.), near Colorado Springs; numerous workers from Wil-
liams Cafion, near Manitou (about 7,500 ft.), also captured by

myself.
Utah: Numerous workers from Little Willow Cafion (C. V.
Chamberlin).

Nova Scotia: Many workers, males and winged females taken
from five colonies by Mr. John Russell at Digby, and six deiilated
females taken at Bedford, near Halifax by Mr. William Reiff.

Dr. P. P. Calvert and Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr., kindly compared
one of the female specimens from Nova Scotia with Viereck’s
type and state that the former differs from the latter only in
being somewhat more yellowish and less reddish. I am unable
to detect any differences even in coloration between my Rocky
Mountain specimens and those from Nova Scotia.

It is interesting to note, as bearing on the probable temporary
parasitism of uwmbratus, that the six deilated queens taken by
Mr. Reiff at Bedford, N. S., were found living in three colonies of
the large yellowish form of Lasius niger var. neoniger Emery so
characteristic of boreal America.

2. Lasius umbratus mixtus Nyl. var. aphidicola Walsh.

Formica aphidicola Walsh, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila. 1862, p. 310, worker <.

Lasius aphidicola Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XXXVI, 1886, p. 429;
Dalla Torre, Catalog. Hymen. VII, 1893 p. 182.

Lasius umbratus subsp. miztus var. aphidicola Emery, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f.
Syst. VII, 1893, p. 640, 641, worker Q co; Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist. X XI, 1905, p. 397; Occas. Papers Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. VII, 7, 1906, p.13.

Lasius speculiventris Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. X XI, 1905, p. 397.

Worker. Length 3.5-4.5 mm.

Brownish yellow, with the appendages, lower portion of the body and anterior
portion of the head paler. Surface, especially the dorsum of the gaster shining,
owing to the short and dilute, though distinct pubescence. Hairs erect, coarse
and rather abundant, short on the gaster, absent on the scapes and legs. Petiole
seen from behind with rounded or subangular sides and the notch in the upper
border variable, but usually feeble.

240 Psyche [December

Female. Length 6-7 mm.

Dark brown; mandibles, appendages, pleure, epinotum and petiole usually
reddish or yellowish. Basal half of wings strongly infuscated. Pilosity and pubes-
cence similar to those of the worker but the pubescence on the gaster denser so
that this region is much less shining than in the worker. Erect hairs on the gaster
often absent, when developed scattered and very short except on the terminal
segments. Eyes very hairy. Petiole from behind with rounded sides and upper
border, the latter feebly emarginate.

Male. Length 44.5 mm.

Mandibles with two apical and no basal teeth. Body black; appendages pic-
eous; wings colored like those of the female. Surface, especially that of the gaster,
smooth and shining. Pilosity moderately developed, erect; absent on the scapes
and legs; pubescence more dilute and inconspicuous than in the worker. Eyes
hairy.

I have followed Emery in regarding this subspecies as the one
which Walsh described as Formica aphidicola, though his descrip-
tion is very inadequate. As it is our most common form of wmbra-
tus, it is, in all probability, the one which he saw. The types came
from Rock Island, Ill. I have examined numerous specimens from
the following localities:

Illinois: Rockford (Wheeler); Algonquin (W. A. Nason).

Wisconsin: Milwaukee (C. E. Brown).

Michigan: Ann Arbor (J. Dawson).

Maine: Elms (W. Deane).

New Hampshire: Mt. Washington (Mrs. A. T. Slosson).

Massachusetts: Boston (Wheeler); Essex County (G. B. King);
Medford (Mus. Comp. Zool.).

Connecticut: Colebrook (Wheeler); Westport (W. E. Brit-
ton).

New York: Bronxville (Wheeler); Bergen Beach (G. v. Kroc-
kow); Staten Island (W. T. Davis).

New Jersey: Ithaca (J. C. Bradley); Fort Lee, Great Notch
and Ramapo Mts. (Wheeler); Tom’s River (W. T. Davis); Wood-
bury (H. Viereck).

Pennsylvania: St. Vincent (P. J. Schmitt), Philadelphia; Tin-
icum Islands; Enola.

North Carolina: Black Mts. (Wm. Beutenmuller); Raleigh
(F'. Sherman).

Colorado: Florissant and Colorado Springs (Wheeler); Eldora,
8,600 ft. (Mrs. W. P. Cockerell).

1910] Wheeler—North American Forms of Lasius umbratus 241

Emery cites aphidicola also from Caldwell, N. J., District of
Columbia and Virginia. According to this authority, aphidicola
is so close to the European miztus as to be scarcely distinguish-
able. The color of the worker of the American form is usually
darker, and the body and wing color of the female is decidedly
deeper. Worker forms are sometimes found with a few, scattered
erect hairs on the antennal scapes and tibiz and therefore repre-
sent transitions to the typical wmbratus.

3. Lasius umbratus minutus Emery.

Lasius umbratus var. bicornis Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XXXVI,
1886, p. 430.

Lasius umbratus subsp. minutus Emery, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. VII, 1893,
p. 641, worker 2 oc; Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. XXI, 1905,
p. 397; Occas. Papers Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. VII, 7, 1906, p. 13.

Worker. Length 3-3.5 mm.

Brown, with the cheeks, clypeus, mandibles, appendages and lower surface of
the body more yellowish. Body so densely pubescent that its shining surface is
obscured and appears glossy or subopaque. Hairs on the head, thorax and gaster
abundant, erect and coarse, on the gaster longer and more conspicuous than in the
two preceding subspecies. Scapes and legs naked; lower surfaces of the femora
with a few scattered, erect hairs. Petiole high and narrow, with straight sides and
a distinct notch in the apical border.

Female. Length 4—4.5 mm.

Dark brown; mandibles, mouthparts and appendages, except the middle por-
tions of the femora, pale brown; wings gray with infuscated bases. Pubescence
and pilosity very similar to those of the worker, but longer. Petiole more feebly
notched.

Male. Length 2.6-3.5 mm.

Black; with piceous legs and antennze. Wings colored like those of the female.
Mandibles with two apical and no basal teeth. Pubescence and pilosity like those
of the worker, but the former more dilute, so that the surface of the body is more
shining. Discoidal cell of the wing often incomplete or lacking.

The type specimens described by Emery came from New
Jersey and Maine. I have examined specimens from the follow-
ing states:

New Jersey: Cotypes (T. Pergande).

Maryland: Chestertown (E. G. Vanatta).

Illinois: Rockford (Wheeler).

2492 Psyche [December

Michigan: Ann Arbor (J. Dawson).

Connecticut: Colebrook (Wheeler).

Massachusetts: Forest Hills, Boston (M. Tanquary); Med-

ford (Dall.).

Emery has called attention to the resemblance of this species,
which is characterized by the small size of the females and the
peculiar pubescence and pilosity of these and the workers, to the
European bicornis and affinis. The description given above is
drawn from numerous specimens of all three phases taken August
12, 1910, taken by Mr. M. Tanquary from a large masonry dome
nest in low ground near Forest Hills, Mass. The deiilated females
bear a remarkable resemblance in size and coloration to the cor-
responding phase of our common Tapinoma sessile.

4. Lasius umbratus vestitus subsp. nov.

Female. Length about 6 mm.

Differing from subumbratus and aphidicola in its smaller size and in pilosity.
Body dark brown above, with paler lower surface, mandibles, antennz and legs.
Surface finely shagreened and shining but appearing more opaque on account of
the dense layer of fine grayish pubescence. Hairs sordid white, fine and uniformly
abundant, erect, long on the body, shorter on the scapes and legs. The petiole,
which is fringed with long hairs, has a peculiar shape, being in profile cuneate
and inclined forward and rather thick at the base; seen from behind it is narrowed
above, with a blunter and more rounded margin than in the other subspecies, and
without emargination. Wings very long (8 mm.), faintly infuscated at the base.

Described from a single specimen taken by Prof. J. M. Aldrich
at Moscow, Idaho.

This may be the female of L. speculiventris, of which Emery
described only the male and worker.

5. Lasius umbratus speculiventris Emery.

L. speculiventris Emery, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. VII, 1893, worker .

” Worker. Yellow; head subpubescent, densely hairy; scapes and tibiz hirsute
with erect hairs; head, thorax and legs pubescent, gaster without appressed pubes-
cence, delicately, microscopically, transversely rugulose, very shining. Length
3.5-4 mm.

Male. Fuscous; legs, antenne and genitalia pale; densely pilose; scapes with
short hairs; tibiee with scattered, scapes with short hairs; wings clouded with
fuscous at the base. Length 3.5-4mm., width of head 1.2 mm., length of scape
0.7 mm., anterior wing 4.5 mm.

1910] Wheeler—North American Forms of Lasius umbratus 243

Caldwell, N. J., from Mr. Pergande.

The worker is distinguished by the abundant, erect pilosity of
the antennal scapes and tibiz and by the complete absence of
appressed pubescence on the gaster. The latter region, owing to
the lack of the fine punctures connected with the pubescence, is
remarkably shining. With the aid of a very strong lens its surface
is seen to present, in addition to the hair-bearing punctures, only
a very fine rugosity, in the form of long, transverse meshes.
Whether this form is to be retained as an independent species or
is to be regarded as a subspecies of wmbratus, cannot be decided at
present.

In the male the antennal scape is densely covered with short,
oblique hairs as on the male of the European wmbratus; it is
-relatively short and when placed transversely reaches beyond
the eye about two fifths of the length (in wmbratus the trans-
versely placed scape extends easily half its length beyond the eye).
The tibiz bear only a few erect hairs. The general pilosity is
more abundant and like that of the males of the true wmbratus
which I have before me.” (Emery.)

I have translated the original description because I have not
seen specimens of speculiventris. In my “Annotated List of the
Ants of New Jersey”’ I stated that I had taken this form at Fort
Lee and Great Notch, but examination of these specimens shows
that they are merely very shining examples of aphidicola. As
the characters mentioned in Emery’s description are scarcely of
specific value, I believe that I am justified in placing speculiventris
among the umbratus forms. As already stated the subspecies
described above as vestitus may be merely the hitherto unknown
female of Emery’s form.

244 Psyche [December

SOME BEES FROM ELDORA, COLORADO.

By T. D. A. CockERELL.
The University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo.

My wife and I spent the afternoon of August 18 and morning
of August 19, 1910, at Eldora, in the mountains of Boulder County,
Colorado. The locality is in the Canadian Zone, at an altitude
of about 8,550 ft., and has a bee-fauna rather widely different
from that of Boulder. So many interesting species were collected
that it seems worth while to put the whole on record. At this
season of the year, the best bee-plant at Eldora is Grindelia sub-
alpina Greene, a very fine species which makes the valleys gay
with its orange-yellow flowers. Less abundant, and much less
conspicuous is Phacelia leucophylla Torrey, with white flowers.
These two are referred to by their generic names alone in the
following list:

Andrena n. sp. Much like A. hirticincta, but hair at end of female abdomen
pale. Females rather common at Grindelia; one male on Erigeron. This species
was named in MS. by Viereck, from specimens collected in New Mexico; it will be
published in his revision.

Halictus lerouxii Lep. Both sexes common at Grindelia.

Halictus ruidosensis Ckll. Both sexes at Phacelia, the males abundant.

Agapostemon texanus subtilior Ckll. One male at Grindelia. This sex is
undescribed; it differs from true teranus by its smaller size, the metathorax more
delicately sculptured, black on legs reduced, and flagellum paler.

Specodes (Sphecodium) fragarize Ckll., var. a. Female smaller, about 5 mm.
long, face more narrowed below, middle of abdomen much suffused with black. One
at Phacelia. This may be a distinct species, but I have only a single specimen, and
fragarie, as represented by numerous specimens collected at Florissant, is very
variable.

Perdita snowii Ckll. Common at Grindelia. This species was described from
a single specimen collected by Snow in 1892 in Estes Park, Colorado. Later, I took
a specimen at Santa Fé, New Mexico, but the species has escaped rediscovery in
Colorado until the present time. The male, which was not known, runs in my
table in Proc. Phila. Acad. Sci., 1896, to 28, except that there is a small black
mark or band along each side of the upper part of the clypeus, not on the clypeus
itself. It runs on to 30, but face is bare, while mesothorax is hairy. The following
characters are distinctive: Face below antenne bright chrome yellow; yellow in
median line extending above antennz as a small spear-head shaped mark; at sides

1910] Cockerell—Bees from Eldora, Colorado Q45

‘extending upwards broadly, then abruptly ending, except for a line along the
eye, the whole like a closed hand with index finger pointed; a narrow yellow stripe
along lower half of posterior orbits; scape yellow; flagellum yellow beneath;
anterior knees yellow and their tibize broadly yellow in front; tubercles and two
marks on upper border of prothorax yellow; middle legs with much yellow, but
hind legs with only knees yellow; abdominal bands yellow, broad, entire, except
the first, which is narrowly interrupted. A marked character of the species is the
dull hairy mesothorax.

Panurginus didirupa Ckll. Both sexes taken; the females at Grindelia.

Panurginus bakeri Ckll. Both sexes at Phacelia. The female is new; it is
about 514 mm. long, with the legs black, including tarsi; face all black, shining;
wings smoky; nervures and stigma dark. , It resembles the female of P. pauper,
but is easily separated by the dark tegule and more distinctly punctured meso-
thorax.

Nomada accepta Cress. One female at Grindelia.

Triepeolus subalpinus n. sp. One at Grindelia.

9. Length about 1114 mm.; a species with “false pygidium” relatively small,
related to T. micropygius Rob., but anterior legs black, with tarsi reddish; middle
femora black above, red beneath; hind femora and middle and hind tibie and
tarsi red; spurs black; upper part of pleura covered with dull pale yellowish
hair, thin in middle posteriorly, lower half bare, coarsely and closely punctured,
but some of the shining surface visible on the lower part; labrum black, densely
punctured; mandibles black, faintly reddish toward apex; clypeus closely, very
minutely punctured, with scattered large punctures; antenne black, third joint
reddish apically; mesothorax very densely punctured, with a light hair-margin at
sides and behind, and a pair of short and broad, not dense, anterior longitudinal
bands; teeth at sides of scutellum hardly produced; tubercles black; tegulz
reddish-brown, closely punctured; second submarginal cell narrowed almost to a
point above; black area of first abdominal segment a broad transverse band,
truncate laterally; apical and basal light bands of first segment narrowly inter-
rupted, the others entire, fifth with a large, light patch on each side; band on
second segment with anterior lateral extensions broadly triangular, the angle
formed very obtuse. Superficially like 7. pectoralis Rob., but easily separated by
the reduced axillar teeth, form of band on second abdominal segment, much denser
punctures on lower part of pleura, etc.

Epeolus eldoradensis n. sp. Two at Grindelia.

co. Length about 8 to 9 mm.; very close to E. argyreus Ckll., but wings brown-
ish, middle and hind legs more or less red, and third antennal joint without red.
The metathoracie area is larger than in argyreus, the cheeks are broader, and the
femora are not so hairy.

Eyes sage green; hair of face pure shining white; clypeus densely minutely
punctured, without large punctures; antennz black; mesothorax with rather thin
pale creamy hair, rather evenly distributed, so that there are no definite markings;
axillar teeth very short and blunt; tubercles black; tegule dark reddish-brown;

246 Psyche [December

second s. m. narrow, narrowed about one-half above; pleura very densely covered
with shining white hair; middle and hind spurs black; anterior legs black; middle
red, the femora black above; hind legs red; abdominal segments 1 to 6 covered
with pale ochreous-tinted hair, no definite light patch on first, but a small discal
area where the hair is thinner, and there are a few reddish scales; second segment
with a broad basal band of reddish hair, not reaching the sides, third with a nar-
rower band of the same kind.

Var. a. Smaller; Midde femora black, as also outer side of their tibize; hind
femora black except at apex, and their tibiz suffused with blackish on outer side;
first abdominal segment with a transverse, rather poorly defined black (bare)
band; second with the basal half black except at sides. This looks distinct, but is
probably only a variety, as Argyroselenis minima Rob. varies in much the same
manner as to the abdomen. It is the var. a. which most resembles E. argyreus.

Clisodon terminalis Cress. One female at Chamenerion angustifoliwm.

Melissodes hymenoxidis Ckll. Females at Grindelia, also nesting in ground.
Two were observed to enter the same nest.

M. confusa Cress. Both sexes at Grindelia.

M. confusiformis Ckll. One female at Grindelia.

M. menuacha Cress. One male at Grindelia. This is the same as the New
Mexico insect I have identified as menuacha, but differs from a Colorado example
(not the type) from the Cresson collection. I believe it is the real menuacha,
and that Cresson confused two or more species in his collection.

Coelioxys porterae Ckll. One female on sand.

Megachile wootoni calogaster Ckll. One female at Campanula petiolata.

Megachile pugnata Say. Females at Grindelia.

Megachile perihirta Ckll. One male at Grindelia.

Megachile relativa Cress. Females at Grindelia.

Alcidamea simplex Cress. Females at Phacelia.

Osmia copelandica Ckll. Female at Phacelia. The second known specimen.

Osmia pentstemonis Ckll. One female at Grindelia.

Osmia wardiana Ckll. One female at Grindelia. This is narrower than usual,
but apparently not a distinct species.

Osmia fulgida Cress. Two females at Phacelia. These are green, and agree
with the form named viridis by Cresson, except that the hair of the thorax above,
instead of being black, is reddish with a few black hairs intermixed.

Osmia densa Cress. Two females, one at Grindelia. A variable species.

Osmia grindeliz n. sp. One at Grindelia. Var. a. at Phacelia.

Q. Length about 9mm.; the abdomen subglobose; head about as wide as
thorax, dark greenish and purplish, densely punctured; clypeus mainly dark
purplish; cheeks olive green; face, front and vertex with long coarse black hair,
occiput with some white hair; mandibles tridentate; flagellum faintly reddish
beneath except at base; mesothorax black on disc, green at sides; scutellum and
postscutellum olive-green, but metathorax dark bluish; hair of thorax above
white, with long black hairs sparsely intermixed; of pleura black, comparatively
short, of sides of metathorax white; tegule piceous; wings stained with brown;
legs black, not metallic; abdomen dark green, the hind margins of the segments

1910] Cockerell—Bees from Eldora, Colorado Q47

bluer; first segment with white hair, the others with it thin, short and black, a
little glittering white principally along hind margins of segments and on apical
segment; scopa black.

In my table in Univ. of Colo. Studies, 1907, p. 250, this runs to O. wilmatte, from
which it differs by its darker, green, coloration, and the smaller subglobose abdomen.
The hair on the pleura is only about half as long as in O. pikei.

Var. a. Similar, but hair of pleura somewhat pallid. This is much darker than
O. phacelie, and the tegule are not conspicuously green in front as in that species.

Anthidium tenuiflorz Ckll. Both sexes at Grindelia.

Dianthidium pudicum Cress. Both sexes at Grindelia.

Apis mellifera ligustica Spin. Only one seen; at Grindelia.

Bombus flavifrons Cress. At Grindelia.

Bombus juxtus Cress. At Phacelia.

Bombus rufocinctus astragali Ckll. One male at Grindelia.

For other records of Bombidz from Eldora, see Univ. of Colo.
Studies, IV, pp. 257-258, and VII, p. 186.

SOME BEES FROM ECUADOR.

I am indebted to Mrs. L. H. Dyke for some bees which she
recently collected at Portobelo (pronounced Porto Bello), Ecua-
dor, at an altitude of about 4,000 ft.

(1) Euglossa cordata (L.) /

(2) Xylocopa varians ecuadorica Ckll. This was described only last year,
from material in the British Museum.

(3) Mesocheira bicolor elizabethae subsp. nov.

9. Length 12 mm., in most respects similar to M. bicolor. Face, cheeks, and
occiput with dull white (not reddish) hair, vertex with black; antennze black,
the first three joints and extreme base of fourth broadly red beneath; thorax
above dark green, the scanty hair dull white and black; abdomen a fine greenish
blue, almost steel-color, but greener, the basal part of the first segment dark red.
Extraordinarily like Melissa decorata Smith, but the scutellum quite different.
Named after Mrs. Dyke’s little daughter Elizabeth.

These bees illustrate the fact, already indicated by other col-
lections, that the Brazilian bee-fauna passes over into the
mountains of Ecuador, the species becoming in most cases dis-

tinetly modified.
T. D. A. CockERELL.

248 Psyche . [December

A FEW NEW PSAMMOCHARID.

By Natuan BAnkKs.

East Falls Church, Va.

Psammochares transversalis n. sp.

@. Black; face silvery each side of the antenne, wings black. Clypeus trun-
cate, margined; antennz long, slender, third joint very long, as long as width of
the face at antenns; a very distinct line from antenne to anterior ocellus, latter
a little more than its diameter from the smaller laterals, these as close to the eyes
as to each other; vertex, from in front, barely rounded; face rather narrow, nar-
rowed above; eyes large. Pronotum depressed behind, and almost angulate;
metanotum moderately long, with a median line on the basal part, and the apical
part plainly transversely wrinkled; abdomen broad at base, dull, last segment
rather brownish, fringed; legs slender, tarsi I with long cilia, more than twice as
long as the width of a joint, hind legs not very heavily spinose, hind tibia with
the longer spur nearly one-half as long as the metatarsus, last joint of hind tarsus.
with spines beneath, claws toothed. Wings of moderate length; marginal cell
long, acute, second submarginal cell about twice as long as broad, first recurrent
vein near the tip; third submarginal shorter, nearly one half narrowed above,
second recurrent vein arising much beyond the middle of the outer cell, and run-
ning nearly straight to the middle of the third submarginal; basal veins inter-
stitial in the fore-wings, widely dislocate in the hind-wings.

Length 13 mm.

From Palmerlee, Arizona (Biederman). Readily known by
wrinkled metanotum.

Psammochares castella n. sp.

3. Small, narrow, black, not silvery, except on the lower part of the face,
second abdominal segment mostly dull red above. Head and thorax very sparsely
hairy; clypeus truncate in front, not margined; face broad, especially above;
antennee heavy; a faint line from antenne to anterior ocellus, latter scarcely more
than its diameter from the laterals, and these as close to eyes as to each other;
vertex from in front very distinctly rounded; pronotum angulate behind; meta-
notum short, suddenly depressed behind; abdomen broad at base, dull, apical:
segment with a marginal fringe; legs slender, only slightly spinose, hind tibia with
only three spines above, more on sides, longer spur of hind tibia more than one-half
as long as the metatarsus, last tarsal joint without spines below. Wings long and
narrow, black, not darker at tips; marginal cells large, submarginals small, second
larger than third, latter triangular; first recurrent near tip of second submarginal,

1910] Banks—New Psammocharide 249

second recurrent arises a trifle beyond middle of outer cell and runs into third sub-
marginal joint just beyond middle.
Length 6 mm.

From Fedor, Lee County, Texas, May.

Psammochares tenuicornis n. sp.

o. Black, very sparsely hairy. Clypeus truncate; antenne very slender, the
third joint plainly longer than the fourth; a distinct line from antenne to anterior
ocellus, latter fully its diameter from the equal laterals, and these nearer to each
other than to the eyes; vertex slightly rounded; face rather broad; pronotum
strongly arcuate behind, almost argulate; metanotum with distinct median line,
not hairy; abdomen rather narrow at base, no tufts of hair below near tip; legs
slender, tibize with many short, small spines, longer spur of hind tibia barely one-
half the length of the metatarsus; spines under last joint of hind tarsus; claws
toothed. Wings slender, marginal cell long, nearly rounded at tip; second sub-
marginal cell one and a half times longer than broad, receiving the first recurrent
beyond middle, third submarginal about as long as second, but little narrowed
above, second recurrent arising beyond middle of outer cell and curving outward
to the third submarginal; basal veins dislocated in fore wings, interstitial in hind
wings.

Length 11 mm.

From Southern Pines, North Carolina, May.
The forms allied to Ps. philadelphicus and Ps. ethiops may be
tabulated as follows:

Pronotum angulate behind
Clypeus emarginate; hind wings with the basal veins disjointed philadelphicus.

Clypeus truncate; basal veins interstitial in hind wings......... illinoiensis.
Pronotum arcuate behind

Clypeus deeply emarginate, head very hairy..................... aethiops.

Clypeus: barely emargmate, less hairy.) .o 00.622 024.05. ences se cas ilione.

Psammochares ilione n. sp.

Black; hairy, but vertex not as hairy as in Ps. ethiops; clypeus barely emargi-
nate in front, third joint of antennz not near as long as the vertex width; the line
from antenne to the anterior ocellus obliterated in the middle; the anterior ocellus
its diameter from the smaller laterals, these as close to each other as to eyes; vertex
faintly rounded; face rather broad (broader than in Ps. philadelphicus); pronotum
hairy, arcuate; metanotum short, the line indistinct; abdomen broad at base,
rather dull black, apical segment with long black hairs; anterior tarsi with long
cilia; hind tibize with the longer spur one-half of the metatarsus, spines below on
last joint of hind tarsi. Wings rather long, marginal cell long, acute, second
submarginal trapezoidal, first recurrent vein near tip; third submarginal almost

250 Psyche [December

triangular, second recurrent arises a little beyond middle of outer cell and curves
slightly outward to the middle of third submarginal; basal veins nearly inter-
stitial in the hind wings.

Length 13-15 mm.

From Falls Church, Va.; Southern Pines, N. C.; and Sea
Cliff, N. Y. This may be what has been called ethiops in the East,
but very distinct from the ethiops of Colorado, which, however, I
have also from Ithaca, N. Y.

Psammochares (Allocyphonyx) harpalyce n. sp.

Color and general appearance as in Ps. maura; but the male is distinct therefrom
by prominent silvery hairs on the posterior slope of the metanotum, and the extreme
tip of abdomen is pale; the antenne are the same, and venation similar to Ps.
maura, but the basal veins dislocated in the hind-wings (interstitial in Ps. maura);
last joint of hind tarsi without spines beneath.

Length 12-15 mm.

Southern Pines, North Carolina.

Psammochares (Allocyphonyx) hesione n. sp.

o. Black; clypeus truncate in front; antenne short not very heavy; head
rather broad, hairy; anterior ocellus its diameter from the smaller laterals, latter
as near to eyes as to each other; vertex, from in front, barely rounded; pronotum
arcuate behind; metanotum:short, hairy, suddenly bent down behind; abdomen
broad at base, depressed; legs heavily spinose, several spines on hind femora,
even half way to the base, longer spur of hind tibia nearly three-fourths as long
as metatarsus; no spines under last joint of hind tarsi; claws cleft. Wings much
as in Ps. maura; the second submarginal cell very short, third nearly triangular,
the second recurrent arising beyond the middle of the outer cell and running
somewhat sinuously to the middle of the third submarginal cell; basal veins
interstitial.

Length 15 mm.

From Douglas and Hamilton Counties, Kansas (Snow). Related
to Ps. maura, but the legs are more heavily spinose, and the
antenne do not have such a strongly serrate appearance.

Cryptocheilus idoneus n. sp.

Q. Deep black, wings uniformly deep black or a little paler (not darker) at
tips; clypeus margined, slightly, evenly emarginate, antenne slender, but not
near as long as head and thorax, third joint one and a half the length of first joint,
scarcely one-half so thick; vertex slightly rounded; anterior ocellus fully its
diameter from the nearly equal laterals, these very much nearer to each other than

1910] Banks—New Psammocharide 251

to the eyes; pronotum slightly angulate behind; metanotum with a distinct
median groove, not transversely striate; abdomen dull black, hairy near tip, not
much depressed; legs slender, spiny, the hind tibia more slender than in C. fortis
and with short but stout spines above, longer spur about two-fifths of the meta-
tarsus, last tarsal joint with distinct spines beneath (not in C. fortis). Wings not
very long, marginal cell rounded at tip (like C. terminatus); second submarginal
plainly longer than broad, receiving the first recurrent at middle; third sub-
marginal barely longer than broad, narrowed above; second recurrent arising
much beyond middle of anal cell, curving outward to the middle of the third sub-
marginal cell; basal veins dislocated in fore wings, nearly interstitial in the hind
wings.
Length 12 mm.

From Southern Pines, N. C., July 14.

Pseudagenia antennalis n. sp.

@. Iridescent blue, much like Ps. cwrulescens, but differs from that species by
the antennz (except black basal joints) being yellowish-brown, and the anterior
legs, except dorsal part of femora at base, are pale; the middle and hind tarsi are
brown, and the tegulz are also brown. In structure also similar to Ps. cerulescens,
but the third joint of the antenne is shorter than in that species, being only a
little longer than the fourth joint; and the second discoidal cell of fore-wings is pro-
portionately shorter and broader than in Ps. c@rulescens. Of the same size.

From Fedor, Lee County, ae nid 29, Birkmann Coll.,
through Prof. C. F. Baker.

Pseudagenia virginica n. sp.

o. Black, with slight silvery pubescence, coxe silvery, the spurs white, no
white at tip of abdomen. Clypeus truncate, antennze not very heavy, no line
from antenne to ocelli; anterior ocellus fully twice its diameter from the laterals,
the latter a little closer to each other than to the eyes, vertex from in front slightly
rounded, face rather long and narrow; hind margin of pronotum impressed, arcu-
ate; metanotum short, rounded, transversely impressed near tip; abdomen slender,
hardly petiolate, apical lower margin of first segment produced below; legs slender,
longer spur of hind tibia nearly one-half as long as the metatarsus. Wings nearly
uniformly smoky; the marginal cell rather long, acute; second submarginal one-
half narrowed above, receiving the first recurrent vein before middle; third sub-
marginal larger, one-half narrowed above, the second recurrent arises from beyond.
middle of apical cell, and runs obliquely to beyond middle of third submarginal cell.

Length 6 mm.

From Falls Church, Va., July 4, 1910.

252 Pysche [December

ARGYNNIS CYBELE FABR. FORMA BARTSCHI F. NOV.
By WiuuiaMm Retrr.!

Last spring while I was examining the collection of Lepidoptera
belonging to Mr. Rudolf C. B. Bartsch of West Roxbury, Mass.,
we were talking on the always interesting theme of the variability
of butterflies. Mr. Bartsch told me on this occasion that he pos-
sessed a very peculiar but much damaged Argynnis, which he had
captured in West Roxbury, Mass., during the first week of July,
1907, together with two other specimens of the same kind. This
specimen being in the best condition of all, he had kept but did not
save the two other individuals as they were practically ruined.
This specimen had the wings partially spread and on account of
its injured condition Mr. Bartsch had placed it in a box by itself
and laid it aside. He gladly fulfilled my very natural desire to see
the interesting butterfly, and upon opening the box I was surprised
to see a splendid Argynnis, which unfortunately had the wings seri-
ously damaged and the body badly eaten by Dermestes. It was
an Argynnis form which I had never seen before, neither in
nature nor produced by artificial means. The specimen, a male,
belongs without doubt to the cybele type. Against this identifi-
cation the only argument would be the narrow, nearly faded light
yellow band upon the under side of the hind wings, which is very
broad in cybele. If we lay stress on this character, we might be
led to suppose that we had a form before us belonging to the
type alcestis Edwards. But this is impossible, since alcestis is an
exclusively western subspecies. The eastern form aphrodite Fabr.,
which runs parallel with alcestis cannot be considered in this con-
nection, since in aphrodite not only is the base of the underside
of the fore wings always very red but the other colors have little
conformity with those of cybele. There have not been seen,
according to my knowledge, any specimens of aphrodite in West
Roxbury and vicinity. Moreover, the place in which the aberra-
tion was taken is an isolated swampy meadow, almost entirely

1 Contributions from the Entomological Laboratory of the Bussey Institution, Harvard
University, No. 33.

1910] Reiff—Argynnis Cybele bartschi 253

surrounded by woods, and a flight to this place from localities
far away is highly improbable.

The two photographs reproduced on the accompanying plate
show very well the upper and under side of the specimen. It
will be noticed that the fore wings do not have the breadth of
normal Argynnis forms, while the hind wings show a more oval
rounding than usual. All rows of spots and points beyond the
base are confluent into more or less distinct bands and this is
true both of the upper and under side of all the wings. It is this
which gives the specimen its extraordinary appearance.
The bands nearest the border are more distinct and complete
than the inner bands, but except for the yellow on the upper side,
which is somewhat lighter than usual, the colors are almost normal.

Fig. 1. Argynnis cybele Fabr., forma bartschi Reiff. Wing venation.

Now what is the cause of this peculiar aberration? At first I
thought that I could consider it as a mutation, produced by
some external influence, until I carefully examined the venation.
Then I found that it was a “peroneurous aberration,” 7. ¢., an
aberration, which is produced by the absence of one or more
veins or parts of veins. The expression “peroneurous aberra-
tion” was created by Professor Spengel of Giessen (Germany),
from the Greek 77p0s-aborted. A short time ago I described
a ‘“‘peroneurous aberration” of Papilio machaon in a paper which
will appear in the next issue of the “Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaft-
liche Insekten Biologie.”” In the accompanying drawing I repre-
sent the venation of the Argynnis. The venation in the two

254 Psyche [December

pairs of wings is similar. In comparing this drawing with the
two photographs it will be seen that upon all those parts of the
wings where the veins are present in a normal form, the markings
are also normal. This is shown most clearly upon the base of the
underside of the hind wings. All those parts of the wings, how-
ever, from which the venation is absent, are aberratively modified,
the modification increasing as we pass towards the border of the
wings. In anormal cybele wing, the black, yellow and silver mark-
ings are separated in more or less distinct isolated spots and points
in consequence of the venation, while in the specimen under
consideration all the rows of spots fuse to form complete bands
on the parts where the venation is absent. The drawing and the
photographs show that the form must have been produced in the
manner just described. Moreover, the abnormal shape of the
wings may also be traced to the partly missing venation, as the
wings, of course, were arrested in their development on those
parts which had no complete veins.

This examination also explains why Mr. Bartsch captured
damaged specimens, since a butterfly, which lacks almost every
vein beyond the middle portion of the wings, is inevitably liable
to the danger of injuring its wings upon its first attempt to fly,
because it exposes to the resistance of the air a large part of the
surface of its wings which is devoid of every support. If the
butterfly is struck by a gust of wind, or its wings occasionally
strike against branches or leaves, the injury to the specimen will
soon be complete. Our specimen, which was restored only after
considerable careful work, had suffered most from a damage of
the fore wings.

According to Mr. Bartsch’s statements, the flight of this form
differs considerably from the flight of the normal Argynnis cybele
which occurs in large numbers in the same locality. He says it
has a quick but more wavering flight, and that any flying specimen
of the aberration can be readily noticed. The fact that in a
single day in 1907 Mr. Bartsch caught three specimens of this
form, induced me to try my luck during the past summer in the
same locality. But on both days when I began to collect there
the weather was so unfavorable that Lepidoptera would not fly.
Mr. Bartsch was more fortunate, as he succeeded in capturing
another specimen of the same form in the same locality this year,

1910] Reiff—Argynnis Cybele bartschi oa

but it was a badly mangled individual. It would seem, therefore,
that this form is not so very rare in this locality, although we
should expect it to be very scarce on account of the peculiarity
of its origin. Of the peroneurous Papilio machaon aberration,
above mentioned, I secured two specimens from only 75 pupe,
which is also a proof that peroneurous aberrations can develop
with comparative ease, though the conditions for such develop-
ment are still unknown.

Mr. Bartsch very generously presented me with the interesting
specimen of Argynnis and I have placed it in the collection of
the Bussey Institution. In honor of the discoverer I would name
this peroneurous aberration, Argynnis cybele Fabr. forma Bartschi.
Its diagnosis would be the following:

Alarum vene post mediam ad extremam partim immature vel obsolete; propterea
macularum seriebus omnibus in vittis confluentibus; ubivis vene partim vel omnino
obsolete sunt. Ale contracte, propterea aspectu aliquantum producte.

Type: 1 in the collection of the Bussey Institution.

GEOMETRID NOTES.

A New VaRIEetTy oF NyYcrTosia.

By L. W. Swett.

Boston, Mass.

Nyctobia limitaria Walk., reiffi var. nov.

Exp. 25 mm., palpi short, white typed body and thorax ash gray, antenne black
and white ringed. Fore wings ash gray, first a reddish brown basal band running
outward below costa in a strong curve to median vein where it recurves to inner
margin. Beyond this is a pale gray space 3 mm. wide where there is a broad chest-
nut brown band running from costa to inner margin, the inner edge of which is
very irregular, the black linear discal spot is just visible, the extra discal edge of
this band is bent outwards below costa at discal spot and inward towards inner
margin, beyond this the wing is pale ash and two faint brown hair lines run brokenly
to inner margin. Twin dots at ends of veins in the long ashen gray fringe. Hind
wings light ash with a faint extra discal brown band, below which the wing is
lighter. The fore wings beneath are light ashen with band showing through faintly
the discal dot is black, and appears on hind wings also, which are same as fore

6

256 Psyche [December

wings only there is a trace of two bands beyond discal spot. This variety can be
told at a glance by the striking red-brown band across fore wings making it resemble.
slightly Xanthorlide ferrugata.

This beautiful variety was given me by my kind friend, Mr. Wil-
liam Reiff, who took it in Forest Hills on the hemlock, together
with two intermediate forms of the same variety.

Type: 1 2; April 5, 1910, Forest Hills, Mass.

ETHOLOGICAL NOTES ON ELAPHRUS CICATRICOSUS
LEC. (COLEOPTERA)

By C. A. Frost.

A few words on the occurrence of this rare species of Carabide
may enable some other collector to profit by my experience if they
have plenty of time and patience.

My first specimen was taken at Monmouth, Me., in 1907 (about
June 20) on the shore of a lake near the mouth of a small brook.
I was sifting a pile of washed-up debris for Staphylinidz when I
noticed it running on the mud near where I had been standing.
A careful search failed to discover any more at that time and each
summer since, although I have even dammed up the brook in the
hope of flooding out a specimen. The cause of its disappearance
in this place is probably the removal of a heavy growth of alders
that extended down to the edge of the water.

On June 23, 1910, after working this locality in vain, it occurred
to me to explore a cold swamp about a mile further up the lake.
This swamp, which is never dry, is traversed by a clear trout brook
fed by springs and it is so heavily wooded that the sunshine pene-
trates into it hardly at all. In some places the mud is very deep
and is covered more or less thickly with swamp grasses, dead
limbs and logs.

I began operations here with a rusty pint dipper which I picked
up at the spring, and almost the first dipperful of water brought
out a specimen of Elaphrus from a slight hollow near the brook.
It was cicatricosus, and for an hour or more I worked the old
dipper-until the bottom fell out—without success. I now think

1910] Frost—Notes on Elaphrus cicatricosus PASE

that the first specimen was driven out by stepping on a piece of
stick that was partly buried in the mud. This method of throwing
water is usually very successful in driving out specimens of Heter-
ocerus, Staphylinidee, Bembidium and other Carabidee, but has
not worked very well with any Elaphrus except ruscarius.

After the dipper gave out I began treading around all the
likely looking places along the brook and before long drove two
specimens out at once. These were the last seen although I
continued the work until the approach of darkness put an end
to the hunt which proved also to be the last one in this locality
for the summer. The success of the three hours hard and careful
work in this ideal haunt of cicatricosus shows that it is either very
rare or the season was not right for it.

The first specimen taken in Massachusetts was at Sherborn on
May 10, 1908, and was driven out by suddenly letting water
from a flooded cranberry bog down the bed of a small brook.
Two more specimens were taken here in the same way May 15,
1910. The bed of this brook is shaded by bushes and alders at
the place where they were found and is wet and muddy until late
summer when it entirely dries out. All efforts to find specimens
here at other times have failed.

It may be of interest to note that five specimens of Elaphrus
clairvillet Kirby were taken in the densely shaded bed of a brook
which, although it attains a fairly large size in the spring months,
was then dry and grown up to grass and weeds. This was on
September 6, 1907. The specimens were disturbed by the feet of
a party of surveyors and were discovered where the grass had been
removed. All persuasive methods known to me _ failed to
induce specimens to appear in this place until August 27, 1910,
when I secured three of them by removing the grass and driving a
trowel into the ground at short intervals. They would suddenly
appear and remain motionless until an attempt was made to pick
then up. I do not know whether they came out of the ground
(which was filled with holes like those made by a woodcock), or
were simply hiding in the grass, but I am rather inclined to accept
the former alternative.

258 Psyche [December

REVIEWS.

W. S. Blatchley. The Coleoptera or Beetles of Indiana. Bull. Indiana Dept.
Geol. and Nat. Resources, No. 1.

To quote from the author, this work has been prepared “‘not for specialists

but for beginners,’’ he modestly disclaiming an exhaustive treatment of

the field covered and fully realizing that many other species will yet be recognized
in his State.

A bulky volume of 1380 pages is devoted to the Coleoptera Genuina, the treat-
ment of the Rhynchophora being reserved for future accomplishment.

Analytical keys to genera and species and brief descriptions of Indiana species
known are given and such other species as have been taken in the adjoining regions
are included in the keys and noticed in the text. To save space no attempt is
made to print matters relating to synonymy, but the place of original description
of every species is noted and quite full references are given to the various memoirs
that have appeared treating of different groups. Of these latter the author has
made free use so that his volume fairly reflects the present condition of the science
in this country. Numerous figures, copied and original, enliven the pages and
add much interest. At the end of the volume is a glossary of terms used and an
index to families and genera.

Mr. A. B. Wolcott has contributed the text of the Cleridze with fourteen original
cuts. In the course of the volume 80 new species are described and one new genus,
Blanchardia allied to Omethes. This generic term and others of similar derivation in
honor of the French entomologist have been so often used that it will be necessary
to provide another name for the genus.

Besides the usefulness of such a work to the less advanced student there is much
to interest the most experienced; the many original observations, the new charac-
ters used to define species and as a faunal list; and to us it seems that the “ Bulletin
No. 1 of the Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources” is quite
worth the while for the great State of Indiana to assume the publication.

FrepEeRIcK BLANCHARD.

Index

261

PSYCHE.
InpEx TO Vou. XVII, 1910.

SUBJECTS.

Aenigmatistes africanus, 36.
Agapostemon swainsone, 142.
texanus subtilior, 244.
Agathomyia divergens, 8.
fulva, 7.
notata, 8.
pulchella, 7.
talpula, 7.
Alcidamea simplex, 246.
Ankylopteryx pallida, 104.

Ant nests, novel patterns of, 73.
Antennomegistus, 1.
Antennophorus donisthorpei, 3. |
wasmanni, 5. |
Anthidium tenuiflore, 247. |
Ants infested with Laboulbenia formi- |
carum. |
Anytus, notes on the species of, 206.
atristrigatus, 206.
obscurus, 208.
planus, 207.
privatus, 207.
profundus, 208.
sculptus, 207.
teltowa, 207.
tenuilinea, 208.
Aphidiine parasites, early stages of, 125.
Aphidius ros, early stages of, 129.
Aphids, parasites of, 125.
Aphiocheta braunsi, 36.
xanthina, 36.
Aphomomyrmex afer, 132.
andrei, 132.
hewitti, 132.
Apis mellifera ligustica, 247.
Apostrophas, 213.
Aquatic caterpillars of Lake Quinsiga-
mond, 219.
Argynnis cybele bartschi, 252.
Argynnis cybele var. baal, 90.
Ascodipteron, note on life history of, |
165.
Augochlora regina, 143.
Australia, neuroptera from, 99.

Basilarchia arthemis, 87.

astyanax, 87.

lamina, 87.
Basilarchia proserpina, offspring of, 87.
Bees from Eldora, Colorado, 244.
Bees from Washington State, 91. |
Bees, neotropical, 142.
Besseria, 213.

Bombus flavifrons, 247.
juxtus, 247,
rufocinctus astragali, 247.
Borneo, ants from, 131.
Brachyopa media, 230.
vacua, 230.

Calligrapha bigsbyana, food of, 160.
Callimyia venusta, 8.
Cambridge Entomological Club, pro-
ceedings, 118.
Carabus vinctus, repugnatorial secre-
tion of, 86.
Ceratinostoma ostiorum, 232.
Ceraturgus nigripes, 228.
Cheetopsis apicalis, 234.
Chalcidoid parasites of housefiy, 9, 108,
145.
Chaleomyia zrea, 229.
Cheeks of Muscide, note on, 213.
Chonocephalus kiboshoénsis, 36.
Chrysomyia macellaria, parasites of,
19, 116.
Chrysopa atalotis, 102.
irregularis, 100.
italotis, 101.
Chrysopa, key to Australian species, 99.
Chrysopa latotalis, 101.
olatatis, 101.
otalatis, 102.
Chrysopa regularis, 100.
satilota, 102.
signatipennis, 100.
Cingilia rubiferaria, 164.
Clisodon terminalis, 246.
Ceelioxys foxii, 143.
porteree, 246.
Cordyligaster minuscula, 212.
septentrionalis, 212.
Coryneta, 41.
Coryptilomyia armigera, 34.
Cryptocheilus idoneus, 250.
Cryptopteromyia jeanssoni, 36.
Ctenodrapetis ciliatocosta, 52.
Cynomyia cadaverina, parasites of, 11.

Dianthidium pudicum, 247.

Dimorphism in spiders, 120.

Dimorphomyrmex janeti, 132.
theryi, 132.

Diptera of New England, 228.

Distichona auriceps, 210.

Drapetis flavida, 52.

262

Echinomegistus, 1.

Ecuador bees, 247.

Elaphrus cicatricosus, notes on, 256.

Elaphrus clairvillei, 257.

Eldora, Colorado, bees from, 244.

Elm, bark-beetles affecting, 63.

Empidide, mating habits of, 78.

Entomological Society of America,
minutes of 5th meeting, 38.

Epeolus eldoradensis, 245.

Ephydrid, parasitic habits of an African, |
8

Euglossa cordata, 247.
Eumasicera coccidella, 211.
Eumerus strigatus, 230.
Eumetopia rufipes, 234.
Eusiphona mira, 234.
Euxesta scoriacea, 234.
Exorista amplexa, 211.
griseomicans, 211.

Frontina aletiz, 212.
archippivora, 212.
frenchii, 212.
hesperus, 212.
Fucellia marina, 77.
species of, in Eastern N. Am., 76.

Geometrid Notes, 255.

Gnathias perplexans, 94.
Gynandromorphous mutillid, 186.
Gypsy Moth, resistance of eggs of, 69.

Halictus lerouxii, 244.

pruinosus, 190.

ruidosensis, 244.
Harris Memorial Tablet, 28.
Hemaris diffinis ariadne, 202.
Hemerocampa leucostigma, parasite of

eggs of, 106.

Hemileuca lucina, 29.

ab. lutea, 31.

ab. obsoletam 30.

maia, 29.
Hemisia lanipes, 142.

semilabrosa, 142.
Hierodula saussurii, odtheca of, 136.
Holonomada, 98.
Hopperdozer for rough ground, 79.
Housefly, parasites of, 9, 108, 145.
Hylesinus opaculus, 65.
Hypoderma bovis, 231.

lineatum, 231.

Isepeolus octopunctatus, 144.
Laboulbenia formicarum, 83.

Lasius neoniger, infested with Laboul-
benia, 83.

Index

Lasius umbratus minutus, 241.
mixtus aphidicola, 239. 4
North American forms of, 235.
speculiventris, 242.
subumbratus, 238.
vestitus, 242.

Lepidoptera on Milkweed, 135.

Leptarctia californiz, notes on, 166.
varieties of, 167.

Liparis dispar, resistance of eggs of, 69.
resistance of eggs to digestion by

birds, 161.

Macrosiphum rose, parasite of, 126.
Mantis, chinese, odtheca of, 136.
Mantispa pullula, 104.
Mating habits of Empidide, 78.
Megachile perihirta, 246.
pugnata, 246.
wootoni calogaster, 246.
Melissodes confusa, 246.
confusiformis, 246.
hymenoxidis, 246.
menuacha, 246.
Mesocheira bicolor, 144.
elizabethe, 247.
Micronomada, 98.
Mites of the genus Antennophorous,*1.
Musca domestica, parasites of, 9, 108,
145.
Muscidifurax raptor, 146, 149.
Mutilla europea, var. obscura,'189.
Mutillid, gynandromorphous,; 186.
Myiodactylus pubescens, 104.
Myrmecophilous mites, 1.

Nasonia brevicornis, 9.
Neotropical Bees, 142.
Neuroptera from Australia, 99.
New England Diptera.
Nomada accepta, 245.

civilis spokanensis, 92.

from Washington State, 91.

itamera, 95.

malonella, 93.

malonina, 94.

mutans, 91.

oreasella, 95.

perplexans, 94.

semisuavis, 92.
Nomadula, 98.
Nothochrysa facialis, 103.
Nothochrysa, key to Australian species

of 103

lata.
Notolophus, parasite of eggs of, 106.
Nyctobia limitaria reiffi, 255.
Nymphula allionealis, 219.
badiusalis, 219.

Index 263

Nymphula gyralis, 219.
icciusalis, 219.
obscuralis, 219.
maculalis, 219.
seminealis, 219.

Ocneria dispar, resistance of eggs of,
69, 161.

Odinia maculata, 234.
picta, 235.

Oedemasoma nuda, 212.

Osmia copelandica, 246.
densa, 246.
fulgida, 246.
grindeliz, 246.
pentstemonis, 246.
wardiana, 246.

Pachycrepoideus dubius, 108, 110.
Pachymeria, mating habits of, 78.
Palloptera arcuata, 233.

similis, 233.
Panurginus bakeri, 245.
Panurginus didirupta, 245.

Parafacials of Muscidz, Note on, 213. |

Paragermaria autumnalis, 210.
Parasites of Aphids, 125.
Parasites of housefly, 108, 145.

Parasitic Habits of An African Ephy- |

drid, 8.

Perdita snowli, 244.

Phoneutisca bimaculata, 52.
maculipennis, 52.

Phora camariana, 36.
cochlearipalpus, 35.
formicarum, 8.

Phorid from Natal, 33.

Phormia regina, parasites of, 9.

Phoroxypha, 48.

Phthiria borealis, 229.
coquilletti, 229.
cyanoceps, 229.
sulphurea, 229.

Platygaster, 125.

Platypalpus, 41.

Pogonosoma dorsatum, 228.
melanoptera, 228.

Praon simulans, early stage of, 128.

Prosopididz of Southern Maine, 177.

Prosopis affinis, 179.
antennata, 184.
basalis, 185.
binghami, 180.
cressoni, 178.
elliptica, 184.
modesta, 182.
pygmea, 178.
sanicule, 179.
variifrous, 184.

Prosopis verticalis, 184.
zizie, 181.
Psammochares castella, 248.
ilione, 249.
harpalyce, 250.
hesione, 250.
tenuicornis, 249.
transversalis, 248.
Pseudagenia antennalis, 251.
virginica, 251.
Pseudomethoca canadensis, 186.
Psyllomyia testacea, 36.
Puliciphora africana, 36.
Pyrausta nelumbialis, 219.

Repugnatorial secretion of Carabus
vinctus, 86.

Resistance of Gypsy Moth eggs to di-
gestion by birds, 161; to low
temperatures, 69.

Rhamphomyia, mating habits of,

Rickia wasmanni, 83.

Rileyella, 211.

Rivellia brevifasciata, 233.

conjuncta, 233.
pallida, 233.
quadrifasciata, 233.

Saltella scutellaris, 234.
Sarcophaga, parasites of, 11.
Scatophaga, volucricaput, 232.
Scolytus geoffroyi, 63.

multistriatus, 63.
Seoptera colon, 234.
Sisyropa hemerocampe, 210.
Smaller elm bark-beetle, 63.
Sphecodes fragariz, 244.
Sphegina campanulata, 230.
Sphingide, listfof North American, 190.
Spiders, dimorphism in, 120.
Stenomyia tenuis, 234.
Sturmia sternalis, 211.
Synonymical notes on Diptera, 210.

Tablet memorial to T. W. Harris, 28.
Tachista, 41.
Tachydromia, 41.
agens, 59.
calva, 58.
ciliata, 55.
described species of, 61.
diversipes, 55.
enecator, 54.
insularis, 58.
key to N. Am. species, 53.
maculipennis, 57.
schwarzil, 54.
simplicior, 57.
universalis, 60.
varipennis, 56.

264 Index

Tachydromiine, genera and sub-genera
of, 49.
Tachypeza, 41.
Tanypeza longimana, 234.
Telenomas fiskei, 106.
Telenomus parasitic on Tussock Moth
eggs, 106.
Tephronota canadensis, 234.
Termitodeipnus andreinii, 36.
Permitomyia braunsi, 26.
mirabilis, 36.
Termitoxena havilandi, 36.
jeegerskiceldi, 36.
Tetanops luridipennis, 234.
Thaumatoxena wasmanni, 36.

Tricrania sanguinipennis, 130.
Triepeolus subalpinus, 245.

Tritoxa incurva, 233.

Tussock Moth, parasite of eggs of, 106.
Typhoid fly, parasites of, 9, 108, 145.

Wabhlbergia brevipennis, 212.

Wandolleckia cooki, 36.
indomita, 36.

Washington State, bees from, 91.

Wet weather collecting, 105.

Xanthidium, 97.

Xanthogramma tenius, 230.

Xylota tuberans, 231.
Xylocopa variance ecuadorica, 247.

AUTHORS.

Banks, Nathan, 99, 248.

Barbour, Thomas, 165.

Barnes, William, 190.

Bradley, J. C., 40.

Brues, C: T:, 33, 37, 78; 81, 106; 122;
124, 169.

Chapman, J. W., 63.
Cockerell, T. D. A., 91, 142, 244, 247.
Coolidge, Karl R., 166.

Field, W. L. W., 28, 87.
Frost, C. A., 86, 105, 130, 135, 256.
Forbes, W. T. M., 219.

Girault, A. A., 9, 108, 145.
Grinnell, Fordyce, Jr., 123.

Hegner, R. W.
Johnson, C. W., 7, 76, 228.

Kershaw, J. C., 136.
Lovell, John H., 177.

McDunnough, J., 190.
Melander, A. L., 41.
Morse, A. P., 79.

Newcomb, H. H., 90.
Reiff, William, 29, 69, 161, 252.

Sanders, G. E., 9, 108, 145.
Smith, J. B., 206.
Swett, L. W., 164, 255.

Timberlake, P. H., 125.
Thompson, W. R.,

Wellman, C., 8.
Wheeler, W. M., 1, 73, 83, 186, 235.

Reviews.

Catalogue of Nearctic Spiders, by Nathan Banks, 169.
The Coleoptera or beetles of Indiana, by W. 8. Blatchley, 258.
A Structural! Study of some Caterpillars by W. T. M. Forbes, 170.

The House Fly, by C. G. Hewitt, 171.

Preventive and Remedial Work against Mosquitoes, by L. O. Howard, 170.

The Green bug and its natural enemies by S. J. Hunter, 72.

The fungus gnats of North America, by O. A. Johannsen, 124.

Indian Insect Life by H. Maxwell-Lefroy, 37.

Monographie der Leptiden und der Phoriden des Bernsteins, by F. Meunier, 169.
Catalogue of the Odonata of North America, by R. A. Muttkowski, 170.

General Biology, by J. G. Needham, 124.

Revision of twisted winged insects comprising the order Strepsiptera, by W. D.

Pierce, 81.

The Anatomy of the Honey Bee, by R. E. Snodgrass, 170.
Code des Couleurs, by Paul Klincksieck and T. H. Valette, 123.
Ants, their Structure, Development and Behavior, by W. M. Wheeler, 122.

BACK VOLUMES

Pee Trent
FOR SALE

The Cambridge Entomological
Club has a very few complete
sets and also a number of sin-
gle volumes of Psyche for sale

Volumes 1X (ach covering a 3-year period), cach $3.00
Volumes XI-XVII (each covering a single year), cach $1.00

Address all orders or inquiries to
EDITOR OF PSYCHE
Bussey Institution
Forest Hills, Boston, Mass.

’
cs
*
j
:
: +
te
he | i
1 i

ae)

sig ah eds ee

[ - | ne
' ann ,
fr) 1 ii
\ ,
ss F Mm
* mm yey ae a gue ; . \ Ts Va h b P
i hy wey na} a vy ‘4 F r ty A p * % ¥ :
, ul » Ot ;
fé \ ; a ! A , P Mit i
db ;
" 4
\ ay
. 4 " i pyee
Te i , allt ;
os ip a
4" ue, ’ “<<
, * U =
“ “ j @ | fl ¥
r b fs
fe
1 an
. a
af ph ;
’ Ke
well I f ft y} » Ch Sy
|
*
re
i
} n J lA-
tt | ( Mls 4 mila) it f i p A ‘e
rg! , 14m ‘
\y ae I . } , (tase ;
Ny es ‘ iy oe he J
/ i 5 Pi
: mds) au os
'
mee) et ee oe
1 oii Me
ie? CL ers path, Vt re ms
| ; ; en ee oe tha
j at : y . iin Pap ape
ah 8 wiv my) otal i i
ive me . reins. oe
macnn ied is a) we rong. ids
yO LM ‘wal a A e nm zt

ye iupidect i
a, ROMER

sa ih ie

paneer

Locality Pin Labels 20¢. per 1000. © Any Number of Lines

Printed from smallest type made, on Best Heavy White Paper.
Something new. 30 or more labels on a strip; no trimming; 1 cut
of scissors makes a label. Orders must be in multiples of 1000.
Not less than 1000 printed. Please send money orders—not
postage stamps.

C. V. BLACKBURN (Member Cambridge Entomological Club),
STONEHAM™, MASS.

AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY

Price List of Lepidoptera No. 6, ready for distribution December 1, 1904
Classification of Lep. of Boreal Am. according to Smith List, 1903
Coleoptera List of Boreal Am. No. 2

Complete and new Catalogue of Entomological Supplies. Many new
features and illustrations added.

List of School Supplies, Collections, Mimicry, Color protection, Dimor-
phism, Polymorphism, Biological Specimens and Material.

MANUFACTURERS OF

The only genuine Schmitt Insect Boxes. Insect Cabinets and Exhibition
Cases. The new improved Metal Cabinet for Schmitt Boxes. The A. E. Co.
Insect Pins, which in very short time have gained the favor of almost every
Entomologist of prominence.

ELBOW PINS IN VARIOUS STYLES.

Price of List 10 cents. Request for list without remittance will not
receive attention. To our patrons lists will be mailed free of charge after
issue. All previous lists cancelled.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS USED IN ENTOMOLOGY

A substantially bound book of 155 pages, with definitions of over 4500
terms used in Entomological work, three plates illustrating body structure
and venation, and one plate illustrating color terms.

PREPARED BY
PROF. JOHN B. SMITH, Sc. D., of Rutgers College and State

Entomologist of New Jersey, and published by
THE BROOKLYN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

An indispensable book for collectors as well as working entomologists and
students. Will be sent, postpaid, on receipt of price, $2.00,
by the selling agents,

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY
55 STUYVESANT AVENUE, BROOKLYN, N. Y.

THE OHIO NATURALIST

A journal devoted more especially to the natural history of
Ohio. The official organ of THE BrioLtocgicat CLus oF THE OHIO
State University, and of Tur Onto State ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.
Published monthly during the academic year, from November to
June (8 numbers). Price $1.00 per year, payable in advance. To
foreign countries, $1.25. Single copies, 15 cents.

Remittances of all kinds should be made payable to the Man-
aging Editor, J. 8S. Hine.

Address, THE OHIO NATURALIST
Ohio State University, COLUMBUS, OHIO

CAMBRIDGE ENTOMOLOGICAL CLUB

A regular meeting of the Club is held on the third Tuesday
of each month (July, August and September excepted) at 7.46
p. M. at the Bussey Institution, Forest Hills, Boston. The
Bussey Institution is one block from the Forest Hills Station of
both the elevated street cars and the N. Y., N. H. & H.R. R.

Entomologists visiting Boston are cordially invited to attend.

SOCIETAS ENTOMOLOGICA

JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published semi-monthly. Original articles in German, English,
and French on all classes of Insects, Reviews, literature, bibliogr.
notices. Subscribers wishing to buy, sell or exchange Insects are
granted 125 lines gratis per annum for advertising. Lines in excess
5 Pf. (14 cents). To non-subscribers 20 Pf. or 5 cents. Yearly
subscription 8 Marks or $2. Sample copies sent on request. Back
volumes at reduced prices.

Manuscripts and scientific correspondence to be directed to the
Editor: Miss M. Riihl, Ziirich, V, Switzerland. Applications for
subscriptions, specimen-numbers, advertisements, and all business
correspondence address :

FELIX L. DAMES, STEGLITZ-BERLIN, GERMANY

Second-hand Catalogues sent on application

Psycur, 1910 Vou. XVII, Prats 1

WHEELER — MITES OF THE GENUS ANTENNOPHORUS.

PsycueE, 1910. Vou. XVII, Prats 2.

WHEELER — MITES OF THE GENUS ANTENNOPHORUS,

PsycHeE, 1910. Von. xOVil,” Pirare 3:

AP BEA remy cervm ire neue AAETE NYO VITA OYTTHATEN

yw
Mm rey sangeet
WT PRrre river Mia mE ANNO!

\\'
ww’
ow

ao ayy AY
screamer ra rea AIAN NT NNT

&

TN pr

Sees ee
eM of east
Lepr ms ere ache

pn

Mme Na

MELANDER — TACHYDROMIA

-
>

PsycHE, 1910.

CHAPMAN -— SCOLYTIDAE.

Vou. XVII, PLATE

4,

Fig.

PsycuHe, 1910.

Vou. “VIL, Phare, 5.

SCOLYTUS MULTISTRIATUS MARSH.

CHAPMAN —

PsyYcHE, 1910. Vou. XVII, PLATE 6.

-—

FIELD—BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS BASILARCHIA.

PsyYcHE, 1910. VoL. XVII, PLATE 7.

NEWCOMB—ARGYNNIS CYBELE FABR., VAR. BAAL STRECK

PSYCHE, 1910. VoL. XVII, PLATE 8.

KERSHAW — OOTHECA OF HIERODULA SAUSSURII.

Oye Gis i ; he Ir : ‘
' 7 : \ i Pd : ‘i if
Wa te Lan) Be ae ae iL
ul > 7 " : a ie aad

yg : iv CA

PsyYcHeE, 1910. VOL XVII, PLATE 9.

KERSHAW —OOTHECA OF HIERODULA SAUSSURII.

PSYCHE, 1910. Vou. XVII, PLATE 10.

Fic. 1.-- PROSOPIS AFFINIS SMITH.

ass Riese

Fic. 2.-- PROSOPIS BINGHAMI LOVELL.

LOVELL-- PROSOPIDIDAE OF SOUTHERN MAINE.

~ —_ if

SMITH -- ANYTUS.

PsycuHeE, 1910. Vou. XVII, Pirate f2.

FORBES--AQUATIC CATERPILLARS.

Fig. 4. Tracheal gills of penultimate stage of N. maculalis, photomicrograph.

Fig. 5. Penultimate stage of N. maculalis seen by transmitted light; alive but
stupefied with chloratone.

Fig. 6. Cocoon of N. icciusalis on submerged stem of Potamogeton; enlarged
about two times.

PsycueE, 1910. Vou. XVII, Puate 13,

REIFF--ARGYNNIS CYBELE FABR., FORMA BARTSCHI REIFF.

'

WC

044 106 275 878